The PDF version 
Display Related Documents to this directive.
U.S. Department of Energy ORDER
Washington, D.C. DOE 6430.1A
4-6-89
SUBJECT: GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA
1. PURPOSE. To provide general design criteria (GDC) for use in the
acquisition of the Department's facilities and to establish
responsibilities and authorities for the development and maintenance of
these criteria.
2. CANCELLATION. DOE 6430.1, GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA, of 12-12-83.
3. SCOPE. The provisions of this Order apply to all Departmental Elements
except as otherwise provided by statute or by specific delegation of
authority from the Secretary of Energy, and all contractors and
subcontractors performing work for the Department whose contract may
involve planning, design, or facility acquisitions. This includes
DOE-owned, -leased, or -controlled sites where Federal funds are used
totally or in part, except where otherwise authorized by separate
statute or where specific exemptions are granted by the Secretary or his
designee.
4. APPLICABILITY.
a. The GDC provided by this Order shall be applied to all facilities
which shall be reported on in the Department's Real Property
Inventory System (RPIS), or which shall be reported on in the
General Services Administration's annual "Summary Report of Real
Property Owned by the United States Throughout the World."
b. The GDC provided by this Order are not intended to provide complete
coverage for the diverse facilities by type and complexity that are
needed to support the varied Departmental program-mission
requirements. Specific project criteria and/or specifications need
to be developed to satisfy the needs for a particular facility,
incorporating applicable requirements of these general design
criteria and supplemented with required criteria from applicable
codes and standards.
c. It is recognized that many of the Departmental organizations having
responsibilities for facility planning, design, and construction may
establish and apply more comprehensive criteria to satisfy the
particular program mission or operating requirements. There is no
intent that the GDC rake precedence over such other criteria, where
those criteria meet or exceed the GDC requirements. Where there
exists a conflict between those criteria and the GDC provided by
this Order, however, the GDC governs.
5. REFERENCES.
a. DOE 4700.1, PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, of 3-6-87, which establishes
the Department's project management system and provides implementing
instructions, formats, and procedures, and sets forth the principles
and requirements which govern the development, approval, and
execution of the Department's outlay program acquisitions as
embodied in the project management system.
b. Other Departmental Orders, applicable Federal laws, Executive
orders, and Federal regulations, are identified in the various
sections of the GDC where their requirements specifically apply and
are contained in a general listing on page 1-7, in Section 0106,
Regulatory Requirements.
c. All references and the section(s) in which they are cited in this
Order are contained on page 17-35, Index of Referenced Documents.
6. DEFINITIONS. (See Abbreviations, page 1 and Glossary, page 9, which
follow the Table of Contents.)
7. POLICY AND OBJECTIVES.
a. Policy. It is DOE policy that:
(1) Professional architectural and engineering principles and
practices be applied to the planning, design, construction,
alterations, and/or acquisition of the Department's facilities.
(2) All Departmental facilities will comply with the Federal and
Departmental regulations for energy conservation and use of
renewable energy.
(3) The planning, design and construction of the Department's
facilities will be performed in a manner that will satisfy all
applicable Executive Orders, Federal laws, and regulations.
While the Department is not required to comply with state and
local building codes, laws, and ordinance, the planning,
design, and construction processes should accommodate them to
the extent consistent with the accomplishment of the
Department's mission.
(4) All Department facilities are to be designed and constructed to
be reasonable and adequate for their intended purpose and
consistent with health, safety, security, and environmental
protection requirements.
b. Objectives.
(1) To provide GDC that ensures implementation of the Department's
policy covering:
(a) The basic architectural and engineering disciplines.
(b) Certain types of the Department's known facility
requirements.
(c) Specialized requirements based on programmatic and
operating experience.
(2) To establish authorities, responsibilities, and procedures that
ensure timely development and maintenance of the GDC.
8. RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITIES.
a. Assistant Secretary, Management and Administration (MA-1), is
responsible for development of budget, accounting, procurement, cost
estimating, construction, facilities management, site development,
real estate, project management, and business related policy.
Specific responsibilities with respect to this Order are carried out
by the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Administration through the
Director of Project and Facilities Management (MA-22).
(1) Establishes an advisory GDC Planning Board (see Glossary) and
serves as the Department's focal point for the development,
maintenance, and interpretation of the GDC. In fulfilling
these responsibilities, technical advice and assistance are
utilized from other Departmental organizations in their
particular areas of interest.
(2) Maintains liaison with other Federal agencies, the
architect-engineer professions, and the construction industries
on current practices, procedures, criteria, and standards being
applied to facility design and construction.
(3) Utilizes, as needed, technical advice and assistance of
criteria users, support contractors, and consultants to develop
and maintain criteria for specialized areas.
(4) Participates with the Building Research Board, a unit of the
National Research Council, in activities relating to facility
design and construction.
(5) When requested, provides technical advice and assistance to
other Departmental organizations on matters relating to
planning, design, and construction of facilities.
(6) Assures, through the GDC Planning Board, that proposed criteria
revisions and additions of a substantive nature are reviewed
with all appropriate Headquarters and field organizations.
(7) Participates with responsible Headquarters organizations
identified in paragraph c, below, in reviewing and adopting
comments received on their particular areas of responsibility.
b. Heads of Headquarters and Field Organizations Having
Responsibilities for Construction Project Planning and Design or
Facility Acquisitions.
(1) Assures that the GDC are applied throughout the planning and
design of each construction project under his or her
cognizance, whether contracted for by the Department or through
the Department's management and operating contractors. The GDC
shall be applied in the development of site-specific general
design criteria, specific project design criteria, and
technical specifications for facilities.
(2) Serves or appoints a member on the GDC Planning Board, and
through that advisory body, recommends criteria revisions and
additions to the Director of Project and Facilities Management;
and provides technical input, advice, and assistance during
revision or expansion of the criteria. A list of the current
GDC Planning Board membership is as follows:
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Administration
Assistant Secretary for Environment, Safety, and Health
Assistant Secretary for Defense Programs
Director of Energy Research
Assistant Secretary, Conservation and Renewable Energy
Assistant Secretary for Nuclear Energy
Administrator, Western Area Power Administration
Administrator, Bonneville Power Administration
Manager, Albuquerque Operations Office
Manager, Chicago Operations Office
Manager, Idaho Operations Office
Manager, Nevada Operations Office
Manager, Oak Ridge Operations Office
Manager, Richland Operations Office
Manager, San Francisco Operations Office
Manager, Savannah River Operations Office
Director, Morgantown Energy Technology Center
Director, Pittsburgh Energy Technology Center
c. Heads of Headquarters Organizations Having Responsibilities for
Establishing Policies, Performance Standards, or Operating
Requirements That Need to be Applied to the Planning, Design,
Construction, or Acquisition of Department Facilities.
(1) Participate in the development and maintenance of the GDC, and
assure that the GDC accurately reflects the design requirements
associated with their particular areas of responsibility.
(2) Assist the Director of Project and Facilities Management in
reviewing comments and recommendations received from other
Departmental Elements and DOE contractors, as related to their
particular areas of responsibility.
(3) Identify and develop revisions or additions to the criteria in
their particular areas of responsibility in coordination with
the Director of Project and Facilities Management.
(4) Provide assistance to the Director of Project and Facilities
Management, other Headquarters organizations, and field
organizations in making determinations of criteria
applicability to specific facilities, and provide criteria
interpretations in their particular areas of responsibility.
d. Director, Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program. Executive Order 12344,
statutorily prescribed by PL 98-525 (42 USC 7158 note), establishes
the responsibilities and authority of the Director, Naval Nuclear
Propulsion Program (who is also the Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Naval Reactors within the Department) over all facilities and
activities which comprise the joint Navy-DOE Program. In view of
the unique nature of naval nuclear propulsion applications, and the
statutorily prescribed responsibilities noted above, the Director
shall determine the appropriate design criteria applicable to
Program activities which will include consideration of appropriate
parts of the criteria set forth by this Order.
9. BACKGROUND.
a. The organization of this Order is adapted from the MASTERFORMAT
system developed by the Construction Specifications Institute. The
16 divisions are devoted to major building systems or design
specialties. Additional information concerning the organization
of the GDC is contained on page 1-3, Section 0101-3, Organization
and Use of These Criteria. Note that the first two numbers of the
section referred to, relate directly to the pertinent division. For
example, the section in the preceding statement is located in
Division 1.
b. It is recognized that there will arise valid reasons for deviating
from the GDC. Allowable deviations and deviations requiring prior
Headquarters review or approval, and procedures to be followed, are
described on page 1-2, Section 0101-2, Criteria Deviations.
c. Assistance and support from Departmental organizations having
responsibilities assigned in paragraph 8 and operating contractors
will be required on a continuous basis for the effective development
and maintenance of these GDC. The development of new criteria,
where required, and the maintenance of these GDC will be supported
by the GDC Planning Board.
d. Past experiences (lessons learned) can be of significant benefit in
the planning and performance of construction projects.
Incorporation of design-related lessons learned into the GDC will
maximize the Department's benefits. Field organizations are
encouraged to submit design-related lessons learned to the Director
of Project and Facilities Management using the "GDC Improvement
Proposal" form, a sample of which is provided on page 17-45.
Proposed changes to the GDC will be evaluated by the GDC Planning
Board with recommendations made to the Director of Project and
Facilities Management. Copies of this form are available upon
request to the Chairman, GDC Planning Board.
BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF ENERGY:
LAWRENCE F. DAVENPORT
Assistant Secretary
Management and Administration
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Abbreviations ....................................................... 1
Glossary ............................................................ 9
Division 1
General Requirements
0101 Criteria Purpose And Application ............................. 1-1
0101-1 General ........................................... 1-1
0101-2 Criteria Deviations ............................... 1-2
0101-3 Organization and Use of These Criteria ............ 1-3
0101-3.1 General .............................. 1-3
0101-3.2 "Shall and "Shall Consider" .......... 1-4
0101-3.3 References to Other Sections and
Documents ............................ 1-4
0101-3.4 Special Facilities ................... 1-4
0101-3.4.1 "99" Sections .......... 1-4
0101-3.4.2 Division 13 ............ 1-5
0101-3.5 Indexes and Glossary ................. 1-5
0101-3.6 Document Improvement Proposals ....... 1-6
0101-4 Handicapped Provisions ............................ 1-6
0106 Regulatory Requirements ...................................... 1-7
0109 Reference Standards and Guides ............................... 1-13
0110 Architectural and Special Design Requirements ................ 1-51
0110-1 Design, Programmatic, and Operating Requirements .. 1-51
0110.1.1 General .............................. 1-51
0110-1.1.1 Design ................ 1-51
0110-1.1.2 Programming ........... 1-51
0110-1.2 System Intergration .................. 1-52
0110-1.3 Emergency Planning ................... 1-52
0110-2 Alternative Designs ............................... 1-52
0110-3 Flexibility ....................................... 1-52
0110-4 Operational Efficiency ............................ 1-53
0110-5 Health and Safety ................................. 1-53
0110-5.1 Performance Objectives ............... 1-53
0110-5.2 Safety Analysis ...................... 1-54
0110-5.3 Emergency Preparedness Planning ...... 1-54
0110-5.4 Asbestos-Containing Materials ........ 1-55
0110-5.5 Polychlorintated Biphenyls (PCBs) .... 1-55
0110-6 Fire Protection ................................... 1-55
0110-6.1 General .............................. 1-55
0110-6.2 Fire Protection Design Analysis ...... 1-55
0110-6.3 Fire Resistance Ratings .............. 1-56
0110-6.4 Hazardous Areas ...................... 1-56
0110-7 Environmental Protection and Pollution Control .... 1-57
0110-8 Accommodations for the Physically Handicapped ..... 1-57
0110-9 Operation, Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement ... 1-57
0110-10 Fallout Shelters .................................. 1-58
0110-11 Work Space Management Standards ................... 1-59
0110-12 Energy Conservation ............................... 1-59
0110-12.1 Coverage ............................ 1-59
0110-12.2 General ............................. 1-60
0110-12.3 Building Envelope Thermal Transmittance
Values ............................ 1-61
0110-12.4 Building Envelope Air Leakage Criteria 1-61
0110-12.5 Use of Renewable Energy Systems ..... 1-61
0110-12.5.1 Active Solar Systems . 1-61
0110-12.5.2 Passive Solar Techniques
and Daylighting
Techniques ......... 1-61
0110-12.5.3 Other Renewable Systems 1-61
0110-12.6 Energy Management Systems ........... 1-62
0110-12.7 Building Analysis Procedures ........ 1-62
0110-12.7.1 LCC Analysis Procedures 1-62
0110-12.7.2 Use of Computer or Other
Energy Analysis
Techniques ......... 1-62
0110-12.7.3 Design Analysis
Procedures ......... 1-63
0110-12.7.4 Waivers of Design
Analysis Requirements 1-65
0110-12.8 Energy Conservation Report
Requirements ...................... 1-66
0110-12.8.1 General .............. 1-66
0110-12.8.2 Distribution of "Energy
Conservation Reports" 1-67
0110-13 Physical Protection .............................. 1-68
0110-13.1 General ............................. 1-68
0110-13.2 Access Control and Security Areas ... 1-68
0110-13.2.1 General .............. 1-68
0110-13.2.2 Proper Protection Areas
Requirements ....... 1-69
0110-13.2.3 Limited Area
Requirements ....... 1-69
0110-13.2.4 Exclusion Area
Requirements ....... 1-70
0110-13.2.5 Protected Area, Material
Access Area and Vital
Area ............... 1-70
0110-13.3 Physical Barriers ................... 1-70
0110-13.4 Intrusion Detection ................. 1-70
0110-13.5 Communications Equipment ............ 1-71
0110-99 Special Facilities ............................... 1-71
0110-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 1-71
0110-99.0.1 General .............. 1-71
0110-99.0.2 Building Services and
Distribution ....... 1-72
0110-99.0.3 Utilization Schedule . 1-73
0110-99.0.4 Building Layout ...... 1-73
0110-99.0.5 Interior Walls and
Partitions ......... 1-75
0110-99.0.6 Fire Resistance ...... 1-75
0110-99.0.7 Loss Limitations ..... 1-75
0110-99.0.8 Personnel and Public
Safety ............. 1-76
0110-99.2 Emergency Preparedness Facilities ... 1-76
0110-99.2.1 General .............. 1-76
0110-99.2.2 Building Layout ...... 1-76
0110-99.2.3 Access by the Physically
Handicapped ........ 1-76
0110-99.7 Occupational Health Facilities ...... 1-77
0110-99.7.1 General .............. 1-77
0110-99.7.2 Location ............. 1-77
0110-99.7.3 Space Requirements ... 1-78
0110-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP
Centers Radio Repeater Stations ... 1-78
0110-99.8.1 Centers and Repeater
Stations ........... 1-78
0110-99.8.2 Telephone Switching
Centers ............ 1-81
0110-99.8.3 Teletype, Data, and
Facsimile Centers .. 1-81
0110-99.8.4 Computer and Automatic
Data Processing
Centers ............ 1-81
0110-99.8.5 Radio Control Centers 1-84
0110-99.8.6 Fire Alarm Control
Centers ............ 1-84
0110-99.8.7 Security Alarm Control
Centers ............ 1-85
0110-99.8.8 Radio Repeater Stations 1-86
0110-99.9 Vaults and Vault-Type Rooms for Storage
of Classified Matter .............. 1-86
0110-99.9.1 General .............. 1-86
0110-99.9.2 Architectural ........ 1-87
0110-99.9.3 Substantial
Construction ....... 1-87
0110-99.9.4 Alarm Systems ........ 1-87
0110-99.10 Secure Conference Rooms ............. 1-88
0110-99.10.1 General ............. 1-88
0110-99.10.2 Room Envelope ....... 1-88
0110-99.11 Secure Offices ...................... 1-88
0110-99.11.1 General ............. 1-88
0110-99.11.2 Room Envelope ....... 1-88
0111 Structural Design Requirements ............................... 1-89
0111-1 General ........................................... 1-89
0111-2 Loads ............................................. 1-90
0111-2.1 General Requirements ................. 1-90
0111-2.2 Dead Loads ........................... 1-90
0111-2.2.1 General ............... 1-90
0111-2.2.2 Unit Weights .......... 1-90
0111-2.2.3 Service Equipment ..... 1-90
0111-2.2.4 Allowance for Partition
Loads ............... 1-91
0111-2.3 Live Loads ........................... 1-91
0111-2.3.1 General ............... 1-91
0111-2.3.2 Buildings and Other
Structures .......... 1-91
0111-2.3.3 Highway and Railway
Structures .......... 1-91
0111-2.4 Wind Loads ........................... 1-92
0111-2.4.1 General ............... 1-92
0111-2.4.2 Buildings and Other
Structures .......... 1-92
0111-2.4.3 Highway and Railway
Structures .......... 1-92
0111-2.5 Tornado Loads ........................ 1-92
0111-2.6 Internal Shock and Blast Loads ....... 1-93
0111-2.7 Earthquake Loads ..................... 1-93
0111-2.7.1 Buildings and Other
Structures .......... 1-93
0111-2.7.2 Highway and Railway
Structures .......... 1-94
0111-2.8 Other Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures ......................... 1-94
0111-2.8.1 Vibratory Loadings .... 1-94
0111-2.8.2 Earth and Groundwater
Pressures ........... 1-94
0111-2.8.3 Fluid and Gas Pressures 1-94
0111-2.8.4 Thermal Forces ........ 1-94
0111-2.8.5 Creep and Shrinkage
Forces .............. 1-95
0111-2.9 Other Loads for Highway and Railway
Structures ......................... 1-95
0111-2.10 Combination of Loads and Design
Requirements for Buildings and Other
Structures ......................... 1-95
0111-2.11 Combination of Loads and Design
Requirements for Highway and Railway
Structures ......................... 1-95
0111-3 Structural Systems for Buildings and Other
Structures ...................................... 1-95
0111-3.1 Framing .............................. 1-95
0111-3.2 Floors .............................. 1-96
0111-3.3 Control Joints ....................... 1-96
0111-3.4 Foundations .......................... 1-96
0111-3.4.1 General Requirements .. 1-96
0111-3.4.2 Foundation Vibrations . 1-96
0111-4 Structural Systems For Highway and Railway
Structures ...................................... 1-96
0111-99 Special Facilities ................................ 1-97
0111-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 1-97
0111-99.0.1 General .............. 1-97
0111-99.0.2 Tornado and Extreme
Wind ............... 1-98
0111-99.0.3 Floods ............... 1-99
0111-99.0.4 Earthquakes .......... 1-99
0111-99.0.5 Aircraft ............. 1-100
0111-99.0.6 Nearby Explosions and
Externally Generated
Missiles ........... 1-100
0111-99.0.7 Explosion, Internal
Pressurization,
Criticality, and Other
DBA Causes ......... 1-100
0111-99.0.8 Load Combinations .... 1-100
0111-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............... 1-101
0140 Quality Assurance ............................................ 1-101
0150 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls ............... 1-103
0150-1 Site Development .................................. 1-103
0150-2 Temporary Utilities ............................... 1-104
0150-3 Temporary and Special Wiring for Telephone
Facilities ...................................... 1-105
0150-4 Pollution and Soil Erosion Control ................ 1-105
0150-4.1 General .............................. 1-105
0150-4.2 Solid Waste .......................... 1-105
0150-4.3 Air Pollution ........................ 1-105
0150-4.4 Water Pollution and Soil Erosion ..... 1-106
0150-4.5 Noise Pollution ...................... 1-106
0150-4.6 Demolition and Decommissioning ....... 1-106
0150-5 Temporary Security Fencing ........................ 1-106
0170 Construction Contract Closeout ............................... 1-107
0170-1 Material to be Provided ................ 1-107
0170-2 Closeout Procedures .................... 1-110
DIVISION 2
Site and Civil Engineering
0200 Site Development ............................................. 2-1
0200-1 Facility Siting ................................... 2-1
0200-1.1 General .............................. 2-1
0200-1.2 Radiological Siting Requirements ..... 2-2
0200-1.3 Radiological Siting Guidelines ....... 2-3
0200-2 Building Location ................................. 2-4
0200-99 Special Facilities ................................ 2-5
0200-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 2-5
0200-99.0.1 General .............. 2-5
0200-99.0.2 Other Facilities and
Operations ......... 2-5
0200-99.0.3 Services ............. 2-5
0200-99.0.4 Meteorology .......... 2-6
0200-99.0.5 Hydrology ............ 2-6
0200-99.0.6 Seismology ........... 2-6
0200-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP
Centers and Radio Repeater Stations 2-7
0200-99.8.1 General .............. 2-7
0200-99.8.2 Teletype, Data, and
Facsimile Centers .. 2-8
0200-99.8.3 Radio Control Centers 2-8
0200-99.8.4 Fire Alarm Control
Centers ............ 2-8
0200-99.8.5 Security Alarm Control
Centers ............ 2-8
0200-99.8.6 Radio Repeater Stations 2-9
0201 Subsurface Investigations .................................... 2-9
0201-1 General ........................................... 2-9
0201-2 Drilling and Sampling Methods ..................... 2-9
0201-3 Field And Laboratory Reports ...................... 2-9
0201-4 Foundation Engineering Evaluation and
Recommendations ................................. 2-10
0202 Surveying .................................................... 2-11
0202-1 General ........................................... 2-11
0202-2 Horizontal and Vertical Control ................... 2-12
0202-3 Monumentation ..................................... 2-12
0202-3.1 Temporary Control Monuments ........... 2-12
0202-3.2 Permanent Survey Monuments ............ 2-14
0202-3.3 Bench Marks ........................... 2-14
0202-4 Surveys for Utilities, Roads, and Parking Areas ... 2-15
0202-5 Surveys for Existing Underground Utilities ........ 2-16
0202-6 Construction Staking .............................. 2-16
0203 Utilities Within Easements or Corridors ...................... 2-17
0203-1 Utility Locations ................................. 2-17
0203-1.1 General ............................... 2-17
0203-1.2 Underground Utilities ................. 2-17
0203-1.3 Aboveground Utilities ................. 2-I7
0203-1.4 Security Areas ........................ 2-17
0203-1.5 Record Drawings ....................... 2-18
0205 Demolition, Decontamination, and Decommissioning ............. 2-18
0205-1 Demolition ........................................ 2-18
0205-2 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 2-18
0210 Site Preparation ............................................. 2-18
0214 Dewatering ................................................... 2-19
0214-1 General ........................................... 2-19
0214-2 Groundwater Investigation ......................... 2-19
0215 Shoring and Underpinning ..................................... 2-20
0215-1 General ........................................... 2-20
0215-2 Shoring Systems ................................... 2-20
0215-3 Underpinning ...................................... 2-20
0220 Earthwork .................................................... 2-20
0220-1 General ........................................... 2-20
0220-2 Subsurface Data ................................... 2-20
0220-3 Design ............................................ 2-21
0235 Building Foundations ......................................... 2-21
0235-1 General ........................................... 2-21
0235-2 Foundation Design Criteria ........................ 2-21
0235-2.1 General .............................. 2-21
0235-2.2 Adverse Subsurface Conditions ........ 2-21
0235-2.3 Cost Estimates and Final Selection ... 2-22
0235-3 Concrete .......................................... 2-22
0235-4 Pier-and-Beam Foundations ......................... 2-22
0235-5 Pile Foundations .................................. 2-22
0235-6 Ribbed-Mat Slab Foundations ....................... 2-22
0235-7 Expansive Soils ................................... 2-22
0235-8 Equipment Foundations ............................. 2-23
0245 Railroad Design .............................................. 2-23
0245-1 General ........................................... 2-23
0245-2 Track Layout ...................................... 2-23
0245-3 Drainage .......................................... 2-23
0245-4 Structures ........................................ 2-23
0245-5 Rail .............................................. 2-24
0245-6 Ties .............................................. 2-24
0245-7 Joint Bars ........................................ 2-24
0245-7.1 General .............................. 2-24
0245-7.2 Compromise Joint Bars ................ 2-24
0245-8 Tie Plates ........................................ 2-24
0245-8.1 New Rail ............................. 2-24
0245-8.2 Relayer Rail ......................... 2-24
0245-9 Rail Anchors ...................................... 2-25
0245-10 Spikes ........................................... 2-25
0245-11 Guardrails ....................................... 2-25
0245-12 Highway-Railway Grade Crossing ................... 2-25
0245-13 Ballast .......................................... 2-25
0245-14 Turnouts ......................................... 2-25
0245-15 Superelevation ................................... 2-25
0245-16 Grades ........................................... 2-26
0245-17 Clearances ....................................... 2-26
0245-18 Electrical Grounding ............................. 2-26
0250 Paving and Surfacing ......................................... 2-26
0250-1 Coverage .......................................... 2-26
0250-2 Walks ............................................. 2-26
0250-3 Roads ............................................. 2-27
0250-4 Parking Areas ..................................... 2-27
0250-5 Pavements ......................................... 2-28
0250-5.1 Flexible Pavements ................... 2-28
0250-5.2 Rigid Pavements ...................... 2-28
0250-6 Traffic Control .................................. 2-28
0256 Airports and Heliports ....................................... 2-28
0256-1 General ........................................... 2-28
0256-2 Site Conditions ................................... 2-29
0256-3 Aircraft Characteristics .......................... 2-29
0256-4 Aircraft Noise .................................... 2-29
0256-5 Airfield Layout ................................... 2-30
0256-6 Airfield Safety Clearances ........................ 2-30
0256-7 Fire and Rescue Facilities ........................ 2-30
0256-8 Drainage .......................................... 2-30
0256-9 Pavements ......................................... 2-30
0256-10 Pavement Markings ................................. 2-30
0256-11 Storage Facilities for Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants 2-31
0260 Piped Utility Materials ...................................... 2-31
0260-1 Coverage .......................................... 2-31
0260-2 Exterior Utilities ................................ 2-31
0262 Corrosion Control ............................................ 2-32
0262-1 General ........................................... 2-32
0262-2 Corrosion Control Tests ........................... 2-32
0262-3 Cathodic Protection Systems ....................... 2-32
0266 Water Distribution Systems ................................... 2-33
0266-1 General ........................................... 2-33
0266-2 Regulatory Overview ............................... 2-33
0266-3 Planning For Water Distribution Systems ........... 2-33
0266-4 System Design Considerations ...................... 2-34
0267 Industrial Water Treatment ................................... 2-35
0267-1 General ........................................... 2-35
0267-2 Waste Products .................................... 2-36
0267-3 References ........................................ 2-36
0270 Sanitary Wastewater Collection and Stormwater Management
Systems .................................................... 2-37
0270-1 Sanitary Wastewater Collection Systems ............ 2-37
0270-1.1 General .............................. 2-37
0270-1.2 System Layout ........................ 2-37
0270-1.3 System Design Considerations ......... 2-37
0270-1.4 Pipe Materials and Pipe Joints ....... 2-39
0270-2 Stormwater Management Systems ..................... 2-39
0270-2.1 General .............................. 2-39
0270-2.2 Hydrology ............................ 2-40
0270-2.2.1 General ............... 2-40
0270-2.2.2 Geologic, Geographic, and
Topographic Factors . 2-41
0270-2.2.3 Precipitation Frequency 2-41
0270-2.2.4 Soil and Cover ........ 2-41
0270-2.2.5 Runoff Distribution ... 2-42
0270-2.3 Flood Routing ........................ 2-42
0270-2.4 Hydraulics ........................... 2-42
0270-2.4.1 Storm Sewers .......... 2-42
0270-2.4.2 Open Channels ......... 2-42
0270-2.5 Street Drainage ...................... 2-42
0273 Water Pollution Controls ..................................... 2-43
0273-1 General ........................................... 2-43
0273-2 Regulatory Overview ............................... 2-43
0273-3 Planning For Sanitary Wastewater Treatment and
Disposal Systems ................................ 2-43
0273-4 Selection of Sanitary Wastewater Treatment and
Disposal Methods ................................ 2-44
0273-99 Special Facilities ................................ 2-45
0273-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 2-45
0275 Industrial Wastewater Treatment .............................. 2-46
0275-1 General ........................................... 2-46
0275-2 Regulatory Overview ............................... 2-46
0275-3 Planning for Industrial Wastewater Treatment and
Disposal Systems ................................ 2-46
0275-3.1 General .............................. 2-46
0275-3.2 Alternative Production Flow Control
Methods ............................ 2-47
0275-3.3 Recycle/Recovery Systems and Alternative
Waste Treatment Techniques ......... 2-47
0275-3.4 Disposal of Solids ................... 2-47
0275-4 Control of Pollution from Other Sources ........... 2-47
0275-5 Selection of Industrial Wastewater Treatment and
Disposal Methods ................................ 2-50
0275-99 Special Facilities ................................ 2-50
0275-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 2-50
0275-99.0.1 Industrial Wastes .... 2-50
0275-99.0.2 Process Wastes ....... 2-50
0275-99.0.3 Nonradioactive Liquid
Effluents .......... 2-51
0276 Construction in Floodplains or on Wetlands ................... 2-51
0278 Power and Lighting ........................................... 2-52
0279 Exterior Communications and Alarm Systems .................... 2-52
0280 Site Improvements ............................................ 2-53
0280-1 Fencing ........................................... 2-53
0280-2 Other Site Improvements ........................... 2-53
0281 Vehicular and Pedestrian Circulation ......................... 2-54
0281-1 General ........................................... 2-54
0281-2 Pedestrian Circulation Facilities ................. 2-54
0281-2.1 General .............................. 2-54
0281-2.2 At-Grade Pedestrian Crossings ........ 2-54
0281-2.3 Pedestrian Grade Separation Crossings 2-55
0281-3 Vehicle Circulation Facilities .................... 2-55
0283 Physical Protection .......................................... 2-56
0283-1 General ........................................... 2-56
0283-2 Physical Protection Planning ...................... 2-56
0283-3 Permanent Security Fencing ........................ 2-57
0283-3.1 General .............................. 2-57
0283-3.2 Design Considerations ................ 2-58
0283-3.2.1 General ............... 2-58
0283-3.2.2 Location .............. 2-59
0283-3.2.3 Construction .......... 2-59
0283-3.3 Fence Grounding ...................... 2-59
0283-4 Patrol Roads and Walkways ......................... 2-60
0283-5 Gates, Entry Control Points, Vehicle Barriers ..... 2-60
0283-5.1 Gates ................................ 2-60
0283-5.1.1 General ............... 2-60
0283-5.1.2 Gate Grounding and
Bonding ............. 2-60
0283-5.2 Entry Control Points ................. 2-61
0283-5.3 Vehicle Barriers ..................... 2-61
0283-6 Security Inspector Posts and Guard Towers ......... 2-61
0283-6.1 Security Inspector Posts ............. 2-61
0283-6.2 Guard Towers ......................... 2-62
0283-7 Lighting .......................................... 2-62
0285 Solid Waste Systems .......................................... 2-63
0285-1 Regulatory Overview ............................... 2-63
0285-1.1 General .............................. 2-63
0285-1.2 EPA Identification Number ............ 2-63
0285-2 Site Selection .................................... 2-63
0285-2.1 General .............................. 2-63
0285-2.2 Recommended Practices ................ 2-64
0285-2.2.1 Regional Systems ...... 2-64
0285-2.2.2 Environmentally Sensitive
Areas ............... 2-64
0285-2.2.3 Fault Zones and Karst
Terrain ............. 2-64
0285-2.2.4 Cost Effectiveness .... 2-64
0285-2.2.5 Sites Traversed by
Utilities ........... 2-64
0285-2.2.6 Characteristics and
Availability of Soil
Cover ............... 2-65
0285-2.2.7 Site Access ........... 2-65
0285-2.2.8 Effects on Other
Facilities .......... 2-65
0285-2.2.9 Site Approval ......... 2-65
0285-3 Site Design ....................................... 2-65
0285-3.1 General .............................. 2-65
0285-3.2 Recommended Practices ................ 2-66
0285-3.2.1 General ............... 2-66
0285-3.2.2 Types and Quantities of
Solid Wastes ........ 2-66
0285-3.2.3 Groundwater Resources . 2-66
0285-3.2.4 Surface Water Resources 2-66
0285-3.2.5 Flood Protection ...... 2-66
0285-3.2.6 Plans ................. 2-66
0285-3.3 Selection of Methods ................. 2-67
0285-99 Special Facilities ............................... 2-68
0285-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 2-68
0290 Landscaping .................................................. 2-68
0290-1 General ........................................... 2-68
0290-2 Site Analysis ..................................... 2-68
0290-3 Design Considerations ............................. 2-69
0290-3.1 General ............................. 2-69
0290-3.2 Preservation ........................ 2-69
0290-3.3 Trees, Shrubs, Ground Covers, and
Vines ............................. 2-69
0290-3.4 Turf ................................ 2-70
0291 Irrigation Systems ........................................... 2-70
0291-1 General ........................................... 2-70
0291-2 Landscape Irrigation .............................. 2-70
0291-3 Agricultural Irrigation ........................... 2-70
DIVISION 3
Concrete
0300 Coverage ..................................................... 3-1
0301 General Requirements ......................................... 3-1
0301-1 Buildings and Other Structures .................... 3-1
0301-2 Highway and Railway Structures .................... 3-1
0301-3 Sanitary Engineering Structures ................... 3-1
0310 Concrete Formwork ............................................ 3-2
0320 Concrete Reinforcement ....................................... 3-2
0320-1 Materials for Reinforcement ....................... 3-2
0320-2 Detailing of Reinforcement ........................ 3-2
0330 Cast-in-Place Concrete ....................................... 3-2
0330-1 Coverage .......................................... 3-2
0330-2 Materials, Testing, and Quality Control ........... 3-2
0330-3 Selecting Proportions for Concrete Mixes .......... 3-2
0330-3.1 Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 3-2
0330-3.2 Structural Lightweight Concrete ...... 3-3
0330-4 Mixing, Transporting, and placing ................. 3-3
0330-5 Climatic Considerations ........................... 3-3
0330-5.1 Hot Weather Concreting ............... 3-3
0330-5.2 Cold Weather Concreting .............. 3-3
0330-6 Post-Tensioned Construction ....................... 3-3
0340 Precast Concrete ............................................. 3-3
0340-1 Coverage .......................................... 3-3
0340-2 General ........................................... 3-3
0350 Cementitious Decks for Buildings ............................. 3-4
0350-1 Coverage .......................................... 3-4
0350-2 General ........................................... 3-4
0370 Repair and Restoration of Concrete Structures ................ 3-4
0370-1 Coverage .......................................... 3-4
0370-2 General ........................................... 3-5
0380 Mass Concrete ................................................ 3-5
0380-1 Coverage .......................................... 3-5
0350-2 General ........................................... 3-5
Division 4
Masonry
0400 Coverage ..................................................... 4-1
0401 General ...................................................... 4-1
0410 Mortar and Grout ............................................. 4-1
0420 Unit Masonry ................................................. 4-2
0455 Refractories ................................................. 4-2
Division 5
Metals
0500 Coverage ..................................................... 5-1
0512 Structural Steel ............................................. 5-1
0512-1 Buildings and Other Structures .................... 5-1
0512-2 Light-Gauge Steel ................................. 5-1
0512-3 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings .................... 5-1
0512-4 Steel Cables ...................................... 5-2
0512-5 Steel Water Tanks, Standpipes and Reservoirs ...... 5-2
0512-6 Fuel Storage Tanks ................................ 5-2
0512-7 Highway and Railway Structures .................... 5-2
0512-8 Transmission Towers ............................... 5-2
0512-9 Antenna Towers .................................... 5-2
0512-10 Transmission Pole Structures ...................... 5-2
0512-11 Antenna Poles and Masts ........................... 5-2
0514 Structural Aluminum .......................................... 5-3
0514-1 Highway and Railway Structures .................... 5-3
0514-2 Use with Dissimilar Metals or Concrete ............ 5-3
0521 Steel Joists ................................................. 5-3
0531 Steel Decks .................................................. 5-3
0532 Metal Fastening .............................................. 5-3
Division 6
Wood and Plastics
0600 Coverage ..................................................... 6-1
0610 Wood Structures .............................................. 6-1
0610-1 Buildings and Other Structures .................... 6-1
0610-2 Highway and Railway Structures .................... 6-1
0650 Plastic Structures ........................................... 6-1
Division 7
Thermal and Moisture Protection
0710 Waterproofing ................................................ 7-1
0710-1 General ........................................... 7-1
0710-1.1 Use .................................. 7-1
0710-1.2 Materials and Construction ........... 7-1
0710-1.3 Protective Cover ..................... 7-2
0710-1.4 Capillary Water Barriers ............. 7-3
0710-1.5 Penetrations ........................ 7-3
0710-1.6 Drainage and Drainage Piping ......... 7-3
0711 Sheet Membrane Waterproofing ................................. 7-4
0714 Cementitious Waterproofing ................................... 7-4
0715 Dampproofing ................................................. 7-4
0715-1 General ........................................... 7-4
0715-1.1 Use .................................. 7-4
0715-1.2 Materials and Construction ........... 7-4
0715-1.3 Capillary Water Barriers ............. 7-5
0715-1.4 Drainage and Drainage Piping ......... 7-5
0715-1.5 Base Course, Spandrel, and
Through-the-Wall Flashings ......... 7-5
0719 Vapor and Air Retarders ...................................... 7-6
0719-1 Vapor Retarders ................................... 7-6
0720 Insulation ................................................... 7-6
0720-1 Use ............................................... 7-7
0720-2 Materials ......................................... 7-7
0721 Building Insulation .......................................... 7-7
0721-1 Cavity Walls ...................................... 7-7
0721-2 Cold Storage Rooms ................................ 7-8
0721-3 Protection ........................................ 7-8
0721-4 Window and Door Frames ............................ 7-8
0722 Roof and Deck Insulation ..................................... 7-8
0724 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems ....................... 7-8
0727 Firestopping ................................................. 7-9
0730 Roofing Tiles ................................................ 7-9
0750 Membrane Roofing ............................................. 7-10
0750-1 Design ............................................ 7-10
0750-2 Slope ............................................. 7-10
0750-3 Roof-Mounted Equipment ............................ 7-10
0750-4 Walkways .......................................... 7-10
0750-5 Water Retention ................................... 7-11
0751 Built-up Bituminous Roofing .................................. 7-11
0753 Elastomeric/Plastomeric Sheet Roofing ........................ 7-11
0753-1 General ........................................... 7-11
0753-2 Modified Bitumen Sheet Roofing .................... 7-11
0760 Flashing and Sheet Metal ..................................... 7-12
0760-1 Sheet Metal Roofing .............................. 7-12
0760-2 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim ..................... 7-12
0760-2.1 Expansion Joints ..................... 7-12
0760-2.2 Flashing, Trim, and Accessories ...... 7-12
0760-2.3 Drains, Gutters, and Accessories ..... 7-12
0760-2.3.1 General ............... 7-12
0760-2.3.2 Drains and Gutters .... 7-13
0790 Sealants and Joints .......................................... 7-13
Division 8
Doors and Windows
0800 General ...................................................... 8-1
0800-1 Doors ............................................. 8-1
0800-1.1 General .............................. 8-1
0800-1.2 Fire Protection ...................... 8-1
0800-1.3 Security ............................. 8-2
0800-2 Windows ........................................... 8-2
0800-2.1 General .............................. 8-2
O800-2.2 Fire Protection ...................... 8-3
0800-2.3 Safety ............................... 8-3
0800-2.4 Maintenance and Repair ............... 8-3
0800-2.5 Screens .............................. 8-3
0800-2.6 Security ............................ 8-3
0810 Metal Doors and Frames ....................................... 8-4
0810-1 Steel Doors and Frames ............................ 8-4
0810-2 Aluminum Doors and Frames ......................... 8-4
0820 Wood and Plastic Doors ....................................... 8-4
0820-1 Wood Doors ........................................ 8-5
0830 Special Doors ................................................ 8-5
0833 Cooling Doors ................................................ 8-6
0836 Sectional Overhead Doors ..................................... 8-6
0839 Screen and Storm Doors ....................................... 8-6
0850 Metal Windows ................................................ 8-6
0850-1 Steel Windows ..................................... 8-6
0850-2 Aluminum Windows .................................. 8-6
0860 Wood and Plastic Windows ..................................... 8-6
0860-1 Wood Windows ...................................... 8-6
0870 Hardware ..................................................... 8-7
0880 Glazing ...................................................... 8-8
Division 9
Finishes
0900 General ...................................................... 9-1
0900-1 General ........................................... 9-1
0900-2 Fire Protection ................................... 9-1
0900-3 Hazardous Materials Contamination ................. 9-1
0900-4 Indoor Air Quality ................................ 9-1
0900-99 Special Facilities ................................ 9-2
0900-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 9-2
0900-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............... 9-2
0900-99.4.1 Radiological Design
Requirements ....... 9-2
0900-99.7 Occupational Health Facilities ...... 9-2
0900-99.7.1 General .............. 9-2
0900-99.7.2 Floors ............... 9-2
0900-99.7.3 Walls ................ 9-3
0900-99.7.4 Ceilings ............. 9-3
0900-99.7.5 Doors and Frames ..... 9-3
0910 Metal Support Systems ........................................ 9-3
0910-1 Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems ............. 9-3
0910-2 Ceiling Suspension Systems ........................ 9-3
0920 Lath and Plaster ............................................. 9-4
0920-1 Veneer Plaster .................................... 9-4
0925 Gypsum Board ................................................. 9-4
0930 Tile ......................................................... 9-4
0930-1 Ceramic Tile ...................................... 9-4
0950 Acoustical Treatment ......................................... 9-4
0950-1 General ........................................... 9-4
0950-99 Special Facilities ................................ 9-5
0950-99.10 Secure Conference Rooms ............. 9-5
0950-99.11 Secure Offices ...................... 9-6
0965 Resilient Flooring ........................................... 9-6
0968 Carpet ....................................................... 9-6
0970 Special Flooring ............................................. 9-6
0970-1 Resinous Flooring ................................. 9-6
0970-2 Conductive Flooring ............................... 9-7
0970-99 Special Facilities ................................ 9-7
0970-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............... 9-7
0980 Special Coatings ............................................. 9-7
0990 Painting ..................................................... 9-7
0995 Wall Coverings ............................................... 9-8
Division 10
Specialties
1015 Compartments and Cubicles .................................... 10-1
1020 Louvers and Vents ............................................ 10-1
1024 Grilles and Screens .......................................... 10-1
1027 Access Flooring .............................................. 10-2
1030 Fireplaces and Stores ........................................ 10-2
1040 Identifying Devices .......................................... 10-2
1040-1 General ........................................... 10-2
1040-2 Naming DOE Buildings After Individuals ............ 10-2
1050 Lockers ...................................................... 10-3
1052 Fire Protection Specialties .................................. 10-3
1053 Protective Covers ............................................ 10-3
1055 Postal Specialties ........................................... 10-3
1060 Partitions ................................................... 10-3
1065 Operable Partitions .......................................... 10-4
1070 Exterior Sun Control Devices ................................. 10-4
1075 Telephone Facilities ......................................... 10-4
1080 Toilet and Bath Accessories .................................. 10-4
Division 11
Equipment
1100 General ...................................................... 11-1
1161 Enclosures ................................................... 11-1
1161-1 General Considerations ............................ 11-1
1161-2 Construction ...................................... 11-2
1161-3 Fire Protection ................................... 11-4
1161-4 Ventilation ....................................... 11-4
1161-5 Operational Compatibility ......................... 11-5
Division 12
Furnishings
1201 General ...................................................... 12-1
1230 Manufactured Casework ........................................ 12-1
1250 Window Treatment ............................................. 12-1
1250-1 Drapery and Curtain Hardware ...................... 12-2
1260 Furniture and Accessories .................................... 12-2
1260-1 Landscape Partitions and Components ............... 12-2
1260-2 Furniture ......................................... 12-2
1260-3 Furniture Systems ................................. 12-2
1260-4 Rugs and Mats ..................................... 12-2
1260-99 Special Facilities ................................ 12-3
1260-99.1 Laboratory Facilities (Including Hot
Laboratories) ..................... 12-3
1270 Multiple Seating ............................................. 12-3
Division 13
Special Facilities
1300 General Requirements ......................................... 13-1
1300-1 Coverage and Objectives ........................... 13-1
1300-1.1 Coverage ............................. 13-1
1300-1.2 Using Division 13 .................... 13-1
1300-1.3 Objectives ........................... 13-3
1300-1.4 Guidance on Limiting Exposure of the
Public ............................. 13-4
1300-1.4.1 General ............... 13-4
1300-1.4.2 Accidental Releases ... 13-4
1300-1.4.3 Routine Releases ...... 13-4
1300-1.4.4 Monitoring of Releases 13-4
1300-2 Safety Analysis ................................... 13-5
1300-3 Safety Class Criteria ............................. 13-5
1300-3.1 General .............................. 13-5
1300-3.2 Safety Class Items ................... 13-5
1300-3.3 Single Failure Criterion and Redundancy 13-6
1300-3.4 Equipment Environment Considerations . 13-6
1300-3.4.1 General ............... 13-6
1300-3.4.2 Environmental
Qualification of
Equipment ........... 13-6
1300-3.4.3 Equipment Operability
Qualification ....... 13-7
1300-3.5 Maintenance .......................... 13-7
1300-3.6 Testing .............................. 13-7
1300-4 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-7
1300-5 Source and Special Nuclear Material ............... 13-9
1300-6 Radiation Protection .............................. 13-9
1300.6.1 General .............................. 13-9
1300-6.2 Shielding Design ..................... 13-9
1300-6.3 Hand and Forearm Protection .......... 13-10
1300-6.4 Internal Radiation Exposure .......... 13-10
1300-6.5 Monitoring, Warning, and Alarm Systems 13-10
1300-6.5.1 General ............... 13-10
1300-6.5.2 Air Monitoring and Warning
Systems ............. 13-11
1300-6.5.3 Personnel Monitoring and
Warning Devices ..... 13-11
1300-6.5.4 Ionizing Radiation
Monitoring System ... 13-11
1300-6.5.5 Warning and Alarm System
Features ............ 13-11
1300-6.5.6 Nuclear Accident
Dosimetry ........... 13-11
1300-6.5.7 Central Radiation
Monitoring and Alarm
Readout ............. 13-11
1300-6.6 Decontamination of Personnel ......... 13-11
1300-6.7 Meteorological Equipment ............. 13-12
1300-6.8 Change Rooms ......................... 13-12
1300-6.9 Breathing Air System ................. 13-12
1300-7 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-12
1300-7.1 Objectives ........................... 13-12
1300-7.2 General .............................. 13-12
1300-7.3 Access Ways .......................... 13-14
1300-7.4 Transfer Pipes and Encasements ....... 13-14
1300-8 Waste Management .................................. 13-14
1300-8.1 General .............................. 13-14
1300-8.2 Hazardous Waste Requirements ......... 13-15
1300-8.3 Mixed Waste .......................... 13-15
1300-8.4 Waste Segregation .................... 13-15
1300-8.5 Spill Prevention and Control ......... 13-15
1300-8.6 Approvals and Permits ................ 13-15
1300-9 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-16
1300-10 Physical Protection, Material Safeguards, and Storage
of Special Nuclear Material ..................... 13-17
1300-10.1 General ............................. 13-17
1300-10.2 Physical Protection ................. 13-18
1300-10.2.1 General Protection
Philosophy ......... 13-18
1300-10.2.2 Basic Physical Protection
Requirements ............... 13-20
1300-10.2.3 Baseline Protection
Requirements ....... 13-20
1300-10.2.4 Barriers and Access
Control Systems .... 13-22
1300-10.2.5 Detection and Alarm
Systems ............ 13-23
1300-10.2.6 Assessment Systems ... 13-26
1300-10.2.7 Communication Systems. 13-26
1300-10.2.8 Response Systems ..... 13-27
1300-10.2.9 Lighting Systems ..... 13-27
1300-10.3 Material Control and Accountability
(MC&A) Safeguards ................. 13-27
1300-10.3.1 General .............. 13-28
1300-10.3.2 Material Control
Systems ............ 13-28
1300-10.3.3 Material Accounting
Systems ............ 13-31
1300-10.3.4 Other Systems ........ 13-34
1300-11 Decontamination and Decommissioning .............. 13-35
1300-11.1 Decontamination ..................... 13-35
1300-11.2 Decommissioning ..................... 13-35
1300-12 Human Factors Engineering ........................ 13-36
1300-12.1 Coverage ............................ 13-36
1300-12.2 Objectives .......................... 13-36
1300-12.3 System Development .................. 13-37
1300-12.3.1 General .............. 13-37
1300-12.3.2 Planning the Human Factors
Engineering Role in
System Development . 13-37
1300.12.3.3 Requirements Analyses 13-37
1300.12.3.4 Process System Design
Interfaces ......... 13-38
1300.12.3.5 Test and Evaluation .. 13-39
1300-12.4 General Human Factors Implementation
Criteria and Considerations ....... 13-39
1300-12.4.1 General .............. 13-39
1300.12.4.2 Human Dimension
Considerations ..... 13-39
1300-12.4.3 Environmental
Considerations ..... 13-40
1300-12.4.4 Component Arrangement 13-41
1300-12.4.5 Protective Equipment . 13-42
1300-12.4.6 Display Devices ...... 13-42
1300-12.4.7 System Controls ...... 13-43
1300-12.4.8 Warning and Annunciator
Systems ............ 13-44
1300-12.4.9 Communication Systems 13-44
1300-12.4.10 Maintainability ...... 13-45
1300-12.4.11 Labels ............... 13-45
1300-13 Accessibility and Usability by the Physically
Handicapped .................................... 13-46
1304 Plutonium Processing and Handling Facilities ................. 13-46
1304-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-47
1304-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-47
1304-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-47
1304-4 Radiation Protection .............................. 13-47
1304-5 Special Design Features ........................... 13-48
1304-6 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-49
1304-6.1 General .............................. 13-49
1304-6.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-50
1304-6.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-51
1304-6.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-52
1304-7 Effluent Control and Monitoring .................... 13-52
1304-7.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-52
1304-7.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-53
1304-7.3 Effluents ............................ 13-53
1304-7.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-53
1304-8 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-54
1305 Plutonium Storage Facilities ................................. 13-54
1305-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-54
1305-2 Objecives ......................................... 13-55
1305-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-55
1305-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-55
1305-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-57
1305-5.1 General .............................. 13-57
1305-5.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-58
1305-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-58
1305-5.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-59
1305-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-59
1305-6.1 General .............................. 13-59
1305-6.2 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-59
1305-6.3 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-59
1305-6.3.1 Industrial Wastes ..... 13-59
1305-6.3.2 Decontamination Wastes 13-60
1305-6.4 Effluents ............................ 13-60
1305-6.4.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-60
1306 Unirradiated Enriched Uranium Storage Facilities ............. 13-60
1306-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-60
1306-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-61
1306-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-61
1306-4 Radiation Protection .............................. 13-61
1306-5 Special Design Features ........................... 13-61
1306-6 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-63
1306-6.1 General .............................. 13-63
1306-6.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-64
1306-6.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-64
1306-6.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-64
1306-7 Waste Management .................................. 13-65
1306-8 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-65
1306-8.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-65
1306-8.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-65
1306-8.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-65
1306-8.3 Effluents ............................ 13-65
1306-8.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-65
1307 Explosives Facilities ........................................ 13-66
1307-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-66
1307-1.1 General .............................. 13-66
1307-1.2 Applicability ........................ 13-66
1307-1.3 Nonapplicability ..................... 13-66
1307-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-67
1307-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-67
1307-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-67
1307-4.1 General Criteria ..................... 13-67
1307-4.1.1 Siting of Explosives
Facilities .......... 13-67
1307-4.1.2 Hazard Class Activity . 13-68
1307-4.1.3 Design Basis .......... 13-68
1307-4.1.4 Unproven Facility Design 13-70
1307-4.1.5 Support Buildings ..... 13-70
1307-4.2 Facility Criteria .................... 13-70
1307-4.2.1 General ............... 13-70
1307-4.2.2 Explosives-Only Bays --
Facilities for Storage,
Handling, and
Processing .......... 13-70
1307-4.2.3 Joint Explosives-Plutonium
Bays/Facilities ..... 13-72
1307-4.2.4 Explosives Design Basis 13-73
1307-4.2.5 Utilities ............. 13-73
1307-5 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-73
1307-6 Physical Protection and Material Safeguards ....... 13-73
1318 Uranium Enrichment Facilities ................................ 13-74
1318-1 Coverage ......................................... 13-74
1318-2 Objecives ......................................... 13-74
1318-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-75
1318-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-75
1318-4.1 General .............................. 13-75
1318-4.2 UF6 Cylinder Handling Areas .......... 13-76
1318-4.3 Sampling, Feed, Conversion, and
Preparation Areas .................. 13-76
1318-4.4 Uranium Enrichment Areas ............. 13-77
1318-4.5 Products and Tails Processing Areas .. 13-78
1318-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-78
1318-5.1 General ............................. 13-78
1318-5.2 Primary Confinement System .......... 13-78
1318-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ........ 13-79
1318-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-79
1318-6.1 Radioactive Solid Waste ............. 13-79
1318-6.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............ 13-80
1318-6.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-80
1318-6.3 Effluents ........................... 13-80
1318-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-80
1318-7 Storage Facilities ................................ 13-80
1319 Uranium Processing and Handling Facilities ................... 13-81
1319-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-81
1319-2 Objecives ......................................... 13-81
1319-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-81
1319-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-82
1319-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-83
1319-5.1 General .............................. 13-83
1319-5.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-83
1319-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-85
1319-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-85
1319-6.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-85
1319-6.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-86
1319-6.3 Effluents ............................ 13-86
1319-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-86
1319-7 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-86
1319-8 Storage Facilities ................................ 13-86
1320 Irradiated Fissile Material Storage Facilities ............... 13-86
1320-1 Coverage .......................................... I3-86
1320-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-87
1320-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-87
1320-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-87
1320-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-89
1320-5.1 General .............................. 13-89
1320-5.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-89
1320-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-89
1320-5.4 Structural Considerations ............ 13-90
1320-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-90
1320-6.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-90
1320-6.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-90
1320-6.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-90
1320-6.3 Effluents ............................ 13-91
1320-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-91
1320-7 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-91
1321 Reprocessing Facilities ...................................... 13-91
1321-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-91
1321-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-91
1321-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-92
1321-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-92
1321-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-94
1321-5.1 General .............................. 13-94
1321-5.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-95
1321-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-95
1321-5.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-96
1321-5.4.1 General ............... 13-96
1321-5.4.2 Penetrations .......... 13-96
1321-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-96
1321-6.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-96
1321-6.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-96
1321-6.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-96
1321-6.3 Effluents ............................ 13-96
1321-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-96
1321-7 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-97
1322 Uranium Conversion and Recovery Facilities ................... 13-97
1322-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-97
1322-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-97
1322-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-98
1322-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-98
1322-4.1 General .............................. 13-98
1322-4.2 Uranium Conversion Facilities ........ 13-100
1322-4.3 Uranium Recovery Facilities .......... 13-100
1322-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-100
1322.5.1 General .............................. 13-100
1322.5.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-101
1322-5.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-101
1322-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-102
1322-6.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-102
1322-6.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-102
1322-6.3 Effluents ........................... 13-102
1322-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-102
1322-7 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-102
1322-8 Storage Facilities ................................ 13-103
1323 Radioactive Liquid Waste Facilities .......................... 13-103
1323-1 Coverage ......................................... 13-103
1323-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-103
1323-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-103
1323-4 Special Design Features ........................... 13-104
1323.4.1 General .............................. 13-104
1323-4.2 Collection Systems ................... 13-104
1323-4.3 Storage and Transfer Systems ......... 13-105
1323-4.4 Treatment Systems .................... 13-105
1323-5 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-105
1323-5.1 General .............................. 13-105
1323-5.2 High-Level Liquid Waste Confinement .. 13-107
1323-5.3 Low-Level Liquid Waste Confinement ... 13-109
1323-5.4 Transuranic-Contaminated Liquid Waste
Confinement ........................ 13-109
1323-6 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-110
1323-6.1 Contaminated Solid Waste ............. 13-110
1323-6.2 Contaminated Liquid Waste ............ 13-110
1323.6.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-110
1323-6.3 Effluents ............................ 13-110
1323-6.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-110
1324 Radioactive Solid Waste Facilities ........................... 13-111
1324-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-111
1324-2 Objecives ......................................... 13-111
1324-2.1 General .............................. 13-111
1324-2.2 Siting Design Dose Objectives for Normal
Operations and Anticipated Operational
Occurrences ........................ 13-111
1324-2.2.1 Disposal (Permanent
Isolation) Facilities 13-111
1324-2.2.2 Waste Management and Storage
Facilities (Not to Include
Disposal) ........... 13-112
1324-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-112
1324-4 Radiation Protection .............................. 13-112
1324-5 Special Design Features ........................... 13-113
1324-5.1 General .............................. 13-113
1324-5.2 High-Level Waste Disposal Facility
Confinement ........................ 13-113
1324-5.3 Low-Level Waste Disposal Facility
Confinement ........................ 13-114
1324-6 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-115
1324-6.1 General .............................. 13-115
1324-6.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-116
1324-6.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-116
1324-6.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-116
1324-7 Effluent Control and Monitoring ............ 13-117
1324-7.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-117
1324-7.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-117
1324-7.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-117
1324-7.3 Effluents ............................ 13-118
1324-7.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-118
1325 Laboratory Facilities (Including Hot Laboratories) ........... 13-118
1325-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-118
1325-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-118
1325-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-118
1325-4 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-119
1325-4.1 General .............................. 13-119
1325-4.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-119
1325-4.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-121
1325-4.4 Tertiary Confinement System .......... 13-121
1325-5 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-122
1325-5.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-122
1325-5.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-122
1325-5.2.1 Process Wastes ........ 13-122
1325-5.3 Effluents ............................ 13-122
1325-5.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-122
1325-6 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-123
1326 Tritium Facilities ........................................... 13-123
1326-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-123
1326-2 Objecives ......................................... 13-123
1326-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-123
1326-4 Source and Special Nuclear Material ............... 13-124
1326-5 Radiation Protection .............................. 13-124
1326-5.1 Design Features ...................... 13-124
1326-5.2 Radiation Monitoring Systems ......... 13-124
1326-6 Special Design Features ........................... 13-124
1326-7 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-126
1326-7.1 General .............................. 13-126
1326-7.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-126
1326-7.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-126
1326-8 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-127
1326-8.1 General .............................. 13-127
1326-8.2 Contaminated Solid Waste ............. 13-127
1326-8.3 Contaminated Liquid Waste ............ 13-127
1326-8.4 Effluents ............................ 13-128
1326-8.4.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-128
1326-9 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-128
1326-10 Storage Facilities ................................ 13-128
1326-11 Physical Protection and Material Safeguards ....... 13-128
1328 Fusion Test Facilities ....................................... 13-128
1328-1 Coverage .......................................... 13-128
1328-2 Objectives ........................................ 13-129
1328-3 Nuclear Criticality Safety ........................ 13-129
1328-4 Source and Special Nuclear Material ............... 13-130
1328-5 Radiation Protecion ............................... 13-130
1328-5.1 Design Features ...................... 13-130
1328-5.2 Radiation Monitoring Systems ......... 13-130
1328-6 Special Design Features ........................... 13-130
1328-7 Confinement Systems ............................... 13-131
1328-7.1 General .............................. 13-131
1328-7.2 Primary Confinement System ........... 13-132
1328-7.3 Secondary Confinement System ......... 13-132
1328-7.3.1 General ............... 13-132
1328-7.3.2 Fusion Machine Building 13-132
1328-7.3.3 Auxiliary Systems Located
Outside the Fusion
Machine Building .... 13-133
1328-8 Effluent Control and Monitoring ................... 13-133
1328-8.1 Radioactive Solid Waste .............. 13-133
1328-8.2 Radioactive Liquid Waste ............. 13-133
1328-8.3 Effluents ............................ 13-133
1328-8.3.1 Airborne Effluents .... 13-134
1328-9 Decontamination and Decommissioning ............... 13-134
1328-10 Storage Facilities ................................ 13-134
1328-11 Physical Protecion and Material Safeguards ........ 13-134
Division 14
Conveying Systems
1401 General ...................................................... 14-1
1420 Elevators .................................................... 14-2
1440 Lifts ........................................................ 14-3
1440-1 Wheelchair Lifts .................................. 14-3
1460 Cranes ....................................................... 14-3
Division 15
Mechanical
1525 Mechanical Insulation ........................................ 15-1
1525-1 Applicability ..................................... 15-1
1525-2 Minimization of Energy Loss ....................... 15-1
1525-3 Condensation Prevention ........................... 15-1
1525-4 Safe Surface Temperatures ......................... 15-1
1530 Fire Protection .............................................. 15-2
1530-1 General ........................................... 15-2
1530-2 Improved Risk Concept for Fire Protecion Systems .. 15-2
1530-2.1 General .............................. 15-2
1530-2.2 Vital Programs ....................... 15-2
1530-2.3 Maximum Possible Fire Loss ........... 15-2
1530-2.3.1 General ............... 15-2
1530-2.3.2 Criterion I ........... 15-2
1530-2.3.3 Criterion II .......... 15-2
1530-2.3.4 Criterion III ......... 15-3
1530-2.3.5 Criterion IV .......... 15-3
1530-2.3.6 Criterion V ........... 15-4
1530-3 Water Flow and Pressure Requirements for Fire
Protection ...................................... 15-5
1530-3.1 General .............................. 15-5
1530-3.2 Occupancy Hazard Classification ...... 15-5
1530-3.3 Water Demands for Sprinklered
Facilities ......................... 15-5
530-3.3.1 Schedule-Designed Sprinkler
Systems ............. 15-5
1530-3.3.2 Hydraulically Designed
Sprinkler Systems ... 15-5
1530-3.3.3 Fire Hydrant Demand ... 15-5
1530-4 Automatic Sprinkler Protection .................... 15-6
1530-4.1 General .............................. 15-6
1530-4.2 Types of Sprinkler Systems ........... 15-6
1530-4.2.1 Wet Pipe .............. 15-6
1530-4.2.2 Dry Pipe .............. 15-6
1530-4.2.3 Preaction ............. 15-6
1530-4.2.4 Deluge ................ 15-6
1530-4.2.5 Self-Restoring ........ 15-7
1530-4.2.6 Quick-Response ........ 15-7
1530-5 Special Protection Systems ........................ 15-7
1530-5.1 General .............................. 15-7
1530-5.2 Types of Special Suppression Systems . 15-7
1530-5.2.1 Water Spray ........... 15-7
1530-5.2.2 Carbon Dioxide ........ 15-7
1530-5.2.3 Dry Chemical .......... 15-7
1530-5.2.4 Foam .................. 15-7
1530-5.2.5 Halon ................. 15-8
1530-6 Standpipes and Hose Systems ....................... 15-8
1530-7 Portable Fire Extinguishers ....................... 15-8
1530-8 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems .................. 15-8
1530-8.1 General .............................. 15-8
1530-8.2 Alarm Systems ........................ 15-8
1530-8.2.1 General ............... 15-8
1530-8.2.2 Alarm Actuating Devices 15-9
1530-8.3 Automatic Fire Detection Systems ..... 15-9
1530-8.3.1 General ............... 15-9
1530-8.3.2 Heat-Actuated Detectors 15-9
1530-8.3.3 Flame-Actuated Detectors 15-9
1530-8.3.4 Smoke Detectors ....... 15-10
1530-9 Water Storage and Distribution .................... 15-10
1530-99 Special Facilities ................................ 15-11
1530-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 15-11
1530-99.2 Emergency Preparedness Facilities ... 15-13
1530-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............... 15-14
1530-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP
Centers and Radio Repeater Stations 15-14
1530-99.12 Uranium Enrichment Facilities ....... 15-15
1530-99.12.1 Gaseous Diffusion and
Centrifuge
facilities ........ 15-15
1530-99.12.2 Atomic Vapor Laser
Isotopes Separation
Facilities ........ 15-15
1530-99.16 Uranium Conversion and Recovery
Facilities ........................ 15-15
1530-99.19 Tritium Facilities .................. 15-16
1540 Plumbing Service Piping ...................................... 15-16
1540-1 Plumbing .......................................... 15-16
1540-1.1 General .............................. 15-16
1540-1.2 Fixtures ............................. 15-17
1540-1.3 Piping ............................... 15-17
1540-1.3.1 Supply ................ 15-17
1540-1.3.2 Drain, Waste and Vent . 15-18
1540-1.4 Service Water Heating Equipment ..... 15-18
1540-1.5 Safety Devices ...................... 15-18
1540-1.6 Appurtenances ....................... 15-19
1540-1.6.1 Pressure Modification . 15-19
1540-1.6.2 Water Treatment ....... 15-19
1540-1.6.3 Trap Seal Protection .. 15-19
1540-1.6.4 Hose Bibbs, Wall Hose
Outlets, and Yard Hose
Outlets ............. 15-20
1540-1.6.5 Insulation ............ 15-20
1540-1.6.6 Sterilization ......... 15-20
1540-1.6.7 Miscellaneous ......... 15-20
1540-99 Special Facilities ................................ 15-20
1540-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 15-20
1540-99.0.1 General Cooling System
Criteria ........... 15-20
1540-99.0.2 Water Collection System 15-22
1540-99.0.3 Other Collection
Systems ............ 15-22
1540-99.0.4 Equipment Operability
Qualification ...... 15-23
1540-99.0.5 Water Supplies and Other
Utility Services ... 15-23
1540-99.0.6 System Installation .. 15-23
1540-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............... 15-24
1540-99.4.1 Drains and Sumps ..... 15-24
1540-99.12 Uranium Enrichment Facilities ....... 15-25
1540-99.14 Irradiated Fissile Material Storage
Facilities ........................ 15-25
1540-99.15 Reprocessing Facilities ............. 15-25
1540-99.18 Radioactive Solid Waste Facilities .. 15-25
1550 Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Systems ............ 15-25
1550-1 General Sizing and Design Criteria ................ 15-25
1550-1.1 General Selection Procedures for HVAC
Systems ............................ 15-26
1550-1.2 Heat Gain and Heat Loss Calculations . 15-26
1550-1.2.1 Building Envelope Thermal
Transmittance ("U")
Values .............. 15-26
1550-1.2.2 Inside Design
Temperature and
Relative Humidities . 15-26
1550-1.2.3 Outside Design
Temperatures ........ 15-27
1550-1.2.4 Infiltration
Calculations ........ 15-27
1550-1.2.5 Weather Data .......... 15-27
1550-1.3 Heating and Air-Conditioning Equipment
Sizing and Performance ............. 15-28
1550-1.4 Use of Evaporative/Adiabatic Cooling . 15-28
1550-1.5 Ventilation-Exhaust Systems Design
Requirements ....................... 15-29
1550-1.5.1 General ............... 15-29
1550-1.5.2 Outdoor Air Quality ... 15-29
I550-1.5.3 Personnel Ventilation Air
Requirements ........ 15-30
1550-1.5.4 Recirculation ......... 15-30
1550-1.5.5 Industrial Ventilation
Requirements ........ 15-31
1550-1.5.6 Local Exhaust Systems . 15-31
1550-1.5.7 Equipment Room
Ventilation ......... 15-31
1550-1.6 Energy Conservation--Waste Heat Recovery
Systems ............................ 15-31
1550-2 Heating Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Systems
Selection ....................................... 15-32
1550-2.1 Central Station Cooling Equipment and
Systems ............................ 15-32
1550-2.1.1 General ............... 15-32
1550-2.1.2 Water Chillers ........ 15-33
1550-2.1.3 Condensers/Condensing
Units ............... 15-34
1550-2.1.4 Cooling Towers ........ 15-34
1550-2.2 Central Station Heating Equipment and
Systems ............................ 15-35
1550.2.2.1 General ............... 15-35
1550-2.2.2 Interfacing with Central
Plant Heat Generation/
Distribution Systems. 15-35
1550-2.2.3 Building Heat Generation
Equipment/Distribution
Systems ............. 15-36
1550-2.3 Water Distribution Systems ........... 15-37
1550.2.3.1 General ............... 15-37
1550-2.3.2 Pumps and Pumping
Systems ............. 15-37
1550.2.3.3 Piping, Fittings and
Accessories ......... 15-38
1550.2.4 Steam Distribution Systems ........... 15-38
1550-2.5 Air Handling and Air Distribution
Systems ............................ 15-38
1550-2.5.1 General ............... 15-38
1550-2.5.2 Air Handling Units .... 15-39
1550-2.5.3 Fans/Motors ........... 15-39
1550-2.5.4 Coils ................. 15-40
1550.2.5.5 Air Cleaning Devices .. 15-40
1550-2.5.6 Ductwork Systems ...... 15-42
1550-3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing .................. 15-44
1550-3.1 System Performance Tests ............. 15-44
1550-3.2 Testing and Balancing Devices ........ 15-44
1550-3.3 General Guidelines ................... 15-44
1550-99 Special Facilities ................................ 15-44
1550-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 15-44
1550-99.0.1 General Ventilation and
Off-Gas Criteria ... 15-44
1550-99.0.2 Confinement Ventilation
Systems ............ 15-45
1550.99.0.3 Off-Gas Systems ...... 15-50
1550-99.4 Explosive Facilities ................ 15-51
1550-99.4.1 Ventilation
Requirements ....... 15-51
1550-99.4.2 Collection of Explosives
Wastes ............. 15-52
1550-99.4.3 Air Monitoring Requirements
for Explosives/Plutonium
Bays ............... 15-53
1550-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers
and Radio Repeater Stations ....... 15-54
1550-99.8.1 General .............. 15-54
1550-99.8.2 Air-Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems. 15-54
1550-99.10 Secure Conference Rooms ............. 15-55
1555 Central Plant Heat Generation/Distribution ................... 15-56
1555-1 Planning .......................................... 15-56
1555-1.1 General .............................. 15-56
1555-1.2 Facility Sizing ..................... 15-56
1555-1.3 Generating Facility Location ......... 15-57
1555-1.4 Central Facilities Versus Satellite
Facilities ........................ 15-57
1555-1.5 Selection of Fuels ................... 15-57
1555-1.6 Cogeneration ......................... 15-57
1555-2 Steam and High-Temperature Water Generation ....... 15-58
1555.2.1 General .............................. 15-58
1555.2.2 Package-Type Versus Field-Erected
Boilers ............................ 15-58
1555-2.3 Comparison of Steam and High-Temperature
Water Systems ...................... 15-59
1555-2.4 Steam Generation Units ............... 15-59
1555.2.5 High-Temperature Water Generation Units 15-59
1555-2.5.1 Definition ............ 15-59
1555-2.5.2 General ............... 15-59
1555-2.5.3 System Pressurization . 15-60
1555-2.5.4 Circulating Pumps ..... 15-60
1555-2.6 Associated Systems for Steam and
High-Temperature Water Generation .. 15-60
1555-2.6.1 Fuel Storage and Handling
Systems ............ 15-60
1555.2.6.2 Fuel Burning Systems .. 15-60
1555-2.6.3 Ash Handling Systems .. 15-61
1555-2.6.4 Combustion Auxiliaries. 15-61
1555-2.6.5 Boiler Water Treatment. 15-61
1555-2.6.6 Boiler Water Makeup ... 15-61
1555.2.6.7 Boiler Room Controls and
Instrumentation ..... 15-62
1555-2.6.8 Plant Insulation ...... 15-62
1555-3 Steam and High-Temperature Water Distribution ..... 15-62
1555-3.1 General .............................. 15-62
1555-3.2 Steam Distribution Systems ........... 15-63
1555-3.3 HTW Distribution Systems ............. 15-63
1555-3.4 Piping Insulation ................... 15-63
1565 Refrigeration ................................................ 15-64
1565-1 Chlorofluorcarbon (CFC) Limitation as a Refrigerant 15-64
1565-1.1 Coverage ............................. 15-64
1565-1.2 Effective Date ....................... 15-64
1565-1.3 Implementation ....................... 15-65
1565-1.4 Exceptions ........................... 15-65
1574 Cryogenic Systems ............................................ 15-65
1574-1 Coverage .......................................... 15-65
1574-2 System Design ..................................... 15-65
1574-2.1 General .............................. 15-65
1574-2.2 Compressors .......................... 15-66
1574-2.2.1 Screw or Lobe
Compressors ......... 15-66
1574-2.2.2 Reciprocating
Compressors ......... 15-66
1574-2.2.3 Centrifugal Compressors 15-66
1574-2.2.4 High-Pressure Centrifugal
Compressors ......... 15-66
1574-2.2.5 Axial Compressors ..... 15-66
1574-2.2.6 Diaphragm Compressors . 15-67
1574-2.2.7 Multistage Compressors. 15-67
1574-2.2.8 Compressor Support and
Isolation ........... 15-67
1574-2.3 Pumps ................................ 15-67
1575-2.3.1 Axial-Piston Pumps .... 15-67
1574-2.3.2 Centrifugal Pumps ..... 15-67
1574-2.3.3 Pressure Vessel Pumping 15-67
1574-2.4 Vaporizers ........................... 15-67
1574-2.4.1 Ambient Air Vaporizers. 15-67
1574-2.4.2 Forced-Flow Ambient Air
Vaporizers .......... 15-68
1574-2.4.3 Electric Vaporizers ... 15-68
1574.2.4.4 Steam Vaporizers ...... 15-68
1574-2.5 Storage Vessels ...................... 15-68
1574.2.5.1 General ............... 15-68
1574-2.5.2 Inner Vessel Design ... 15-68
1574-2.5.3 Outer Vessel Design ... 15-68
1574-2.6 Instrumentation and Control .......... 15-69
1574-2.7 Piping and Fittings .................. 15-69
1574-2.8 Joining Methods ...................... 15-69
1574-2.8.1 Welded Joints ......... 15-69
1574-2.8.2 Reweldable Joints ..... 15-70
1574-2.8.3 Bayonet Joints ........ 15-70
1574-2.8.4 Flanged Joints ........ 15-70
1574.2.8.5 Compression Joints .... 15-70
1574-2.8.6 Copper Shear Seals .... 15-70
1574-2.8.7 Vacuum Seals .......... 15-70
1574-2.8.8 Transition Couplings .. 15-70
1574-2.9 Valves and Pressure Relief Devices ... 15-70
1574-2.10 Miscellaneous Materials .............. 15-71
1574-2.11 Insulation ........................... 15-71
1574-3 Facility Siting and Equipment Installation ........ 15-71
1574-3.1 General .............................. 15-71
1574-3.2 Siting ............................... 15-71
1574-3.3 Noise ................................ 15-72
1574-3.4 Spills ............................... 15-72
1574-4 Quality Assurance ................................. 15-72
1574-4.1 General .............................. 15-72
1574-4.2 Cleaning ............................. 15-73
1574-4.3 Testing .............................. 15-73
1574-5 Safety Review ..................................... 15-73
1589 Air Pollution Control ........................................ 15-73
1589-1 General ........................................... 15-73
1589-2 Improved Risk Concept ............................. 15-73
1589-3 Planning for Air Pollution Control ................ 15-74
1589-4 Combustion Process Installations .................. 15-74
1589-4.1 Selection of Fuel .................... 15-74
1589-4.2 Firing Equipment ..................... 15-75
1589-4.3 Draft Auxiliaries .................... 15-75
1589-4.4 Emission Detectors ................... 15-76
1589-4.5 Coal and Ash Handling ................ 15-76
1589-4.6 Facilities for Testing ............... 15-77
1589-5 Refuse Disposal Facilities ........................ 15-77
1589-5.1 Incinerators ......................... 15-77
1589-5.2 Off-Site Disposal .................... 15-77
1589-5.3 Landfill and Dumping ................. 15-78
1589-6 Gas-Cleaning Equipment and Emission Control Devices 15-78
1589-6.1 Gases ................................ 15-78
1589-6.2 Particulates ......................... 15-78
1589-7 Storage Facilities for Volatile Liquids ........... 15-78
1589-99 Special Facilities ................................ 15-78
1589-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 15-78
1589-99.0.1 Radioactive Airborne
Effluents .......... 15-78
1589-99.0.2 Nonradioactive Airborne
Effluents .......... 15-79
1595 Controls ..................................................... 15-79
1595-1 General ........................................... 15-79
1595-2 Zoning ............................................ 15-80
1595-3 Control Setback and Shutoff Devices ............... 15-81
1595-4 Humidity Control .................................. 15-81
1595-5 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling .................. 15-81
1595-6 Control of Air Handling Systems ................... 15-82
1595-6.1 Mechanical Ventilation Control ....... 15-82
1595-6.2 Outdoor Air Cooling Control (Economizer
Cycle) ............................. 15-82
1595-6.3 Automatic Control Dampers ............ 15-82
1595-6.4 Variable-Air-Volume System Fan Control 15-82
1595-6.5 Fire and Smoke Detection and Protection
Controls ........................... 15-83
1595-6.6 Gas-Fired Air Handling Unit Control .. 15-83
1595-7 Control of Chilled Water and Hot Water Distribution
Systems ......................................... 15-84
1595-7.1 Zone Control/Distribution System
Control ............................ 15-84
1595-7.2 Control Valve Selection .............. 15-84
1595-7.3 Two-Pipe and Three-Pipe Combination Heating
and Cooling Systems ................ 15-84
1595-7.4 Load Control for Hot Water Systems ... 15-85
1595-7.5 Load Control for Chilled Water Systems 15-85
1595-8 Cooling Tower and Water-Cooled Condenser System
Controls ........................................ 15-85
1595-9 Control of Steam Systems .......................... 15-85
1595-9.1 Zone Control ......................... 15-85
1595-9.2 Control Valve Selection .............. 15-85
1595-9.3 Load Control for Steam Systems ....... 15-86
1595-10 Energy Management Systems ......................... 15-86
1595-11 Energy Metering ................................... 15-86
Division 16
Electrical
1600 General Requirements ......................................... 16-1
1605 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods ....................... 16-1
1605-1 General ......................................... 16-1
1605-2 Wiring Systems .................................. 16-2
1605-2.1 Raceways ............................. 16-2
1605.2.1.1 General ............... 16-2
1605-2.1.2 Electrical Metal Tubing 16-2
1605-2.1.3 Flexible Steel Conduit 16-2
1605-2.1.4 Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal
Conduit ............. 16-2
1605-2.1.5 Aluminum Conduit ...... 16-2
1605-2.1.6 Nonmetallic Conduit ... 16-2
1605-2.1.7 Surface-Metal or Nonmetallic
Systems ............. 16-3
1605-2.1.8 Cable Trays ........... 16-3
1605-2.2 Conductors ........................... 16-3
1605-2.2.1 General ............... 16-3
1605-2.2.2 Aluminum Conductor
Termination ......... 16-4
1605-2.2.3 Conductor Identification 16-4
1605-2.3 Receptacles .......................... 16-5
1620 Power Generation ............................................. 16-5
1620-1 General ........................................... 16-5
1630 Exterior Electrical Utility Service .......................... 16-5
1630-1 General ........................................... 16-5
1630-1.1 Load Requirements .................... 16-5
1630-1.2 Power Factor ......................... 16-5
1630-1.3 Redundancy .......................... 16-6
1630-1.4 Utility Corridor ..................... 16-6
1630-2 Supply Equipment and Facilities ................. 16-6
1630-2.1 General ........................... 16-6
1630-2.2 Power Supply Lines ................... 16-6
1630.2.2.1 General .............. 16-6
1630-2.2.2 Overhead Lines ........ 16-7
1630-2.2.3 Underground Lines ..... 16-7
1630-2.3 Substations and Switching Stations ... 16-7
1630.2.3.1 General ............... 16-8
1630-2.3.2 Metering .............. 16-8
1630-2.3.3 Grounding ............. 16-8
1630-2.3.4 Surge Protection ...... 16-8
1630-2.3.5 Oil-Filled Equipment .. 16-8
1630-3 Power Supply for Exterior Lighting ................ 16-8
1630-3.1 Primary Power ........................ 16-8
1630-3.2 Emergency Power ...................... 16-8
1630-3.3 Switching ............................ 16-8
1630-4 Power Supply for Buildings ........................ 16-9
1630-4.1 General .............................. 16-9
1630-4.2 Voltage Levels ....................... 16-9
1630-5 Lightning Protection .............................. 16-9
1630-99 Special Facilities ................................ 16-9
1630-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP
Centers and Radio Repeater Stations 16-10
1639 Grounding .................................................... 16-10
1639-1 General .......................................... 16-10
1639-2 Substation and Switching Station Grounding ........ 16-10
1639-3 Fence Grounding ................................... 16-10
1639-4 Isolated Ground Systems ........................... 16-10
1640 Interior Electrical Systems .................................. 16-11
1640-1 General ........................................... 16-11
1640-1.1 Demand and Diversity Factors ......... 16-11
1640-1.2 Power Factor ......................... 16-11
1640-1.3 Interior Distribution Voltage Levels . 16-11
1640-1.4 Power System Reliability ............ 16-11
1640-1.5 Power Quality Requirements ........... 16-11
1640-1.6 System Protection .................... 16-11
1640-1.7 Ground-Fault Protection .............. 16-11
1640-1.8 Neutral Conductors ................... 16-11
1640-2 Service Equipment and Facilities .................. 16-12
1640-2.1 General .............................. 16-12
1640-2.2 Metering ............................. 16-12
1640-2.3 Transformers ......................... 16-12
1640-2.4 Motors ............................... 16-12
1640-2.5 Motor Control ........................ 16-13
1640-3 Power Service for Security, Communications, and Alarm
Systems ......................................... 16-13
1640-3.1 General .............................. 16-13
1640-3.2 Primary Power Supply ................. 16-14
1640-3.3 Standby or Emergency Power Supplies .. 16-14
1640-99 Special Facilities ................................ 16-14
1640-99.2 Emergency Preparedness Facilities .... 16-14
1640-99.7 Occupational Health Facilities ....... 16-14
1640-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers
and Radio Repeater Stations ........ 16-14
1640-99.8.1 General ............. 16-14
1640-99.8.2 ADP Centers .......... 16-14
1640-99.8.3 Radio Control Centers. 16-15
1650 Exterior Lighting ............................................ 16-15
1650-1 General ........................................... 16-15
1650-2 Lighting Sources .................................. 16-15
1655 Interior Lighting ............................................ 16-15
1655-1 General ........................................... 16-15
1655-2 Lighting Sources .................................. 16-15
1655-3 Fixtures .......................................... 16-16
1655-99 Special Facilities ................................ 16-16
1655-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers
and Radio Repeater Stations ........ 16-16
1660 Special Systems .............................................. 16-16
1660-1 General ........................................... 16-16
1660-2 Emergency Power Systems ........................... 16-17
1660-3 Uninterruptible Power Systems ..................... 16-18
1660-99 Special Facilities ................................ 16-18
1660-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General 16-18
1660-99.0.1 Safety Class (Emergency)
Electrical Systems . 16-18
1660-99.0.2 Protection System and
Instrumentation and
Controls ........... 16-19
1660-99.0.3 Qualification ........ 16-20
1660-99.0.4 Separation and Physical
Protection ......... 16-20
1660-99.0.5 Test and Calibration . 16-20
1660-99.0.6 Power Sources ........ 16-20
1660-99.0.7 Control Areas ........ 16-20
1660-99.4 Explosives Facilities ............. 16-21
1660-99.4.1 General .............. 16-21
1660-99.4.2 Electrical Equipment and
Wiring ............. 16-21
1660-99.4.3 Static Electricity ... 16-23
1660-99.4.4 Lightning Protection . 16-24
1670 Exterior Communications and Alarm Systems .................... 16-24
1670-1 General ........................................... 16-24
1670-2 Fire Alarm and Supervisory Systems ................ 16-25
1670-3 Security Alarm and Assessment Systems ............. 16-25
1670-4 Secure Communications Systems ..................... 16-27
1670-5 Energy Management Systems and Devices ............. 16-27
1670-6 Antenna Towers, Poles, and Masts .................. 16-28
1671 Interior Communications and Alarm Systems .................... 16-28
1671-1 Planning .......................................... 16-28
1671-1.1 General ........................... 16-28
1671-1.2 Joint Use ......................... 16-28
1671-1.3 Hazardous Locations ............... 16-29
1671-1.4 Security Conference Rooms and Security
Offices ......................... 16-29
1671-2 Fire Alarm and Supervisory Systems ................ 16-29
1685 Electric Space Heating ....................................... 16-29
1694 Energy Conservation .......................................... 16-29
1694-1 General ........................................... 16-29
1694-2 Energy Management Systems and Devices ............. 16-29
Indexes
Key Word Index ..................................................... 17-1
Referenced Documents Index ......................................... 17-35
Sample Document Improvement Proposal
Sample Document Improvement Proposal ............................... 17-45
Abbreviations
A/E Architect-engineer
AA Aluminum Association
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ABMA American Boiler Manufacturers Association
ABS Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
AC Alternating current
ACB Asbestos-cement board
ACFM Actual cubic feet per minute
ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
ACI American Concrete Institute
ACSM American Congress on Surveying and Mapping
ADM Action description memorandum
ADP Automated data processing
AEC Atomic Energy Commission
AFM U.S. Air Force Manual
AFR U.S. Air Force Regulation
AFWL U.S. Air Force Weapons Laboratory
AGA American Gas Association
AHU Air handling unit
AIA American Institute of Architects
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ALARA As low as reasonably achievable
AMC Army Materiel Command
AMCA Air Movement Contractors Association
AMC-R Army Materiel Command Regulation
ANL Argonne National Laboratory
ANS American Nuclear Society
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
AR Army regulation
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
ARI American Refrigeration Institute
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigeration and
Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM (formerly American Society for Testing and Materials, now
ASTM)
AVLIS Atomic Vapor Laser Isotope Separation
AWG American Wire Gauge
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BAT Best available technology
BATEA Best available technology economically achievable
BCPCT Best conventional pollutant control technology
BESEP Base Electronic System Engineering Plan
BHP Brake horsepower
BIA Brick Institute of America
BIL Basic impulse insulation level
BNL Brookhaven National Laboratory
BOCA Building Official Code Association
BOD Biochemical oxygen demand
BRAB Building Research Advisory Board (now Building Research
Board)
BRB Building Research Board
BTU British thermal unit
C Degrees centigrade (Celsius)
C&GS U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (now National Geodetic
Survey)
CAA Clean Air Act
CAMS Continuous Air Monitoring System
CAS Central alarm station
CCTV Closed circuit television
CDR Conceptual design report
CEM Continuous emissions monitoring
CERC Coastal Engineering Research Center
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act
CFC Chlorofluorocarbon
CFM Cubic feet per minute
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CI Cast iron
CISCA Ceiling & Interior Systems Contractors Association
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CMP Corrugated metal pipe
CO2 Carbon dioxide
COE Army Corps of Engineers
CP Concrete pipe
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
CPVC Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride
CRI Carpet and Rug Institute
CRT Cathode ray tube
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
CSOM Computer Security Operations Manager
CSSO Computer System Security Officer
CTI Cooling Tower Institute
CUFT Cubic foot
Cv Flow coefficient
CWA Clean Water Act
DAC Derived air concentration
DARCOM Department of the Army Readiness Command
DB Dry bulb
DBA Design basis accident
DBE Design basis earthquake
DBF Design basis fire
DBFL Design basis flood
DBT Design basis tornado
DBW Design basis wind
DC Direct current
DCG Derived concentration guide
DCPA Defense Civil Preparedness Agency
DEAR DOE Acquisition Regulation
DL Dead load
DM NAVFAC Design Manual
DOD U.S. Department of Defense
DOE/OR U.S. Department of Energy/Oak Ridge
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
DOP Dioctylphthalate
DOT U.S. Department of Transportation
DP-1 Assistant Secretary for Defense Programs
DP-34 Director of Safeguards and Security Agreement
DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
DTA Differential thermal analysis
ECC Emergency Control Center
ECP Entry control point
EMCS Energy monitoring and control system
ECS Emergency control station
EDE Effective dose equivalent
EED Electroexplosive device
EIA Electronics Industries Association
EIMA Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Association
EIS Environmental impact statement
EM Army Engineering Manual
EMS Energy management system
EMT Electrical metallic tubing
EO Executive Order
EOC Emergency operating center
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPS Emergency power system
ERDA Energy Research and Development Administration (precursor
to DOE)
ESF Engineered safety feature
oF Degrees Fahrenheit
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FW Fauske and Associates, Inc.,
FAR Federal Acquisition Regulation
FCC Federal Construction Council
FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
FGA Flat Glass Marketing Association
FGCC Federal Geodetic Control Committee
FGD Flue gas desulphurization
FHA Federal Highway Administration
FHDA Fir and Hemlock Door Association
FIPS Federal Information Processing Standards
FM Factory Mutual
FPM Feet per minute
FPMR Federal Property Management Regulation
FR Federal Register
FS Federal Specifications
FSAR Final safety analysis report
FWPCA Federal Water Pollution Control Act
fy Yield strength
GA Gypsum Association
GDC General Design Criteria, DOE 6430.1A
GPM Gallons per minute
GSA General Services Administration
HE High explosives
HEPA High-efficiency particulate air
HE-Pu High explosives-plutonium
HF High frequency
HF Hydrogen fluoride
HI Hydraulic Institute
HID High intensity discharge
HLW High-level waste
HOA Hands-off-automatic
HP Horsepower
HR Hour
HTW High temperature water
HVAC Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
Hz Hertz, frequency
IAS Intrusion alarm system
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
ICRP International Commission on Radiological Protection
ID Inside diameter
IDA Intrusion detection and assessment
IDS Intrusion detection system
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IES Illumination Engineering Society
IFM Irradiated fissile material
IFMSF Irradiated fissile material storage facility
IHE Insensitive high explosives
IMC Intermediate metal conduit
ISDSI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute
J Joule
oK Degrees Kelvin
K Subgrade modulus
kPa Kilo Pascal
kVA Kilovolt ampere
kW Kilowatt
kWh Kilowatt hour
LANL Los Alamos National Laboratory
LCC Life-cycle cost
LCD Liquid crystal display
LL Live load psf - pounds per square foot
LLNL Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory
LLW Low-level waste
LPG Liquified petroleum gas
MA Management and Administration (U.S. DOE)
MAA Material access area
MBA Material balance area
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers' Association
MC&A Material control and accountability
mW Milligrams per liter
MI Miles, total level route
MIL-HDBK DOD military handbook
MIN Minute
ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
MPH Miles per hour
mr/h (milli) roentgen/hour
mrad/h (milli) radiation, absorbed dose/hour
mrem (milli) roentgen equivalent man
MSSA Master safeguards and security agreement
MVA Million-volt-amps
N2 Nitrogen
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NAD North American Datum
NAPHCC National Association of plumbing-Heating-Cooling
Contractors
NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration
NAVFAC Naval Facilities Engineering Command
NBS National Bureau of Standards
NC Noise criteria
NCEL Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory (references listed
under NAVFAC)
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NDA Non-destructive assay
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NEPA National Environmental Policy Act
NFGS Naval Facilities Guide Specification (references listed
under NAVFAC)
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NGS National Geodetic Survey (formerly U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey)
NGVD National Geodetic Vertical Datum
NHPA National Historic preservation Act
NIJ National Institute of Justice
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (see NBS)
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOx Oxides of nitrogen
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NPDWS National Primary Drinking Water Standards
NPSH Net positive suction head
NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
NRTA Near-real-time accountancy
NRTL Nationally recognized testing laboratory
NSA National Security Agency
NSPC National Standard Plumbing Code
NSPS New Source Performance Standards
NTIA National Telecommunications and Information Administration
NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association
NUREG Nuclear Regulatory Commission-produced reference document
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
O&M Operations and maintenance
OBA Operating basis accident
OBE Operating basis earthquake
OCS Office of Computer Services (U.S. DOE)
ODH Oxygen deficiency hazards
OMB Office of Management and Budget
OPFM Office of Project and Facilities Management (U.S. DOE)
ORNL Oak Ridge National Laboratory
OS&Y Outside screw and yoke
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OSR Operational safety requirement
OSS Office of Safeguards and Security (U.S. DOE)
OSTI Office of Scientific and Technical Information (U.S. DOE)
p Minimum reinforcing ratio
PA Protected area
PB Polybutylene
PCB Polychlorinated biphenyls
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
PEL Permissible exposure limit
PF Protection factor
PI Point of intersection
PI Proportional-plus integral
PIV Post indicator valve
PLF Pounds per linear foot
PMFL Probable maximum flood
POL Petroleum, oil, and lubricants
POTW Publicly-owned treatment works
PPHF Plutonium processing and handling facility
PPM Parts per million
PSAR Preliminary safety analysis report
PSF Plutonium storage facility
PSF Pound-force per square foot
PSI Pound-force per square inch
PSIG Pound-force per square inch gauge
PTI Post Tensioning Institute
Pu Plutonium
PUBN Publication
PURPA Public Utility Regulatory Policy Act
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
QA Quality assurance
oR Degrees Rankine
RCP Reinforced concrete pipe
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RDF Refuse-derived fuel
REM Roentgen equivalent man
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
RG Regulatory guide
RLWF Radioactive liquid waste facility
RPFM Real Property and Facilities Management (U.S. DOE)
RPIS Real Property Inventory System (U.S. DOE)
RSWF Radioactive solid waste facility
S&S Safeguards and security
SAR Safety analysis report
SARS Safety analysis and review system
SAS Secondary alarm station
SC Safety class
SCFM Standard cubic feet per minute
SCS U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service
SDI Steel Deck Institute
SDI Steel Door Institute
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act
SF Safety factor
SISL Special isotope separation laser
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association
SNL Sandia National Laboratory
SNM Special nuclear materials
SO2 Sulfur dioxide
SOP Standard operating procedure
SP Special publication (of the American Concrete Association)
SPCC Spill prevention control and countermeasure
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute
SQFT Square foot
SSE Safe shutdown earthquake
SSFI Scaffolding, Shoring, and Framing Institute
SSSP Site safeguards and security plan
STC Sound transmission classification
SWI Steel Window Institute
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
TCDD Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
TEC Total estimated cost
TID Tamper indicating device
TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association
TLV Threshold limit value
TM Army technical manual
TR DOD technical report
TRU Transuranic
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act
TSD Treatment, storage and disposal
TV Television
U value Overall heat transfer coefficient value
UBC Uniform Building Code
UCRF Uranium conversion and recovery facility
UCRL University of California Research Laboratory (references
listed under LLNL)
UEF Uranium enrichment facility
UEU Unirradiated enriched uranium
UEUSF Unirradiated enriched uranium storage facility
UF4 Uranium tetrafluoride
UF6 Uranium hexafluoride
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
UHF Ultra high frequency
UL Underwriters Laboratory
UO2 Uranium dioxide
UO3 Uranium trioxide
UPA Unit process area
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
UPHF Uranium processing and handling facility
UPS Uninterruptible power supply
URF Uranium recovery facility
USC U.S. Code
USGS U.S. Geological Survey
USPHS U.S. Public Health Service
USPS U.S. Postal Service
VHF Very high frequency
WB Wet Bulb
WIPP Waste isolation pilot plant
WPCF Water Pollution Control Federation
WRC Water Resources Council
Glossary
Accident (explosive). An incident or occurrence that results in an
uncontrolled chemical reaction involving explosives.
Allowable soil-bearing capacity. The maximum permissible pressure on
foundation soils under which the settlements of various footings will not
exceed a reasonable value.
Ambient. Surrounding environmental conditions.
Anaerobic digestion. Biological stabilization of domestic wastewater sludge
by microorganisms that function in the absence of oxygen.
Anticipated Operational Occurrence. An abnormal event that is expected to
occur once or more during the lifetime of the facility (e.g., small
radioactive materials spills, small fires).
Approved storage container. A container that is fabricated from
noncombustible material(s); that satisfies container integrity criteria
developed from the safety analysis for the particular form(s) of stored
material under normal storage conditions, design basis fire and other design
basis accident conditions; and that is approved for its intended use by the
responsible DOE operating contractor and the responsible DOE field
organization.
Aquifer. A groundwater bearing stratum sufficiently permeable to transmit
and yield water in usable quantities.
As low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). As defined in DOE 5480.11.
Auxiliary air unit. A factory-fabricated option or addition to a fume hood
that introduces some portion of the make-up air directly at the hood with
features that do not minimize the performance of the hood nor create
operator discomfort.
Ballast (railroad). Crushed stone used in a railroad bed to support the
ties, hold the track in line, and help drainage.
Base course. The first layer of underlying material installed prior to the
placement of a roadway pavement wearing surface.
Bearing capacity. A loading intensity that the bearing materials can
sustain without such deformation as would result in settlement damaging to
the structure.
Bench mark. A survey control monument installed to provide vertical control
for construction purposes.
Bentonite clay. A particular type of colloidal clay that swells when wet
and forms a gel membrane.
Best available technology. The best available technology (BAT) that is
economically achievable. This term is used only in the context of liquid
waste treatment processing. BAT takes into account such factors as the age
of equipment being used and facilities involved, the process used, the
engineering aspects of the application of various types of control
techniques, process changes, safety considerations, the cost of achieving
effluent resuction, and non-water-quality environmental impact.
Bird strike. Airspace conflict between aircraft flight patterns and birds
or waterfowl.
Borings. Boreholes drilled to collect soil samples as part of subsurface
investigations conducted for the purpose of structural foundation design.
Building acquisitions (by lease or purchase). New pre-engineered metal
buildings, other semipermanent or temporary facilities such as
in-plant-fabricated modular/relocatable buildings and trailer units, and
other buildings to be acquired.
Caisson foundation. A shaft of concrete placed under a building column or
wall that extends down to rock or solid substratum (also known as a pier
foundation).
Cantilever footing. A footing used to support a wall column near its edge
without causing nonuniform soil pressure.
Capillary water. Soil moisture held as a continuous adsorbed film around
soil particles and in interstices between the soil particles due to surface
attraction.
Cased explosives. Explosives that are enclosed in a physical protective
covering that will retain the explosives securely and will offer significant
protection against accidental detonation during approved handling and
intraplant transportation operations.
Classified information. Top Secret, Secret, and Confidential Restricted
Data, Formerly Restricted Data, and National Security Information, for which
the Department is responsible and that requires safeguarding in the interest
of national security and defense.
Classified interest. Classified documents, information, or material
including classified special nuclear material possessed by the Department, a
contractor of the Department, a Departmental facility, or any other facility
under the Department's jurisdiction.
Classified matter. Classified information, documents, parts components, or
other material.
Classified telecommunications facility. A facility that contains both
crypto equipment and input/output equipment for the electronic transmission,
receipt, or processing of classified information. The crypto equipment and
input/output equipment may either be installed in the same area and share
common security measures or be installed in different parts of the same
security area connected by a protected distribution system, with each area
having its own security measures.
Cognizant DOE authority. An entity in the DOE field organization unless
otherwise stated.
Confinement area. An area having structures or systems from which releases
of hazardous materials are controlled. The primary confinement systems are
the process enclosures (glove boxes, conveyors, transfer boxes, other spaces
normally containing hazardous materials), which are surrounded by one or
more secondary confinement areas (operating area compartments).
Confinement system. The barrier and its associated systems (including
ventilation) between areas containing hazardous materials and the
environment or other areas in the facility that are normally expected to
have levels of hazardous materials lower than allowable concentration
limits.
Construction joint. A vertical or horizontal concrete surface where
construction can be temporarily interrupted and continued later.
Construction projects. New facility, facility addition, and facility
alteration projects where engineering and design are required in their
performance
Construction project planning. All activities that are performed, after the
initial identification of a project, for the purposes of developing the
project concept, reliable cost estimates, realistic performance schedules,
and methods of performance
Cooper E. The recommended live load in pounds per axle and the uniform
trailing load for each track.
Corrosivity. The tendency of a metal to wear away another material by
chemical attack.
Cover. The depth of soil coverage above an underground utility.
Credible accident. Those accidents with an estimated probability of
occurrence >10-6/year. Natural phenomena use separate probability criteria
as stated in UCRL-15910.
Critical area. Those structures and enclosures containing safety class
items whose continued integrity is essential to ensure the operability of
those safety class items in the event of a DBA.
Critical facilities. Facilities such as those for radioactive material
handling, processing, or storage and those facilities having high
replacement value or vital importance to DOE programs.
Criticality incident. An accidental, self-sustained atomic chain reaction.
Crossing frogs. A device that enables the wheels of a train to cross the
rail of an intersecting track.
Crown, roadway. The high point of a roadway cross-section (usually at the
centerline).
Crypto. A designation or marking applied to classified and unclassified
telecommunications keying material indicating that it requires special
accounting and safeguarding.
Cultural resource sites. Human-associated ruins of archaeologic
significance.
Curb inlet. An inlet to a subsurface stormwater conveyance system.
Curb return. The end point of a curb radius.
Datum. A direction, level or position from which angles, heights or
distances are conveniently measured.
Dead load. A non-varying load exerted by the weight of a mass at rest.
Decommissioning. The process of closing and securing a nuclear facility, or
nuclear materials storage facility so as to provide adequate protection from
radiation exposure and to isolate radioactive contamination from the human
environment.
Decontamination. The act of removing a chemical, biological, or radiologic
contaminant from, or neutralizing its potential effect on, a person, object
or environment by washing, chemical action, mechanical cleaning, or other
techniques.
Dedicated fire water system. A water storage and distribution system that
is available for and used solely for fire protection purposes, as opposed to
a combined system that may be used for potable and process water supply in
addition to fire protection.
Deflagration. A rapid chemical reaction in which the output of heat is
sufficient to enable the reaction to proceed and be accelerated without
input of heat from another source. Deflagration is a surface phenomenon,
with the reaction products flowing away from the unreacted material along
the surface at subsonic velocity. The effect of a true deflagration under
confinement is an explosion. Confinement of the reaction increases
pressure, rate of reaction and temperature, and may cause transition into a
detonation.
Deflection angle. The angle measured between a foresight and a prolongation
of the backsight.
Departmental-approved equipment. Equipment (e.g., alarm, assessment,
monitoring, detection) used in conjunction with all or other elements of a
site-specific safeguards and security system as described in the
site-specific safeguards and security plan (after such plan is approved by
the Departmental element).
Departmental elements. DOE headquarters and field organizations.
Design basis accidents (DBAs). Postulated accidents, or natural forces, and
resulting conditions for which the confinement structure, systems,
components and equipment must meet their functional goals. These safety
class items are those necessary to assure the capability: to safely shut
down operations, maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition, and
maintain integrity of the final confinement barrier of radioactive or other
hazardous materials; to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents;
or to monitor releases that could result in potential offsite exposures.
Design basis earthquake (DBE) (equivalent to safe shutdown earthquake). An
earthquake that is the most severe design basis accident of this type and
that produces the vibratory ground motion for which safety class items are
designed to remain functional.
Design basis fire (DBF). A fire that is the most severe design basis
accident of this type. In postulating such a fire, failure of automatic and
manual fire suppression provisions shall be assumed except for those safety
class items/systems that are specifically designed to remain available
(structurally or functionally) through the event.
Design basis flood (DBFL). A flood that is the most severe design basis
accident of that type applicable to the area under consideration.
Design basis tornado (DBT), explosion or criticality. A tornado that is the
most severe design basis accident of that type applicable to the area under
consideration.
Design flood. The flood, (either observed or synthetic) chosen as the basis
for the design of a hydraulic structure.
Detection. The positive assessment that a specific object is the cause of
an alarm.
Detection equipment. Any equipment or system that is designed to provide a
high probability of positive assessment of intrusion.
Detonation or explosion. A violent chemical reaction within a chemical
compound or mechanical mixture evolving heat and pressure. It is a reaction
that proceeds through the reacted material toward the unreacted material at
a supersonic velocity. The result of the chemical reaction is the exertion
of extremely high pressure on the surrounding medium, forming a propagating
shock wave of supersonic velocity. For the purposes of these criteria the
terms detonation and explosion will be used interchangeably regardless of
the velocity of the reaction or propagating shock wave.
Detonator. The explosive device that is used to initiate the detonation of
other explosives.
DOE cognizant authority. See Cognizant DOE authority.
DOE Energy Management Coordinator. The DOE site representative designated
responsible for energy management.
DOE Fire Protection Authority. The DOE site representative responsible for
fire protection.
DOE Safeguards and Security Coordinator. The DOE site representative
designated responsible for safeguards and security.
Duress system. A system that can covertly communicate a situation of duress
to a security control center or other personnel who can notify a security
control center.
Earth-lined channel. An open channel conveyance structure with sides and
bottom constructed of naturally occurring earth materials.
Effective dose equivalent. The dose equivalent from both external and
internal irradiation defined by ET WT HT where HT is the dose equivalent in
tissue T and WT is the weighting factor representing the ratio of the risk
arising from irradiation of tissue T to the total risk when the whole body
is irradiated uniformly. The effective dose equivalent is expressed in
units of rem.
Effluent. Treated wastewater or airborne emissions discharged into the
environment.
Egress. The act of departing from a point of access.
Electroexplosive device (EED). A device containing some reaction mixture
(explosive or pyrotechnic) that is electrically initiated. The output of
the initiation is heat, shock, or mechanical action.
Emergency control center (ECC). A facility from which designated management
can immediately direct the response to an emergency. The ECC may be an
office, conference room, or other predesignated location having
communication and informational materials appropriate to carry on the
necessary supportive functions of directing an emergency response.
Emergency control station (ECS). A location within or near a designated
critical facility or plant area for the purpose of maintaining control,
orderly shutdown, and/or surveillance of operations and equipment during an
emergency.
Emergency operations center (EOC). An alternate control center at a secure
and protected location (where possible), designed and equipped to support a
cadre of management and supporting personnel, who will direct DOE
field-organization operations necessary to carry out assigned, essential,
major-emergency responsibilities.
Emergency planning zone. An area for which planning is done to ensure that
prompt and effective actions can be taken to protect the environment and the
health and safety of on-site personnel and the public in the event of a
major emergency.
Emergency power. DBA-qualified and seismic category-I-qualified, fully
redundant power generation, switching, and distribution system that meets
the IEEE 1E criteria. It is designed to activate on loss of the normal
power supply (or in the case of UPS systems, be on-line) and is used to
supply SC-1 items, components, and/or systems with power to allow them to
maintain their safety class functions.
Emergency Power Systems. The auxiliary power systems that provide power to
safety and security related equipment during periods of partial or total
power failure of associated primary power system.
Encasement, concrete. Placement of concrete around a sewer at its point of
intersection with a potable waterline to provide a leakage barrier.
Enclosure. A primary confinement system such as process systems, glove
boxes, conveyors, hot cells, and canyons.
Energy monitoring and control system. See energy management system.
Energy management system. An automated system for monitoring and
controlling energy-related systems and devices.
Engineered safety feature (ESF). Systems or design characteristics that are
provided to prevent or mitigate the potential consequences of postulated
design basis accidents. An engineered-safety-feature system is a safety
class system.
Entry control point. Controlled access entry point to a site or a secured
area.
Exclusion area. A security area for the protection of classified matter
where mere access to the area would result in access to classified matter.
Expansion joints. A joint between parts of a structure to avoid distortion
when subjected to temperature change.
Explosive. Any chemical compound or mechanical mixture that, when subjected
to heat, impact, friction, shock, or other suitable initiation stimulus,
undergoes a very rapid chemical change with the evolution of large volumes
of highly heated gases that exert pressures in the surrounding medium. The
term applies to materials that either detonate or deflagrate.
Explosives activity. Each function (storage, handling, and processing)
involving explosives from the manufacture or receipt of the explosives
through the final shipping configuration, including final storage but
excluding the movement of explosives between explosives areas.
Explosives bay. A location (room, cubicle, cell, work area) containing a
single type of explosives activity that affords the requirement protection
for the appropriate hazard classification (Class I, II, III, or IV as
defined below) of the explosives activity involved. Examples of such
explosives activities are machining, pressing, meltcasting, nondestructive
testing, and assembly operations.
Explosives building. Any structure containing one or more explosives bays.
Explosives hazard classes. The level of protection required for any
specific explosives activity, based on the hazard class (accident potential)
for the explosives activity involved. Four hazard classes are defined for
explosives activities as follows in definitions for explosives hazard
classes I-IV.
Explosives hazard, Class I. Class I consists of those explosives activities
involving a high potential for an accident that is unacceptable for the
exposure of any personnel, thus requiring remote operations. In general,
this would include activities where the energies that may interface with the
explosives are approaching the upper limits of safety, and/or loss of
control of the energy is likely to exceed the safety limits for the
explosives involved. This category includes those research and development
activities where the safety implications have not been fully characterized.
Examples of class I activities are screening, blending, pressing, extrusion,
drilling of holes, dry machining, some wet machining, machining explosives
and metal in combination, development of some new explosives or explosives
processing methods, and explosives disposal.
Explosives hazard, Class II. Class II consists of those explosives
activities that involve a moderate potential for an accident because of the
type of explosives, the condition of the explosives and/or the nature of the
operations involved. This category consists of activities where the
accident potential is greater than Class III but the exposure of personnel
performing contact operations is acceptable. Included are activities where
the energies that do or may interface with the explosives are normally well
within the safety boundaries for the explosives involved but where the loss
of control of these energies might approach the safety limits of the
explosives. Examples of Class II activities involving HE are weighing, some
wet machining, assembly and disassembly, and environmental testing (exposure
of explosives samples to variations in temperature, humidity, etc.). It
should be noted that some environmental testing is a Class I (remote)
activity (e.g., heating an explosives sample to within 10 degrees C of its
critical temperature).
Explosives hazard, Class III. Class III consists of those explosives
activities that represent a low potential for an accident because of the
type of explosives, the conditions of the explosives and/or the nature of
the activity involved. Class III includes explosives activities where the
accident potential of the operation being performed is not significantly
different from explosives storage. Examples are normal handling, storage,
packaging, unpackaging, and some inspection and nondestructive testing.
Explosives hazard, Class IV. Class IV consists of those explosives
activities with insensitive high explosives (IHE) or IHE subassemblies that,
although mass detonating, are so insensitive that there is negligible
probability for accidental initiation or transition form burning to
detonation. Explosions will be limited to pressure ruptures of containers
heated in a fire. Although the fire hazards of IHE or IHE subassemblies are
not as great as those of other explosives, it is classified as hazard
class/division 1.3 (miss fire) to be consistent with DOD 6055.9. Most
processing and storage activities with IHE and IHE subassemblies are class
IV. However, the following are examples of explosive activities with IHE or
IHE subassemblies that remain class I: pressing, some machining (see DOE/EV
06194); dry blending, dry milling, and dry screening.
External corrosion. Corrosion of that portion of a metal structure (i.e.,
pipe) that is exposed to external elements such as air, water, or soil.
Facilities. Buildings and other structures, their functional systems and
equipment, and other fixed systems and equipment installed therein; outside
plant, including site development features such as landscaping, roads,
walks, and parking areas; outside lighting and communication systems;
central utility plants; utilities supply and distribution systems; and other
physical plant features. As used in these criteria, the term "nuclear
facilities" is synonymous with the definition of this same term as contained
in DOE 5480.5.
Facility authority. The individual, designated by the DOE project manager,
developing specific project criteria not contained in the DOE 6430.1A.
Facility boundary. The fence or other barrier that surrounds and prevents
uncontrolled access to the facility or facilities.
Fail-safe. A design characteristic by which a unit or system will become
safe and remain safe if a system or component fails or loses its activation
energy.
Field element. Any departmental organizational component located outside
the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area.
Fissile material. A nuclide capable of undergoing fission by interaction
with slow neutrons provided the effective thermal neutron production cross
section, vof, exceeds the effective thermal neutron absorption cross
section, oa.
Flexural strength. The strength of a material in bending, that is,
resistance to fracture.
Force main. The discharge line from a sewage or stormwater lift station.
Freeboard. The height between the normal water surface elevation and the
top of a hydraulic structure.
GDC Planning Board. The DOE advisory group of major Headquarters and field
organizations involved in the construction of facility acquisitions, which
includes those organizations having planning, design, construction,
environmental, safety and health, research, operations, and maintenance
functions.
Grade beam. A reinforced concrete beam placed directly on the ground to
provide the foundation for the superstructure.
Hazardous material. Any material that has been determined to be capable of
posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property.
Halogenated. Compounds that contain a halogen element (i.e., fluorine,
chlorine, bromine or iodine).
High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. A high-efficiency
particulate air filter having a fibrous medium that produces a particle
removal efficiency of at least 99.97% for 0.3-micrometer particles of
dioctylphthalate (DOP) when tested in accordance with MIL-STD-282.
High explosives (HE). Explosive substances capable of mass detonation, and
for which there is a significant probability of accidental initiation or
transition from burning to detonation.
High-level waste (HLW). The highly radioactive waste material that results
from the reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel, including liquid waste produced
directly in reprocessing and any solid waste derived from the liquid, that
contains a combination of TRU waste and fission products in concentrations
as to require permanent isolation.
Higher standard of protection. A level of fire protection that exceeds the
improved risk level of protection. This level of protection may sometimes
be justified for the purpose of national security, program continuity, or
protection of the public.
Holdup (nuclear material). Holdup is the nuclear material that is retained
in process equipment at inventory time.
Hot lines. Phone numbers of local service companies factory-authorized to
replace system components or appurtenances or value repairs to same. Direct
customer service phone numbers of manufacturers shall also be considered as
"hot lines."
Human factors. The biomedical, psychosocial, work place environment, and
engineering considerations pertaining to people in a human-machine system.
Some of these considerations are allocation of functions, task analysis,
human reliability, training requirements, job performance aiding, personnel
qualification and selection, staffing requirements, procedures,
organizational effectiveness, and workplace environmental conditions.
Human factors engineering. The application of knowledge about human
performance capabilities and behavioral principles to the design, operation,
and maintenance of human-machine systems so that personnel can function at
their optimum level of performance.
Hydraulic structures. A structure for the conveyance and/or control of
water under nonpressure open-channel flow.
IHE subassemblies. IHE hemispheres or spheres with booster charges, with or
without detonators, that pass the DOE qualification tests listed in Table
IX-2 of DOE/EV 06194.
IHE weapons. Weapons listed in DOE/DNA TP 20-7 as exempt from storage and
transportation limits are classified as IHE weapons when stored or
transported alone or in combination with each other. This classification is
valid only by storage/shipping containers or, if out of containers, by the
spacing specified in TP 20-7.
Impervious. That property of a surface that does not allow water or other
fluids to pass through.
Improved risk. Generally, an improved risk level of property protection is
one that would qualify for complete insurance coverage by the Factory Mutual
system, the industrial risk insurers or other industrial insurance companies
that limit their insurance underwriting to the best protected class of
industrial risk.
Ingress. The act of entering a structure or area through a point of access.
Inhabited building distance. The minimum separation distance allowed
between any explosives building and an installation boundary, between
adjacent explosives buildings and/or other concentrations of personnel in
non-explosives facilities such as administrative offices, shops, warehouses,
inspection and test facilities, explosives laboratories, and so forth. This
distance shall be determined based on maximum explosives weight, using the
table in DOD 6055.9.
Initiation stimulus. Energy input to an explosive in a form potentially
capable of initiating a rapid decomposition reaction. Typical initiation
stimuli are heat, friction, impact, electrical discharge, and shock. An
initiator is a device that provides initiation stimuli (e.g. detonators,
squibs, etc.).
In-process or in-use material. Material that is integral to the
manufacturing or production processes and is needed to maintain continuity
of operations. Other material that requires temporary location near the
pertinent process areas in readiness for near-term use or for movement to
other process areas may also be considered "in-process." For material
involved in laboratory operations, analogous definitions shall be applied to
determine eligibility for the "in-process" or "in-use" category and
consequent exclusion from storage requirements of these criteria.
Insensitive High Explosives (IHE). Explosive substances that, although mass
detonating, are so insensitive that there is negligible probability of
accidental initiation or transition from burning to detonation. The
materials passing the DOE qualification tests in Table IX-1 of DOE/EV 06194
are classified as IHE, and are listed in Table IX-2 of the same document.
In-situ. In the existing or original location.
Interfaces. The relationships between two or more system components, or
between the work environment and one or more system components. Human
performance is a function of the physical interfaces between people and
equipment; the environments within which people or equipment work; the type
and amount of training people receive; the accuracy and ease of use of the
procedures people are given for guidance; and the effectiveness of the
organizations in which people work.
Intraline separation (barricaded). The minimum quantity-distance separation
allowed between buildings as described in the paragraph below when an
effective barricade (as defined in DOD 6055.9) is interposed between
buildings. This distance is one-half the unbarricaded intraline separation.
This distance (corresponding to approximately 82.7Kpa (12 psi) peak
overpressure for Class 1.1 explosives) shall be determined based on the
maximum explosives weight, using the tables in DOD 6055.9.
Intraline separation (unbarricaded). The minimum quantity-distance
separation allowed between explosives buildings on a plant site unless
equivalent protection to personnel and property is provided by building
design and construction, or a barricade, as noted in the paragraph above.
This distance (corresponding to approximately 24kPa (3.5 psi) peak
overpressure for Class 1.1 explosives) shall be determined based on the
maximum explosives weight, using the tables in DOD 6055.9.
Intrusion alarm system (perimeter or interior). Detection hardware and/or
software composed of sensors, alarm assessment systems, and alarm reporting
systems (including alarm communications and information display equipment).
Inverted siphon. A pressure pipeline crossing under a highway or other
obstruction.
Ion exchange. A chemical reaction used in water or wastewater treatment
processes in which mobile hydrated ions of a solid are exchanged (with ions
of like charge in solution).
Isolation zone. An area surrounding a protected facility that has been
cleared of any objects that could conceal vehicles or individuals, and that
affords unobstructed observation of, or other means of detection of, entry
into the area.
Joint frequency distribution. The result of a frequency analysis of the
probability of the occurrence of two or more random events (e.g., hydrologic
or meteorological parameters).
Karst terrain. An irregular limestone region with sinks, underground
streams and caverns.
Land application. A disposal method for wastewater effluents and sludges.
Landfill. A site for disposal of solid waste in which compacted layers are
covered with soil.
Leachate. A solution containing dissolved and finely suspended solid matter
and microbial waste products produced by groundwater or infiltrating surface
water movement through solid waste.
Life-cycle cost. All costs except the cost of personnel occupying the
facility incurred from the time that a space requirement is defined until
that facility passes out of the government's hands.
Limited area. A security area for the protection of classified matter where
guards, security inspectors, or other internal controls can prevent access
by unauthorized persons to classified matter.
Live load. A moving load or a load of variable force acting on a structure,
in addition to its own weight.
Load factor. The strength-to-service-load ratio.
Low-level waste (LLW). Radioactive waste not classified as high-level
waste, TRU waste, spent nuclear fuel, or byproduct material, as defined by
DOE 5820.2A.
Magazine. Any building or structure, except an operating building, used for
the storage of ammunition or explosives. A storage area containing
magazines shall be located at not less than an inhibited building separation
from other areas, such as operational explosives buildings,
administration/office buildings, shop, and installation boundaries.
Magazine separation. The minimum quantity-distance separation between
magazines (not including service magazines) within a storage area. Siting
of magazines within a storage area with respect to one another and location
of facilities such as guard shelters and loading docks in storage areas are
covered in DOD 6055.9. Maximum explosives weight shall be used in
determining separation distances.
Mass concrete. A large volume of cast-in-place concrete with dimensions
large enough to require that measures be taken to cope with the generation
of heat and attendant volume change and to minimize cracking.
Material access area. An area that contains a Category I quantity of
special nuclear material and is specifically defined by physical barriers,
located within a protected area, and subject to specific access controls.
Material balance area (MBA). A subsidiary account of a facility designed to
establish accountability and to localize inventory differences.
Maximal effective pressure. The highest of: (1) the peak incident
pressure, (2) the incident plus dynamic pressure, or (3) the reflected
pressure.
Maximum probable flood. A hypothetical flood (peak discharge, volume, and
hydrograph shape) that is considered to be the most severe reasonably
possible, based on comprehensive hydro-meteorological application of
probable maximum precipitation and other hydrological factors favorable for
maximum flood runoff such as sequential storms and snowmelts.
Monumentation. The act of setting a permanent survey control point.
New storage facility. A newly constructed facility or the conversion of
existing facility, or portion of an existing facility, for use as an
unirradiated enriched uranium storage facility.
Nationally recognized testing laboratory. An organization that is
recognized by OSHA in accordance with Appendix A of 29 CFR 1910.7 and that
tests for safety, and lists or labels or accepts equipment or materials.
(Examples include FM and UL.)
Nuclear facility. A facility whose operations involve radioactive materials
in such form and quantity that a significant nuclear hazard potentially
exists to the employees or the general public. Includes are facilities
that: (1) produce, process, or store radioactive liquid or solid waste,
fissionable materials, or tritium; (2) conduct separations operations; (3)
conduct irradiated materials inspection, fuel fabrication, decontamination,
or recovery operations; or, (4) conduct fuel enrichment operations.
Incidental use of radioactive materials in a facility operation (e.g., check
sources, radioactive sources, and X-ray machines) does not necessarily
require the facility to be included in this definition. Accelerators and
reactors and their operations are not included.
Occupiable area. See definition in 41 CFR 101-17.003.
Occupied area (explosives). Any work area to which personnel are assigned
or any non-work area where persons regularly congregate. In the context of
Class II bays for explosives facilities, access ramps and plant roads are
not considered occupied areas.
Operating area compartment. An area or series of areas that contain process
enclosures, and/or their attendant equipment located within that area or
series of areas.
Operating basis accident (OBA). Maximum severity accident under which the
plant structure, systems, and components are designed to either remain
operable or be readily restored to operating condition. This is the highest
severity event that the operating contractor may recover from without DOE
approval.
Operational DBA. Any design basis accident caused by an internal event.
Direct causes are usually poor design or procedures, operator errors,
equipment failures, or inadequate technical development (unknowns) that lead
to the accident. The major accident categories are explosion, fire, nuclear
criticality, leaks to the atmosphere, and leaks to the aquatic environment.
Operational safety requirements (OSR). Those requirements that define the
conditions, safe boundaries, and bases thereof and management control
required to assure the safe operation of a nuclear facility.
Overpressure. The maximal effective pressure is the highest of (1) the peak
incident pressure, (2) the incident plus dynamic pressure, or (3) the
reflected pressure (ref. TM 5-1300).
Peak positive incident pressure. The almost instantaneous rise from the
ambient pressure caused by a blast wave's pressure disturbance.
Pervious. That property of a surface that allows water or other fluids to
pass through.
Permafrost. A permanently frozen layer of variable depth below the earth's
surface in frigid regions.
pH. A term used to describe the hydrogen-ion activity or concentration of a
solution.
Physical protection (physical security). The application of methods for
preventing diversion of nuclear material or for detecting such diversion as
it occurs.
Physically separated. Set apart by distance, fences, walls or similar
obstructions.
Plastic yielding. The point at which permanent deformation occurs when
tensile stress is imposed on a material.
Plutonium processing and handling facility. Any facility constructed
primarily to process plutonium (including Pu 238) and that handles
substantial quantities of in-process plutonium where there is a possibility
of a release of plutonium to the environs under normal operations or design
basis accident conditions in excess of limits set forth in the directive on
Radiation Protection of the Public and the Environment in the DOE 5400
series.
Plutonium storage facility. Any facility constructed to store strategic
(category I) quantities of plutonium.
Point of nearest public access. Location inside or outside the site
boundary where a member of the public could legally be (e.g., visitor center
or public highway) without the specific knowledge of the owner or operator.
Portland cement. A mixture of lime- and clay-bearing materials that are
calcined to form a clinker, which is then pulverized, to form a fine powder
for mortar and concrete mixtures.
Preliminary safety analysis report (PSAR). See safety analysis report.
Primary confinement system. See confinement area.
Probable maximum flood (PMF). The hypothetical flood (peak discharge,
volume, and hydrograph shape) that is considered to be the most severe
reasonably possible, based on comprehensive hydrometeorological application
of maximum precipitation and other hydrological factors favorable for
maximum flood runoff such as sequential storms and snowmelts.
Project design criteria. Those technical data and other project information
developed during the project identification, conceptual design and/or
preliminary design phases. They define the project scope, construction
features and requirements, design parameters, applicable design codes,
standards, and regulations; applicable health, safety, fire protection,
safeguards, security, energy conservation, and quality assurance
requirements; and other requirements. The project design criteria are
normally consolidated into a document that provides the technical base for
any further design performed after the criteria are developed.
Property protection area. An area set aside for the protection of property
as required by these criteria.
Protected area. An area encompassed by physical barriers (e.g., walls or
fences), subject to access controls, surrounding a material access area or
containing Category II special nuclear material.
Public travel route. Any public street, road, highway, or passenger
railroad (including roads on DOE-controlled land open to public travel).
Pyrophoric-igniting spontaneously. Emitting sparks when scratched or struck
especially with steel.
Quality assurance. All those planned and systematic actions necessary to
provide adequate confidence that a facility, structure, system, or component
will perform satisfactorily and safely in service. Quality assurance
includes quality control, which is all those actions necessary to control
and verify the features and characteristics of a material, process, product,
or service to specified requirements.
Quality assurance records. Includes results of reviews, inspections,
audits, and material analyses; monitoring of work performance; qualification
of personnel, procedures, and equipment; and other documentation such as
drawings, special reports, and corrective action reports.
Quantity-distance. The quantity of explosives and the distance separation
relationship that provides defined types of protection. These relationships
are based on levels of risk considered acceptable for a stipulated exposure
and are tabulated in the appropriate quantity-distance tables in DOD 6055.9.
Separation distances shall be considered minimum distances; greater
distances should be used whenever practicable.
Radio repeater stations. Unmanned radio transmission facilities, usually
located in remote areas.
Rational method. As applied to drainage design, the expression of peak
discharge as equal to the product of rainfall intensity, drainage area and a
runoff coefficient depending on drainage basin characteristics.
Real Property Inventory System (RPIS). The Department of Energy's automated
real property reporting system.
Receiving stream. Stream that receives outfall discharge of wastewater
effluents.
Refractories. Refractories include nonmetallic materials having those
chemical and physical properties that make them applicable for structures,
or as components of systems, that are exposed to environments above 1,000
degrees F.
Regional frequency analysis. An analysis that addresses the probability of
the occurrence of two or more random hydrologic events.
Reinforcement ratio. The percentage of tension reinforcement in a
reinforced concrete beam.
Rem. A unit of dose equivalent that is the product of absorbed dose (D) in
rads in tissue, a quality factor (Q), and other modifying factors (N).
Derived from roentgen equivalent man.
Remote interrogation points. Locations for receiving information (e.g.,
printouts) transmitted by automatic data processing centers.
Required strength (U). Required strength to resist factored loads or
related internal moments and forces.
Reservoir routing. A technique used in hydrology to compute the effect of
reservoir inflow on reservoir outflow.
Response time. This term when used to specify performance of a rapid action
deluge fire protection system represents the elapsed time between the
initiation of the incident and water application to the material being
protected.
Retaining wall. A wall designed to maintain differences in ground
elevations by holding back a bank of material.
Return period. The average number of years within which a given hydrologic
event will be equaled or exceeded.
Routine waste. Waste generated due to normal operations and anticipated
abnormal events.
Safeguards. An integrated system of physical protection, material
accounting, and material control measures designed to deter, prevent,
detect, and respond to unauthorized possession, use, or sabotage of special
nuclear materials. In practice, safeguards involve the development and
application of techniques and procedures dealing with the establishment and
continued maintenance of a system of activities including physical
protection, quantitative knowledge of the location and use of special
nuclear materials, and administrative controls and surveillance to assure
that procedures and techniques of the system are effective and are being
carried out. Safeguards include the timely indication of possible diversion
or credible assurances by audits and inventory verification that no
diversion has occurred.
Safe shutdown earthquake. See Design basis earthquake.
Safety analysis report (SAR). A report, prepared in accordance with DOE
5481.1B, that summarizes the hazards associated with the operation of a
particular facility and defines minimum safety requirements. A Safety
Analysis Report is designated as final when it is based on final design
information. Otherwise, it is designated as preliminary.
Safety class (SC). Three levels that are assigned to items (components,
systems, or structures) that must be designed to provide specific functions
to protect operators, the public, or the environment. These levels are as
follows:
SC-1: Provides function and/or structural integrity for mitigation of
event severities up to and including DBAs.
SC-2: Provides function and/or structural integrity for mitigation of
event severities up to and including OBAs.
SC-3: Provides function and/or structural integrity for mitigation of
event severities up to and including UBC and those that are industrial
safety related.
Further description is contained in Section 1300-3.2, Safety Class Items.
Safety class item. Systems, components and structures, including portions
of process systems, whose failure could adversely affect the environment or
safety and health of the public. Determination of classification is based
on analysis of the potential abnormal and accidental scenario consequences
as presented in the SAR (as required by 5481.1B).
Safety limit. A limit on an important process variable that is necessary to
provide reasonable protection to the integrity of certain physical barriers
that guard against the uncontrolled release of radioactivity or an
accidental criticality.
Sanitary engineering structures. Tanks, reservoirs, and other structures
commonly used in water and waste treatment works, where dense, impermeable
concrete with high resistance to chemical attack is required.
Sanitary landfill. A system for disposal of garbage, trash, and other
rubbish from domestic sources in compacted layers covered with soil to a
depth sufficient to exclude rats, flies, and other vectors. Most sites
provide for leachate control.
Saturated zone. That region below the ground surface where the groundwater
is above atmospheric pressure.
Secure communications center. A security area devoted in whole or in part
to the encryption and decryption of sensitive and/or classified information.
Security. Activities through which DOE defines, develops, and implements
its responsibilities, under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended,
Federal statutes, Executive Orders, and other directives, for the protection
of Restricted Data and other classified information or matter, nuclear
weapons and nuclear weapon components, and for the protection of Department
and Departmental contractor facilities, property, and equipment. Security
is also applied to special nuclear materials. When physical, personnel, and
technical security are combined with material control and material
accountability, the protection is referred to as safeguards.
Security area. A physically defined space containing a Departmental
security interest and subject to physical protection and access controls.
Security interest. Any of the following that requires special protection:
classified matter, special nuclear material, security shipments, secure
communications centers, sensitive compartmented information facilities,
automatic data processing centers, or other systems including classified
information, or Departmental property.
Seismic category I. A level and method of seismic qualification that
provides documented assurance that an item, component, or system can
continue to perform its required function. Qualification includes all SC-1
and selected SC-2 and SC-3 items, components, or systems.
Service magazine. An auxiliary building of an operating line used for the
intermediate storage of explosives within the operational plant area. The
amount of explosives is normally limited to a maximum consistent with
intraline separation from other explosives buildings based on the quantity
of explosives in the service magazine.
Setback. Building offset from a property line, sidewalk, or street
right-of-way.
Shall. Denotes a requirement.
Shall consider. Requires that an objective assessment be performed to
determine to what extent the specific factor, criterion, guideline,
standard, etc., will be incorporated into or satisfied by the design. The
results and basis of this assessment shall be documented. Such
documentation shall be retrievable and can be in the form of engineering
studies, meeting minutes, reports, internal memoranda, etc.
Sheet piling. Closely-spaced piles of wood, steel, or concrete driven
vertically into the ground to obstruct lateral movement of earth or water.
Shoring. Temporary bracing of an existing building foundation to provide
support during adjacent excavations. Also applies to supporting
construction of above grade floors.
Should. Denotes a recommendation.
Single failure. An occurrence that results in the loss of capability of a
component to perform its intended safety function(s). Multiple failures,
i.e., loss of capability of several components, resulting from a single
occurrence are considered to be a single failure. Systems are considered to
be designed against an assumed single failure if neither (1) a single
failure of any active component (assuming passive components function
properly) nor, (2) a single failure of any passive component (assuming
active components function properly) results in loss of the system's
capability to perform its safety function(s).
Site boundary. A well-marked boundary of the property over which the owner
or operator can exercise strict control without the aid of outside
authorities.
Site-specific safeguards and security plan. A specific description of the
systems and procedures implemented and planned to protect Departmental
security interests and other property. The format for site-specific
safeguards and security plans can be obtained from DP-34.
Slanting. The incorporation, without appreciable extra cost or reduction in
efficiency, of certain architectural and engineering features into new
structures (except temporary type) or portions of the structures to improve
their ability to resist the effects of an attack and to offer protection to
personnel and material.
Soil resistivity. The measured potential difference between two points in a
naturally occurring soil between which a known electric current is passed.
Soil mechanics. The application of the laws of solid and fluid mechanics to
soils and similar granular materials as a basis for design, construction,
and maintenance of stable foundations and earth structures.
Special nuclear material (SNM). Plutonium, uranium-233, uranium enriched in
uranium-233 or in the uranium-235, or any material artificially enriched in
any of the foregoing (but does not include source material) and any other
material that, pursuant to the provisions of Section 51 of the Atomic Energy
Act of 1954, as amended, has been determined to be special nuclear material.
SNM vault. A penetration-resistant, windowless enclosure that has (a)
walls, floor, and ceiling substantially constructed of materials that afford
penetration resistance at least equal to that of 8-inch thick reinforced
concrete; (b) any openings greater than 96 square inches in area and over 6
inches in the smallest dimension protected by imbedded steel bars at least
5/8 inches in diameter on 6-inch centers both horizontally and vertically;
(c) a built-in combination locked steel door that in existing structures is
at least 1-inch thick exclusive of bolt work and locking devices and that
for new structures at least meets the Class 5 standards as set forth in FS
AA-D-6008 of the Federal Specifications and Standards cited in 41 CFR 101.
Staging bays (in-process). A bay(s) within an operating building used to
stage explosives in excess of four hours supply. This practice is
permissible as long as the bay(s) is designed to provide Class II level of
protection.
Standby power. A reserve power generation or supply with switching devices
that will supply power to selected loads in the event of a normal power
failure. It is not required to have redundant equipment or to operate
through events greater than UBC. A standby power system shall not be
classified SC-1.
Storage area compartment. An area or series of areas that contain storage
enclosures.
Structural collapse. The failure of a structural component as a direct
result of loss of structural integrity of the facility being subjected to
various loadings.
Subbase. A layer of granular material located beneath the base course of a
highway pavement.
Subcritical flow. Open channel flow having a low velocity and a froude
number less than unity (also described as tranquil or streaming flow).
Subgrade modulus. The slope of a load-settlement diagram constructed with
data from field loading tests on the actual subgrade.
Subslab. Also known as a structural slab, base slab, mud slab, or wearing
slab. The concrete slab below the waterproofing membrane in a double-slab
configuration.
Substantial construction. If determined by the cognizant DOE security
personnel, classified matter shall be stored in a building or portion
thereof that provides a physical barrier of the required penetration times
and resistance. NBS Technical Note 837 shall be used for a comparison of
the forcible penetration time through different structural barriers.
Supercritical flow. Open channel flow having a high velocity and a froude
number greater than unity (also described as rapid, shooting or torrential
flow).
Superelevation. The practice of elevating one side of a roadway over the
other on curves in alignment.
Support building. Any structure (including utilities) directly supporting
explosives activities but containing no explosives.
Surfactant (surface-active agent). A soluble compound that reduces the
surface tension of liquids, or reduces interfacial tension between two
liquids or a liquid and a solid.
Tactical response force. An armed combat force trained in security
protection.
Tension wires. Wires placed along the top and bottom of a chain link fence
to provide tension and structural rigidity.
TNT equivalent. A measure of the blast effects from the explosion for a
given quantity of material expressed in terms of the weight of TNT that
would produce the same blast effects when detonated. For safety and design
purposes, a reasonable value can be obtained by substituting a measurement
of energy release of blast effects.
Transient (re: explosives facilities). Any person within inhabited building
distance but not inside an explosives bay or other occupied areas (offices,
break areas, shops, etc.).
Transuranic elements. Those elements having an atomic number greater than
92 (uranium).
Transverse. That which is extended or is lying across.
TRU waste. Without regard to source or form, radioactive waste that at the
end of institutional control periods is contaminated with alpha-emitting
transuranic radionuclides with half-lives greater than 20 years and
concentrations greater than 100 nCi/g.
Regarding the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant, high-level waste and spent
nuclear fuel as defined by DOE 5820.2A are specifically excluded by this
definition.
Unattended openings. Doors, operable windows, hatches, louvered openings,
etc., that are not attended by security guards or guarded by safety devices.
Underpinning. Permanent supports replacing or reinforcing the older
supports beneath a wall or column.
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS). A power supply that provides automatic,
instantaneous power, without delay or transients, on failure of normal
power. It can consist of batteries or full-time operating generators. It
can be designated as standby or emergency power depending on the
application. Emergency installations must meet the requirements specified
for emergency power.
Unirradiated enriched uranium. Naturally occurring uranium enriched with
U-235 above its natural abundance of approximately 0.72% (weight percent)
that has not been exposed to a neutron flux.
Unit hydrograph. A hydrograph with a volume of 1-inch of rainfall resulting
from a storm of specified duration and areal pattern.
Unit masonry. Includes brick made of clay or shale, sand lime, and
concrete; structural clay, concrete masonry units, solid load bearings,
tile, load-bearing, and non-load-bearing, hollow load-bearing, and hollow
non-load-bearing; natural stone and cast stone; ceramic glazed clay masonry,
solid units, and hollow units; and prefaced concrete masonry units.
Unpackaging room. The spaces in which receiving containers are opened and
unpackaged and repackaged for storage or shipment and are surrounded by one
or more secondary confinement areas.
Useful life. The time period in which a building element can be expected to
perform effectively with proper maintenance.
Vault-type room. A DOE-approved room having combination-locked door(s) and
protected by a Departmental-approved intrusion alarm system activated by any
penetration of walls, floor, ceiling, or openings or by motion within the
room.
Vector. An agent such as an insect, rodent, or the wind capable of
mechanically or biologically transferring a pathogen from one location to
another.
Vital activity. Relating to integrity of a national security program or a
public health and safety function.
Vital area. A security area for the protection of vital equipment.
Vital equipment. Equipment, systems, or components whose failure or
destruction would cause unacceptable interruption to a national security
program or harm to the health and safety of the public.
Vital facility. A facility where vital activities occur.
Vital program. A program designated vital by the program senior official.
Water hammer. Pressure rise in a pipeline caused by a sudden change in the
rate of flow or stoppage of flow in the line.
Work environment. The surroundings in which systems operate. Includes all
of the conditions that may affect one or more system components, e.g.,
temperature/humidity, noise, light, vibration, toxic materials, radioactive
materials.
Division 1
General Requirements
0101 CRITERIA PURPOSE AND APPLICATION
0101-1 GENERAL
These criteria provide mandatory, minimally acceptable requirements for
facility design. The predominant model building code in the region shall
govern on issues not covered in these criteria.
State, municipal, county, and other local building and zoning codes and
ordinances should be reviewed for possible conflicts with these criteria.
While it is not mandatory that DOE projects comply with such local codes and
regulations, the design professional is encouraged to cooperate with local
officials and DOE personnel to accommodate the intent of local codes and
regulations as much as possible.
These criteria apply to any building acquisition, new facility, facility
addition and alteration, and leased facility that is required to comply with
DOE 4300.1B. This includes on-site constructed buildings, pre-engineered
buildings, plant-fabricated modular buildings, and temporary facilities.
For existing facilities, original design criteria apply to the structure in
general; however, additions or modifications shall comply with this Order
and the associated latest editions of the references herein. Reactors and
their safety systems shall be sited and designed according to DOE 5480.6.
These criteria shall be applied in the planning, design, and development of
specifications for facilities, including the preparation of site-specific
general design criteria and project-specific design criteria during the
project planning phase.
If there are any conflicts between these criteria and DOE directives, these
criteria shall govern. Any such conflicts shall be brought to the attention
of the Headquarters OPFM.
Information cited in these criteria as being provided by the cognizant DOE
authority shall be obtained by the design professional through the
designated cognizant DOE authority.
0101.2 CRITERIA DEVIATIONS
DOE organizations with first-line responsibilities for facility projects
shall determine to what extent these criteria shall be applied to projects
in process under prior issuances of DOE 6430.1. In making this
determination for projects already in the planning, design, construction,
operating, or decommissioning phases, consideration shall include the
current stage of budgeting, design, or construction and the potential cost
and schedule effects of applying these criteria.
For all projects subject to DOE 6430.1 series, these criteria are not
intended to impose unnecessary design restrictions or requirements or to
discourage design innovation. Professional architectural and engineering
judgment shall be used in the interpretation and application of these
criteria to specific projects.
The contractor and/or DOE organizations responsible for facility projects
shall review these criteria early in the planning phase and at later phases
during the project construction process to determine if any of these
criteria are not applicable or are not appropriate. The contractor shall
document the criteria being used for each project in the project's SAR (per
Section 0110-5.2, Safety Analysis) such that compliance with these criteria
can be verified during design, construction, and facility operation.
Site-specific criteria shall be included in this documentation.
Deviations may be granted by DOE organizations responsible for facility
projects or granted by the DOE programmatic office responsible for the
design of facilities when any of the following apply:
o A specific portion of the general design criteria is determined to be
inadequate or inappropriate for the facility under design.
o Minor deviations are necessary or advantageous in the design
professional's professional judgment.
o A criterion does not reflect currently applicable codes, standards,
regulations, or architectural or engineering principles and practices.
o A criterion affecting environmental protection or safety is less
stringent than local or State codes or regulations.
o Deviations will achieve economies in facility construction, operation,
or maintenance without significant adverse effects on programmatic or
operating needs or DOE design policy and objectives.
o Deviations will not affect DOE design policy and objectives and are
determined to be necessary in the acquisition of buildings by lease or
purchase.
o Deviations will not affect DOE design policy and objectives, are
necessary, and are allowable under existing exemption or variance
provisions of another DOE directive.
Headquarters-level review and approval are not required for deviations from
local or State codes or regulations that do not affect compliance with DOE
policies or objectives.
When a deviation is granted without Headquarters-level review and approval,
the project file or other files as appropriate shall include full
documentation of the deviation, including an analysis and justification for
giving the deviation.
Headquarters-level review and approval shall be required for the following
deviations from these criteria:
o Deviations proposed for safety-class items (as defined in Section
1300-3.2, Safety Class Items, and determined by DOE 5481.1B) when such
deviation will or may constitute an adverse impact on environmental
protection, safety or health or other DOE design policies or objectives
o Deviations from requirements in Federal laws or regulations or Executive
Orders; such deviations cannot be approved unless such laws,
regulations, or Executive Orders provide for deviations or waivers
OPFM shall, where responsibility is not otherwise prescribed by Executive
Order or statute:
o Be notified of any deficiencies in these criteria or conflicts that
exist between them and other DOE directives
o Determine the need for formal submittal of a proposed deviation
o Coordinate with and determine appropriate Headquarters organizations
necessary to review and approve any deviations
o Review design project files or other files as appropriate containing
documentation of deviations
Requests for deviations requiring Headquarters level approval shall be
prepared by the responsible field organization and submitted with
justification to OPFM, the Headquarters outlay program organization(s)
involved, and any other Headquarters organization as determined appropriate
by OPFM.
Nothing in these criteria shall preempt the specific requirements contained
in other DOE directives relative to their processes and procedures for
requesting exemptions, variances, or deviations.
0101-3 ORGANIZATION AND USE OF THESE CRITERIA
0101.3.1 General
The organization of these criteria is adapted from the MASTERFORMAT system
developed by the Construction Specifications Institute.
The 16 numerical divisions of these criteria are devoted to major building
systems or design specialties. For example, Division 15 covers mechanical
systems; Division 2, site and civil. The number of each section, paragraph,
and subparagraph within each division includes that division's number (for
example, 1550-2.2 is the second paragraph in section 1550-2, which is in
Division 15).
0101-3.2 "Shall" and "Shall Consider"
"Shall" in these criteria denotes a requirement.
"Shall consider" requires that an objective assessment be performed to
determine to what extent the specified factor, criterion, guideline,
standard, etc., will be incorporated into or satisfied by the design. The
results and basis of this assessment shall be adequately documented. Such
documentation shall be retrievable and can be in the form of meeting
minutes, reports, internal memoranda, etc. Some sections of these criteria
contain other documentation requirements.
0101-3.3 References to Other Sections and Documents
References to other parts of these criteria take the form "See Section
0110-12, Energy Conservation." The term "Section" is used to refer to
topics, sections, paragraphs, and subparagraphs. The section's title is
given after its number. The 16 divisions are referred to as divisions.
References to other documents are generally shorthand, as in "ACI 234" or
"NFPA 13." Readers who are unfamiliar with an abbreviation can consult the
Abbreviations section of these criteria.
Each standard, regulation, DOE directive, or other referenced document is
listed in Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements, or Section 0109, Reference
Standards and Guides. These sections are not comprehensive lists of all
major design standards and guides. They contain only those standards
specifically mandated in one or more sections of these criteria.
0101-3.4 Special Facilities
0101-3.4.1 "-99" Sections
Most criteria apply to all DOE facilities, including special facilities.
Each division also contains requirements for special facilities; these
criteria appear in sections numbered -99. For example, Division 15,
Mechanical, contains criteria that apply to the design of all DOE
facilities, both non-special and special facilities. In addition, Section
1550-99, Special Facilities, contains additional criteria on mechanical
systems that apply only to the design of special facilities.
Within the -99 sections, facility types are designated by the following
numbers:
o 99.0, Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General
o 99.1, Laboratory Facilities (Including Hot Laboratories)
o 99.2, Emergency Preparedness Facilities
o 99.3, Plutonium Processing and Handling Facilities
o 99.4, Explosives Facilities
o 99.5, Unirradiated Enriched Uranium Storage Facilities
o 99.6, Plutonium Storage Facilities
o 99.7, Occupational Health Facilities
o 99.8, Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers and Radio Repeater
Stations
o 99.9, Vaults and Vault-Type Rooms for Storage of Classified Matter
o 99.10, Secure Conference Rooms
o 99.11, Secure Offices
o 99.12, Uranium Enrichment Facilities
o 99.13, Uranium Processing and Handling Facilities
o 99.14, Irradiated Fissile Material Storage Facilities
o 99.15, Reprocessing Facilities
o 99.16, Uranium Conversion and Recovery Facilities
o 99.17, Radioactive Liquid Waste Facilities
o 99.18, Radioactive Solid Waste Facilities
o 99.19, Tritium Facilities
o 99.20, Fusion Facilities
If a -99 section has no criteria related to a given specialized facility
type, no section with that facility type's number appears. This can cause
the numbering in -99 sections to have gaps (for example, -99.1, -99.2,
-99.4, -99.12).
0101-3.4.2 Division 13
Some special DOE facilities have additional design criteria that do not
relate to the major building systems or design specialties in the "standard"
MASTERFORMAT divisions. Such material appears in Division 13, Special
Facilities.
0101-3.5 Indexes and Glossary
This document has a glossary containing definitions of key terms and two
indexes--a key word index and an index to standards, regulations, and other
documents referenced within these criteria.
0101-3.6 Document Improvement Proposals
A sample document improvement proposal sheet for suggesting changes to these
criteria appears at the end of this document. See DOE 6430.1A, Cover Order,
Section 9d.
0101-4 HANDICAPPED PROVISIONS
Any DOE facility whose intended use either will require that the building or
facility be accessible to the public, or may result in the employment of
physically handicapped persons therein, shall be designed in accordance with
the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards in 41 CFR 101-19.6.
The standards in 41 CFR 101-19.6 shall apply to the design, construction,
alteration, or lease of any portion of a facility except when:
o Because of its intended use, it need not be made accessible to, or
usable by, the public or by physically handicapped persons. This
exception shall not be taken solely on the basis that the facility is
not, or will not be, accessible to the public. Every facility shall be
designed to assure access to physically handicapped persons unless a
facility's intended use is specifically restricted to able-bodied
personnel.
o The alteration of an existing building if the alteration does not
involve the installation of, or work on, existing stairs, doors,
elevators, toilets, entrances, drinking fountains, floors, telephone
locations, curbs, parking areas, or any other facilities susceptible to
installation or improvements to accommodate the physically handicapped.
o The alteration of an existing building, or of portions thereof, to which
application of the standards is not structurally possible.
o The construction or alteration of a building for which plans and
specifications were completed or substantially completed on or before
September 2, 1969, provided, however, that any building defined in 41
CFR 101-19.6 shall be designed, constructed, or altered in accordance
with the standards prescribed in 41 CFR 101-19.6 regardless of design
status or bid solicitation as of September 2, 1969.
o The leasing of space when it is found after receiving bids or offers not
otherwise legally acceptable that a proposal meets most of the
requirements of the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. If no
offeror or bidder meets all the requirements, then preference must be
given to the offeror or bidder who most nearly meets the standards in 41
CFR 101-19.6. If the award is proposed for a firm other than the one
that most nearly meets these standards and whose bid or offer is
reasonable in price, and is otherwise legally acceptable, a waiver or
modification of the standards must be obtained.
The Real Property and Facilities Management Division, MA-22, is responsible
for developing the composite DOE annual report on building accommodations
for the physically handicapped from feeder reports provided by the
responsible Departmental field elements. This division is responsible for
submittal of those reports to GSA by September 15 each year.
Record keeping and reporting by Departmental elements responsible for
design, construction, alteration, or lease of buildings and related
facilities shall be in accordance with 41 CFR 101-19.6. Formalization of
this requirement shall be made through the DOE RPIS.
Guidance on implementation of the above requirements and copies of the
prescribed standards can be obtained from the Real Property and Facilities
Management Division, MA-222.
Annual reporting information shall be installed into the DOE RPIS by the
fifth working day of September each year.
Also see Section 0110-8, Accommodations for the Physically Handicapped.
0106 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
This section lists the regulatory requirements cited in these criteria.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
202/783-3238
-- 10 CFR 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation
-- 10 CFR 60, Disposal of High-Level Radioactive Wastes in Geologic
Repositories, Licensing Procedures
-- 10 CFR 61, Licensing Requirements for Land Disposal of Radioactive
Wastes
-- 10 CFR 72, Licensing Requirements for the Storage of Spent Fuel in an
Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI)
-- 10 CFR 435, DOE Energy Conservation (Interim)
-- 10 CFR 436, Federal Energy Management and Planning Programs
-- 10 CFR 1022, Compliance with Floodplains/Wetlands Environmental Review
Requirements
-- 16 CFR 1630, Standards for Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs (FF
1)
-- 29 CFR 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards
-- 29 CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
-- 36 CFR 800, Protection of Historic Properties
-- 40 CFR 61, National Emission Standard for Radionuclide Emissions from
Department of Energy Facilities
-- 40 CFR 112, Oil Pollution Prevention
-- 40 CFR 122, Permitting Requirements for Land Disposal Facilities
-- 40 CFR 125, Criteria and Standards for the NPDES (National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System)
-- 40 CFR 141, National Primary Drinking Water Regulations
-- 40 CFR 142, National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulations
Implementation
-- 40 CFR 191, Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Management
and Disposal of Spent Nuclear Fuel, High Level and Transuranic
Radioactive Wastes
-- 40 CFR 192, Health and Environmental Protection Standards for Uranium
and Thorium Mill Tailings
-- 40 CFR 240, Guidelines for the Thermal Processing of Solid Wastes
-- 40 CFR 241, Guidelines for the Land Disposal of Solid Wastes
-- 40 CFR 249, Guideline for the Federal Procurement of Cement and Concrete
Containing Fly Ash
-- 40 CFR 256, EPA Guidelines for State Solid Waste Management Plans
-- 40 CFR 260, Hazardous Waste Management System: General
-- 40 CFR 261, Hazardous Waste Management System: Identification and
Listing of Hazardous Wastes
-- 40 CFR 262, Standards for Generators of Hazardous Wastes
-- 40 CFR 263, Standards for Transporters of Hazardous Wastes
-- 40 CFR 264, Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste
Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities
-- 40 CFR 265, Interim Status Standards for Owners and Operators of
Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities
-- 40 CFR 267, Interim Standards for Owners and Operators of New Hazardous
Waste Land Disposal Facilities
-- 40 CFR 270, EPA Administered Permit Programs: The Hazardous Waste
Permit Program
-- 40 CFR 271, Requirements for Authorization of State Hazardous Waste
Programs
-- 40 CFR 280, Underground Storage Tanks
-- 40 CFR 423, Protection of the Environment, Steam-Electric Power
Generating Point Source Category
-- 40 CFR 761, Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Manufacturing, Processing,
Distribution in Commerce, and Use Prohibitions
-- 41 CFR 101, Federal Property Management Regulations
-- 48 CFR 10, Federal Acquisition Regulations
-- 49 CFR 101-19.6, Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
CONGRESSIONAL
ACTS
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
202/275-3030
-- (CAA) Clean Air Act, Pub. L. 88-206, 42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.
-- (CERCLA) Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act, Pub. L. 96-510, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.
-- (CWA) Clean Water Restoration Act, Pub. L. 89-753, 43 U.S.C. 431 et seq.
-- (FUA) Powerplant and Industrial Fuels Use Act, Pub. L. 95-620, 42 U.S.C.
8301 et seq.
-- (FWPCA) Federal Water Pollution Control Act, Pub. L. 86-70, 33
U.S.C. 1157 et seq.
-- (NEPA) National Environmental Policy Act, Pub. L. 91-190, 42 U.S.C. 4321
et seq.
-- (NHPA) National Historic Preservation Act, Pub. L. 89-665, 16 U.S.C. 470
et seq.
-- (PURPA) Public Utility Regulatory Policy Act, Pub. L. 95-617, 16 U.S.C.
823a et seq.
-- (RCRA) Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Pub. L. 94-580, 42 U.S.C.
6901 et seq.
-- (SDWA) Safe Drinking Water Act, Pub. L. 93-523, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.
-- (TSCA) Toxic Substances Control Act, Pub. L. 94-469, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et
seq.
-- (WQA) Water Quality Act, Pub. L. 89-234, 33 U.S.C. 1151 et seq.
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
1000 Independence Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20585
202/586-9642
For non-directives DOE documents, see Section 0109,
Reference Standards and Guides
-- DOE 1360.2A, Unclassified Computer Security Program
-- DOE 4300.1B, Real Property and Site Development Planning
-- DOE 4330.2C, In-House Energy Management
-- DOE 4700.1, Project Management System
-- DOE 5100.4, Internal Review Budget Process
-- DOE 5300.1B, Telecommunications
-- DOE 5300.2B, Telecommunications: Emission Security (Tempest)
-- DOE 5300.3B, Telecommunications: Communications Security
-- DOE 5300.4B, Telecommunications: Protected Distribution System
-- DOE 5400 series on:
o Radiation Protection of the Public and the Environment
o Radiological Effluent Monitoring and Environmental Surveillance
-- DOE 5400.1, General Environmental Protection Program Requirements
-- DOE 5400.3, Hazardous and Radioactive Mixed Waste Program
-- DOE 5440.1C, National Environmental Policy Act
-- DOE 5480.1B, Environmental, Safety, and Health Program for DOE
Operations
-- DOE 5480.3, Safety Requirements for the Packaging and Transportation of
Hazardous Materials, Hazardous Substances, and Hazardous Wastes
-- DOE 5480.4, Environmental Protection, Safety, and Health Protection
Standards
-- DOE 5480.5, Safety of Nuclear Facilities
-- DOE 5480.6, Safety of Department of Energy-Owned Nuclear Reactors
-- DOE 5480.7, Fire Protection
-- DOE 5480.8, Contractor Occupational Medical Program
-- DOE 5480.10, Contractor Industrial Hygiene Program
-- DOE 5480.11, Radiation Protection for Occupational Workers
-- DOE 5480.16, Firearms Safety
-- DOE 5481.1B, Safety Analysis and Review System (SARS)
-- DOE 5500.1A, Emergency Management System
-- DOE 5500.3, Reactor and Nonreactor Nuclear Facility Emergency Planning,
Preparedness, and Response Program for DOE Operations
-- DOE 5630.11, Safeguards and Security Program
-- DOE 5630.12, Safeguards and Security Inspection and Evaluation Program
-- DOE 5630.13, Master Safeguards and Security Agreements
-- DOE 5632 series on
o Protection program operations
o Physical protection of special nuclear material and vital equipment
o Physical protection of classified matter
o Physical protection of DOE property and unclassified facilities
o Protective program operations - systems performance tests
o Issuance, control, and use of badges, passes, and credentials
-- DOE 5632.7, Protective Force
-- DOE 5633.2, Control and Accountability of Nuclear Materials:
Responsibilities and Authorities
-- DOE 5633.3, Control and Accountability of Nuclear Materials
-- DOE 5633.4, Nuclear Materials Transactions: Documentation and Reporting
-- DOE 5636.3A, Technical Surveillance Countermeasures Program
-- DOE 5637.1, Classified Computer Security Programs
-- DOE 5700.6B, Quality Assurance
-- DOE 5820.2A, Radioactive Waste Management
ERDA (See DOE)
EXECUTIVE
ORDERS National Archives and Records Administration
8th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20408
202/523-5230
-- Executive Order 11490, Assigning Preparedness Functions to Federal
Departments and Agencies
-- Executive Order 11593, Protection and Enhancement of the Cultural
Environment
-- Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management
-- Executive Order 11990, Protection of Wetlands
-- Executive Order 12088, Federal Compliance with Pollution Control
Standards
FR Federal Register
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
710 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20402
GPO Order Desk: 202/783-3238 (Charge Orders)
GPO Bookstore: 202/275-2091 (Cash Orders)
-- 45 FR 12746, Preliminary Notification of Hazardous Waste Activity
-- 54 FR 20694, DOE Guidelines for Compliance With the National
Environmental Policy Act
GSA General Services Administration
Public Buildings Service
Office of Government-wide Real Property Policy and
Oversight
19th and F Streets, NW
Washington, DC 20405
202/566-1426
-- [Annual] Summary Report of Real Property Owned by the United States
Throughout the World
OMB Office of Management and Budget
Old Executive Office Building
Washington, DC 20503
202/395-3000
-- OMB Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources
UFAS (See 49 CFR 101-19.6)
0109 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND GUIDES
This section lists the reference standards and guides cited in these
criteria.
The latest edition of standards and guides shall be used.
AA Aluminum Association
900 19th Street, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20006
202/862-5100
-- Aluminum Finishes for Architecture
-- Finishes for Aluminum in Building
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
1518 K Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005
202/737-0202
-- Volume A-82, National Standards for Total System Balance Air
Distribution-Hydronic Systems-Sound-Vibration-Field Surveys for Energy
Audits
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
2700 River Road, Suite 118
Des Plaines, IL 60018
312/699-7310
-- AAMA 101, Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors
-- AAMA 800, Sealant Specifications for Use With Architectural Aluminum
-- AAMA 1002.10, Aluminum Insulating Storm Products for Windows and Sliding
Glass Doors
-- AAMA 1102.7, Aluminum Storm Doors
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
444 N. Capitol St, NW, Suite 225
Washington, DC 20001
202/624-5800
-- AASHTO GD-2, A Policy on Geometric Design of Rural Highways
-- AAHTO GDHS, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets
-- AAHTO GSDB, Guide Specification for Seismic Design of Highway Bridges
-- AASHTO GU-2, Policy on Design of Urban Highways and Arterial Streets
-- AAHTO HB-13, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
-- AASHTO LTS-1, Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for
Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals
-- AASHTO T 258, Determining Expansive Soils
ABMA American Boiler Manufacturers Association
950 North Glebe Road
Suite 160
Arlington, VA 22203
703/522-7350
ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
6500 Glenway Avenue, Building D-7
Cincinnati, OH 45211
513/661-7881
-- Industrial Ventilation Manual of Recommended Practice
-- TLVs: Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices
ACI American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150
Detroit, MI 48219
313/532-2600
-- ACI 207.1R, Mass Concrete for Dams and Other Massive Structures
-- ACI 207.4R, Cooling and Insulating Systems for Mass Concrete
-- ACI 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete
-- ACI 211.2, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural
Lightweight Concrete
-- ACI 304, Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and
Placing Concrete
-- ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting
-- ACI 306R, Cold Weather Concreting
-- ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
-- ACI 336.2R, Suggested Design Procedures for Combined Footing and Mats
-- ACI 336.3R, Suggested Design and Construction Procedures for Pier
Foundations
-- ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
-- ACI 349, Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety Related Concrete
Structures
-- ACI 350R, Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures
-- ACI 352R, Recommendations for Design of Beam-Column Joints in Monolithic
Reinforced Concrete Structures
-- ACI 503.4, Standard Specifications for Repairing Concrete with Epoxy
Mortars
-- ACI 531, Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures
-- ACI 531.1, Specifications for Concrete Masonry Construction
-- ACI 543R, Recommendation for Design, Manufacture and Installation of
Concrete Piles
-- ACI 546.1R, Guide for Repair of Concrete Bridge Superstructures
-- ACI SP-4, Formwork for Concrete
-- ACI SP-66, Detailing Manual
-- Guide to the Use of Waterproofing, Dampproofing, Protective, and
Decorative Barrier Systems for Concrete
ACSM American Congress on Surveying and Mapping
210 Little Falls Street,
Falls Church, VA 22046
703/241-2446
-- ACSM Horizontal Control as Applied to Local Surveying Needs
AFM (See USAF)
AFWL (See USAF)
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, IL 60611
312/670-2400
-- AISC M011, Manual of Steel Construction
-- AISC N690, Nuclear Facilities: Steel Safety-Related Structures for
Design, Fabrication and Erection
-- AISC S326, Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings (included in AISC Manual of Steel
Construction)
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1133 15th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005
202/452-7100
-- Manual for Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings
-- Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
30 West University Drive
Arlington Heights, IL 60004
312/394-0150
-- Publication 99, Standards Handbook
-- Publication 201, Fans and Systems
-- Publication 261, Directory of Products Licensed to Bear the AMCA
Certified Rating Seal
-- Standard 210, Laboratory Methods for Testing Fans for Ratings
AMCR/
DARCOM (See ARMY)
ANL Argonne National Laboratory
9800 South Cass Avenue
Argonne, IL 60439
312-972-2000
-- ANL/EES TM-264, Rev.1, Environmental Protection Appraisals: A Suggested
Guide for U.S. Department of Energy Field Organizations
ANS American Nuclear Society
555 North Kensington Avenue
LaGrange Park, IL 60525
312/352-6611
-- ANS 6.4, Guidelines on the Nuclear Analysis and Design of Concrete
Radiation Shielding for Nuclear Power Plants
-- ANS 6.4.2, Specification for Radiation Shielding Materials
-- ANS 8.1, Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable
Materials Outside Reactors
-- ANS 8.3, Criticality Accident Alarm Systems
-- ANS 8.5, Use of Borosilicate-Glass Raschig Rings as a Neutron Absorber
in Solutions of Fissile Materials
-- ANS 8.6, Guide for Nuclear Criticality Safety in the Storage of Fissile
Materials
-- ANS 8.9, Nuclear Criticality Safety Guide for Pipe Intersections
Containing Aqueous Solutions of Uranyl Nitrate
-- ANS 8.10, Criteria for Nuclear Criticality Controls in Operations Where
Shielding Protects Personnel
-- ANS 8.12, Nuclear Criticality Control and Safety of Homogeneous
Plutonium-Uranium Fuel Mixtures Outside Reactors
-- ANS 8.15, Nuclear Criticality Control of Special Actinide Elements
-- ANS 8.17, Criticality Safety Criteria for the Handling, Storage, and
Transportation of LWR Reactor Fuel Outside Reactors
-- ANS 8.19, Administrative Practices for Nuclear Criticality Safety
ANSI American National Standards Institute (Note: Generally,
references cross-listed as ANSI/ASME, ANSI/IEEE, etc., are
listed only once--under their originating organization
rather than under ANSI.)
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
212/354-3300
-- ANSI A39.1, Safety Requirements for Window Cleaning
-- ANSI A58.1, Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in
Buildings and other Structures
-- ANSI A115 series, Door and Frame Preparation
-- ANSI A156 series, Hardware
-- ANSI A216.1, Sectional Overhead Type Doors
-- ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code
-- ANSI C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment - Voltage Ratings
(60 Hz)
-- ANSI C136 series, Roadway Lighting
-- ANSI D6.1, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways
-- ANSI D12.1, Roadway Lighting
-- ANSI N2.3, Immediate Evacuation Signal for Use in Industrial
Installations
-- ANSI N13.1, Guide to Sampling Airborne Radioactive Materials in Nuclear
Facilities
-- ANSI N16.1, Safety Standards for Operations with Fissionable Materials
-- ANSI N42.18, Specification and Performance of On-Site Instrumentation
for Continuously Monitoring Radioactive Effluents
-- ANSI N512, Protective Coatings (Paint) for the Nuclear Industry
-- ANSI Z88.2, Practices for Respiratory Protection
-- ANSI Z358.1, Eyewash and Shower Equipment, Emergency
API American Petroleum Institute
1220 L Street, NW
Washington, DC 20037
202/682-8159
-- API 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, NW, Suite 7702
Washington, DC 20001
202/639-2190
-- AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties), Volume I and II
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Boulevard, 6th Floor
Arlington, VA 22209
703/524-8800
-- ARI 410, Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air-Heating Coils
-- ARI 430, Central Station Air Handling Units
-- ARI 450, Water-Cooled Refrigerant Condensers, Remote Type
-- ARI 460, Remote Mechanical-Draft Air-Cooled Refrigerant Compressors
-- ARI 520, Positive Displacement Refrigerant Compressors and Condensing
Units
-- ARI 550, Centrifugal Water Chilling Packages
-- ARI 590, Reciprocating Water Chilling Packages
-- ARI 850, Commercial and Industrial Air Filter Equipment
-- ARI 1010, Drinking Fountains and Self-Contained Mechanically
Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
6288 Montrose Road
Rockville, MD 20852
301/231-9050
-- Guide to Preparing Built-Up Roofing Specifications
-- Recommended Performance Criteria for Roofing Membranes Using Polymer
Modified Bituminous Products
-- Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual
ARMY U.S. Department of the Army
National Technical Information Services
5485 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
703/487-4684
-- AMCR/DARCOM 385-100, Safety Manual (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-809-10, Seismic Design for Buildings (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-809-10.1, Seismic Design Guidelines for Essential Facilities, 2/86
(available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-810-7/AFM 88-12, Joint Department of the Army and Air Force, USA
Technical Manual, High Pressure Gas and Cryogenic Systems (available
from NTIS)
-- TM 5-814-1, Sanitary and Industrial Wastewater Collection-Gravity Sewers
and Appurtenances (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-814-2, Sanitary and Industrial Wastewater Collection-Pumping
Stations and Force Mains (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-815-2, Energy Monitoring and Control Systems (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-818-1, Procedures for Foundation Design of Buildings and Other
Structures (Except Hydraulic Structures) (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-818-5, Dewatering and Groundwater Control (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-830-3, Dust Control (available from NTIS)
-- TM 5-1300, Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions
(available from NTIS)
-- TM 11-486-5, Electrical Communications Systems Engineering: Outside
Plant, Wire (available from NTIS)
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
212/705-7496
-- ASCE 37, Design and Construction of Sanitary and Storm Sewers
-- ASCE 52, Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers
-- ASCE 1978-1, Design of Steel Transmission Pole Structures
-- ASCE Manual 63, Structural Plastic Design Manual
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, NE
Atlanta, GA 30329
404/636-8400
-- Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration
-- Standard 20, Methods of Testing for Rating Remote Mechanical Draft Air
Cooled Refrigerant Condensers
-- Standard 24, Methods of Testing for Rating Liquid Coolers
-- Standard 51, Methods of Testing Fans for Rating
-- Standard 55, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy
-- Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
-- Standard 90, Energy Conservation in New Building Design
-- Standard 100, Energy Conservation In Existing Buildings
-- Applications Handbook
-- Equipment Handbook
-- Fundamentals Handbook
-- Refrigeration Handbook
-- Systems Handbook
-- Manual, Design of Smoke Control Systems for Buildings
-- Publication GRP 158, Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
22 Law Drive
Box 2300
Fairfield, NJ 07007
201/882-1167, 800/843-2763
-- ASME A17.1, Elevators and Escalators
-- ASME B16 series, Fittings, Flanges and Valves
-- ASME B31.1, Power Piping
-- ASME B31.3, Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping
-- ASME N509, Nuclear Power Plant Air Cleaning Units and Components
-- ASME N510, Testing of Nuclear Air Cleaning System
-- ASME NQA-1, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear
Facilities
-- ASME PTC 4.1, Steam Generating Units
-- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
ASTM formerly, American Society for Testing and Materials;
now ASTM
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
215/299-5585
-- ASTM A312, Specification for Seamless and Austenitic Stainless Steel
Pipe
-- ASTM B1, Specification for Hard-Drawn Copper Wire
-- ASTM B8, Specification for Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors
-- ASTM C55, Concrete Building Brick
-- ASTM C62, Building Brick
-- ASTM C71, Definition of Terms Relating to Refractories
-- ASTM C90, Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units
-- ASTM C145, Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units
-- ASTM C270, Mortar for Unit Masonry
-- ASTM C635, Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for
Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panels
-- ASTM C636, Standard Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal
Ceiling Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panels
-- ASTM C840, Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of
Gypsum Board
-- ASTM C1036, Specification for Flat Glass
-- ASTM D1586, Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils
-- ASTM D1587, Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils
-- ASTM D2113, Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation
-- ASTM D2488, Description and Identification of Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedure)
-- ASTM D3656, Specification for Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven
From Vinyl-Coated Glass Fiber Yarn
-- ASTM D4256, Test Method for Determination of the Decontaminability of
Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
-- ASTM D4546, Test Methods for One-Dimensional Swell or Settlement
Potential of Cohesive Soils
-- ASTM E84, Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
-- ASTM E413, Determination of Sound Transmission Class
-- ASTM E580, Standard Recommended Practice for Application of Ceiling
Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panels
-- ASTM E648, Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering
Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source
-- ASTM F693, Practice for Sealing Seams of Resilient Sheet Flooring
Products by Use of Liquid Seam Sealers
-- ASTM G46, Recommended Practice for Examination and Evaluation of Pitting
Corrosion
AWS American Welding Society
550 NW LeJeune Road
P.O. Box 351040
Miami, FL 33135
305/443-9353
-- AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel
-- AWS D1.2, Structure Welding Code - Aluminum
-- AWS D1.3, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel
-- AWS D5.2, Standard for Welded Steel, Elevated Tanks, Standpipes, and
Reservoirs for Water Storage
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
303/794-7711
-- AWWA C652, Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities
-- AWWA C5186, Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains
-- AWWA D100, Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage
-- Water Treatment Plant Design
BIA Brick Institute of America
11490 Commerce Park Drive, Suite 300
Reston, VA 22091
703/620-0010
-- Building Code Requirements for Engineered Brick Masonry
-- Dampproofing and Waterproofing Masonry Walls
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators International,
Inc.
4051 West Flossmoor Road
Country Club Hills, IL 60477
312/799-2300
-- Basic/National Mechanical Code
CAA (See Congressional Acts In Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
CERC Coastal Engineering Research Center
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
P.O. Box 631
Vicksburg, MA 39180
601/634-2485
-- Shore Protection Manual
CERCLA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
CFR (See Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
CGA Compressed Gas Association
Crystal Gateway One, Suite 501
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway
Arlington, VA 22202
703/979-0900
-- Pamphlet G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen
-- Pamphlet G-4.4, Industrial Practices for Gaseous Oxygen Transportation
and Distribution Piping Systems
-- Pamphlet P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers
-- Pamphlet S-1.1, Pressure Relief Device Standards, Part 1--Cylinders for
Compressed Gases
-- Pamphlet S-1.2, Pressure Relief Device Standards, Part 2--Cargo and
Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases
-- Pamphlet S-1.3, Pressure Relief Device Standards, Part 3--Compressed Gas
Storage Containers
CISCA Ceiling & Interior Systems Contractors Association
1800 Pickwick Avenue
Glenview, IL 60025
312/940-8800
-- Acoustical Ceilings--Use and Practice
CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America
1326 Freeport Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15235
704/522-8644
-- CMAA-70, Specification for Electric Overhead Traveling Cranes
CONF (See DOE)
CONGRESSIONAL
ACTS
(See Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
CRI Carpet and Rug Institute
310 Holiday Avenue
Box 2048
Dalton, GA 30720
404/278-3176
-- Carpet Specifiers Handbook
-- Standard for Installation of Textile Floor Covering Materials
CTI Cooling Tower Institute
P.O. Box 73353
Houston, TX 77273
713/350-1995
-- Bulletin ATC-105, Test for Water Cooling Towers
CWA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
DM (See NAVFAC)
DNA Defense Nuclear Agency
6801 Telegraph Road
Alexandria, VA 22310
703/325-7060
DOD U.S. Department of Defense
Attention: NPFC Code 1052
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099
215/697-4374
Emergency Requests (24 Hours/Day): 215/697-3321
For additional information write for: A Guide for Private
Industry
-- DOD 6055.9, Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards
-- MIL-HDBK-419, Grounding, Bonding, and Shielding for Electronic Equipment
and Facilities
-- MIL-HDBK-1004/4, Electric Utilization Systems
-- MIL-HDBK-1013/1, Physical Security
-- MIL-P-43951, Padlocks and Padlock Sets, Key Operated, Medium Security,
Regular Shackle
-- MIL-STD-282, Filter Units, Protective Clothing, Gas Mask Components and
Related Products: Performance Test Methods
-- MIL-STD-1330, Cleaning Test on Shipboard Oxygen and Nitrogen Gas Piping
Systems
-- MIL-STD-1472C, Human Engineering Design Criteria for Military Systems,
Equipment, and Facilities
-- MIL-STD-1630, Oxygen Systems and Component Cleanliness; Servicing and
Certification Requirements For
-- Van Cott and Kincade, Editors, Human Engineering Guide to Equipment
Design Joint Army-Navy-Air Force Steering Committee, 1972, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
DOE U.S. Department of Energy
For DOE Orders, see Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements
-- CONF-86-09116-1 (Conference paper), Evaluation of Potential for
Incidents Having Health or Safety Impact, by I. G. Speas (available from
DOE/OSTI)
-- DOE/DNA TP-20-7, Nuclear Safety Criteria (Classified) (available from
DNA)
-- DOE/EP/0035, Safeguards Seal Reference Manual (12/86) (available from
NTIS)
-- DOE/EP 0108, Standard for Fire Protection of DOE Electronic
Computer/Data Processing Systems (available from NTIS)
-- DOE/EV 0051/1, Electrical Safety Criteria for Research and Development
Activities (available from Water Maybee, DOE/EH-332, tel. 301/353-5609)
-- DOE/EV 06194, DOE Explosives Safety Manual (available from NTIS)
-- DOE/MA 0129, Site Development Planning for Energy Management (P-3)
(available from DOE/OSTI)
-- DOE/TIC 11268, A Manual for the Prediction of Blast and Fragment Loading
on Structures (available from NTIS)
-- DOE/TIC 11603, Rev. 1, Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities: Standards and
Criteria Guide (available from NTIS)
-- DOE Design Guide, Graphic Design Standard 8 (available from Jack
Metzler, DOE/MA-222, tel. 202/586-4543)
-- DOE Radiation Standards for Protection of the Public in the Vicinity of
DOE Facilities (William A. Vaughn memorandum, August 5, 1985) (available
from Darrell Huff, EH-332, tel. 301/353-2136)
-- DOE Threat Statement, Generic Threats for DOE Nuclear Programs and
Facilities, 1/31/ 83 (Confidential, NSI) (available from DOE Safeguards
and Security Coordinators)
-- DOE TSCM (Technical Surveillance Countermeasures) Procedural Guide
(available from DOE Safeguards and Security Coordinators)
-- ERDA 76-21 (ORNL-NSIC-65.1), Nuclear Air Cleaning Handbook: The Design,
Construction and Testing of High Efficiency Air Cleaning Systems
(available from NTIS)
DOE/OSTI DOE/Office of Scientific and Technical Information
P.O. Box 62
Oak Ridge, TN 37831
615/576-1222
DREW
CHEMICAL One Drew Chemical Plaza
Boonton, NJ 07005
201/263-7600
-- Ameroid Engineer's Manual of Marine Boiler and Feed Water Treatment,
1972
-- Principles of Industrial Water Treatment, 1977
EIA Electronics Industries Association
2001 Eye Street, NW
Washington, DC 20006
202/457-4900
-- EIA-222-D, Structural Standards for Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna
Supporting Structures
EIMA Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Association
Box 75037
Washington, DC 20013
202/783-6582
-- Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
Class PB Type A
-- Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
Class PM Type A and B
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
401 M. Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
202/829-3535
-- EPA 430/9-75-002, A Guide to the Selection of Cost Effective Wastewater
Treatment Systems
-- EPA 450/4-80-023, Determination of Good Engineering Practice: Stack
Height
-- EPA 450/4-81-003, Guideline for Use of Fluid Modeling to Determine Good
Engineering Practice: Stack Height
-- EPA 600/8-81-009, Guideline for Fluid Modeling for Atmospheric Diffusion
-- EPA 625/1-77-009, Process Design Manual: Wastewater Treatment Facilities
for Sewered Small Communities
-- EPA 625/1-80-012, Design Manual: On-Site Wastewater Treatment and
Disposal Systems
-- EPA Project #17090, Estimating Costs and Manpower Requirements for
Conventional Wastewater Treatment Facilities
-- EPA Radiation Protection Guidance to the Federal Agencies for
Occupational Exposure, Federal Register, Vol. 52, No. 17, 1987
EPRI Electric Power Research Institute
P.O. Box 10412,
Palo Alto, CA 94303
415/855-2000
-- EPRI NP-3659, Human Factors Guide for Nuclear Power Plant Control Room
ERDA (See DOE)
Executive
Orders (See Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
U.S. Department of Transportation
400 7th Street, SW
Washington, DC 20590
202/366-5580
-- FAA AC 150/5020-1, Noise Control and Compatibility Planning for Airports
-- FAA AC 150/5050-5, The Continuous Airport System Planning Process
-- FAA AC 150/5070-6A, Airport Master Plans
-- FAA AC 150/5210-6C, Aircraft Fire and Rescue Facilities and
Extinguishing Agents
-- FAA AC 150/5300-2D, Airport Design Standards--Site Requirements for
Terminal Navigational Facilities
-- FAA AC 150/5300-4B, Utility Airports--Air Access to National
Transportation
-- FAA AC 150/5300-12, Airport Design Standards--Transport Airports
-- FAA AC 150/5320-5B, Airport Drainage
-- FAA AC 150/5320-6C, Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation
-- FAA AC 150/5325-5B, Aircraft Data
-- FAA AC 150/5340-1E, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports
-- FAA AC 150/5390-2, Heliport Design Guide
FAI Fauske & Associates, Inc.
16W070 West 83rd Street
Burr Ridge, IL 60521
312/323-8750
-- FAI/83-9, Safety Analysis of SISL Process Module
FCC Federal Construction Council
Building Research Board
National Research Council
2101 Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20415
202/334-3375
-- FCC Technical Report No. 37, High Temperature Water for Heating and
Light Process Loads
-- FCC Technical Report No. 44, Boiler Rating Criteria for Nonresidential
Heating Boilers
-- FCC Technical Report No. 51, Combustion Equipment for Nonresidential
Heating Boilers
-- FCC Technical Report No. 57, Impact of Air Pollution Regulations on Fuel
Selection for Federal Facilities
-- FCC Technical Report No. 69, Stationary Diesel Engines for Use with
Generators to Supply Electric Power
-- FCC Technical Report No. 71, Nonresidential Steam Boilers and Hot Water
Generators
FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
Federal Center Plaza
500 C Street, SW
Washington, DC 20472
202/646-4600
-- FEMA CPG2-17, Electromagnetic Pulse Protection Guidance
-- FEMA TR-83A, Interim Guidelines for Building Occupant Protection From
Tornadoes and Extreme Winds
-- FEMA TR-83B, Tornado Protection--Selecting and Designing Safe Areas in
Buildings
-- FEMA TR-87, Standards for Fallout Shelters
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
White Lakes Professional Building
3310 Harrison Street
Topeka, KS 66611
913/266-7013
-- Glazing Manual
-- Sealant Manual
FINK AND BEATY
-- Donald G. Fink and H. Wayne Beaty, Standard Handbook for Electrical
Engineers, 12th Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York
FIPS Federal Information Processing Standards
National Bureau of Standards
Room 64-B, Technology
Gaithersburg, MD 20899
301/975-2816
-- FIPS PUB 94, Guidelines on Electrical Power for ADP Installations
FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research
1151 Boston Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062
617/762-4300
-- FM 1-57, Loss Prevention Data Sheet On Rigid Foamed Polyurethane
-- FM 5-4/14-8, Loss Prevention Data Sheet On Transformers
-- Approval Guide
FR (See Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
FS Federal Specifications
Attention: NPFC Code 1052
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099
215/697-2667
Emergency Requests (24 Hours/Day): 215/697-3321
For additional information write for: A Guide for Private
Industry
-- FS AA-D-600B, Door, Vault, Security
-- FS FF-P-001480, Padlock, Key Operated
-- FS FF-P-110, Padlock, Changeable Combination
-- FS W-A-450B, Alarm Systems, Interior, Security, Components for
-- FS W-C-596, General for Connector, Electrical, Power
-- FS WW-P-541 series, Plumbing Fixtures
FUA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
GA Gypsum Association
810 First Street, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20002
202/289-5440
-- Manual of Gypsum Veneer Plaster
HES Health Education Services
P.O. Box 7282
Albany, NY 12224
-- Recommended Standards for Sewage Works (Ten States Standards)
IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency
Vienna International Center
Wagranerstrasse 5
Post Fach 100
A-1400 Vienna, Austria
-- Safety Series No. 30, Manual on Safety Aspects of the Design and
Equipment of Hot Laboratories
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical
Officers
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90032-3490
A-1400 Vienna, Austria
-- UPC, Uniform Plumbing Code
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, CA 90601
213/699-0541
-- Report 4071, Suspended Ceilings, July 1984
-- UBC (Uniform Building Code)
-- UBC Standard No. 17-6, Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability
Characteristics of Exterior, Nonload-Bearing Wall Panel Assemblies Using
Foam Plastic Insulation
-- UBC Standard No. 47-18, Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and
for Lay-in Panel Ceilings
ICRP International Commission on Radiological Protection
Maxwell House
Fairview Park
Elmsford, NY 10523
914/592-7700
-- Report No. 26, Recommendations of the ICRP
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
212/705-7960
-- IEEE 80, Guide for Safety in Substation Grounding
-- IEEE 141, Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for
Industrial Plants
-- IEEE 142, Recommended Practice for Grounding Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
-- IEEE 242, Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
-- IEEE 308, Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power System for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
-- IEEE 379, Standard Application of the Single Failure Criterion to
Nuclear Power Generating Station Class 1E Systems
-- IEEE 384, Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
-- IEEE 399, Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis
-- IEEE 446, Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
-- IEEE 493, Recommended Practice for Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
-- IEEE 602, Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Systems in Health
Care Facilities
-- IEEE 739, Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and
Cost-Effective Planning in Industrial Facilities
-- IEEE 837, Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in
Substation Grounding
-- IEEE C37 series, Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Relays, Substations and
Fuses
-- IEEE C37.91, Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power
Transformers
IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
212/705-7920
-- Lighting Handbook, application and reference volumes
ISDSI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute
712 Lakewood Center North
14600 Detroit Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44107
216/226-7700
-- ISDSI 102, Installation Standard for Insulated Steel Door Systems
LANL Los Alamos National Laboratory
P.O. Box 1663
Los Alamos, NM 87545
505/667-7000
-- LA-10294-MS, A Guide to Radiological Accident Considerations for Siting
and Design of Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities (available from NTIS)
LBL Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
1 Cyclotron Road
Berkeley, CA 94720
415/486-4000
-- LBL-9143, Seismic Safety Guide (available from DOE/OSTI)
LLNL Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory
Livermore, CA 94550
415/422-4599
-- UCRL 15673, Human Factors Design Guidelines for Maintainability of DOE
Nuclear Facilities (available from NTIS)
-- UCRL 15714, Suspended Ceiling System Survey and Seismic Bracing
Recommendations (available from NTIS)
-- UCRL 15910, Design and Evaluation Guidelines for Department of Energy
Facilities Subjected to Natural Phenomena Hazards, 1988 (available from
NTIS)
-- UCRL 53526, Natural Phenomena Hazards Modeling Project: Extreme
Wind/Tornado Hazard Models for Department of Energy Sites, by D.W. Coats
and R.C. Murray, August 1985 (available from NTIS)
-- UCRL 53582, Natural Phenomena Hazards Modeling Project: Seismic Hazard
Models for Department of Energy Sites, by D.W. Coats and R.C. Murray,
November 1984 (available from NTIS)
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association
1230 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115-2180
216/241-7333
-- Metal Building Systems Manual
MEISTER AND
RABIDEAU
-- D. Meister and G. Rabideau, Human Factors Evaluation in System
Development, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1965
MIL (See DOD)
MLSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
221 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60601
312/346-1600
-- Steel Framing Systems Manual
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
600 South Federal Street
Chicago, IL 60605
312/922-6222
-- Metal Finishes Manual
NAPHCC National Association of Plumbing-Heating-Cooling
Contractors
180 South Washington Street
P.O. Box 6808
Falls Church, VA 22046
703/237-8100
-- NSPC, National Standard Plumbing Code
NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Code NTT-3
Washington, DC 20546
202/453-2928
-- NHB 7320.1B, NASA Facilities Engineering Handbook
-- SP-3072, ASRDI Oxygen Survey Vol. 2, 1972, Cleaning Requirements,
Procedures and Verification Techniques
NAVFAC U.S. Naval Facilities Engineering Command
Attention Cash Sales/Code 1051
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099
215/697-4374/6
-- DM-7.03, Soil Dynamics, Deep Stabilization, and Special Geotechnical
Construction
-- NCEL UG-0010, User Guide for Single Building Controllers (available from
NTIS by requesting Pub. No. ADA 180490)
NBS National Bureau of Standards (currently National Institute
of Standards and Technology)
Gaithersburg, MD
301/975-2000
-- Handbook 135, Life Cycle Cost Manual for Federal Energy Management
Programs
-- Technical Note 837, Barrier Penetration Tests
NCEL (See NAVFAC)
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
2302 Horse Pen Road
P.O. Box 751
Herndon, VA 22070
703/435-4900
-- NCMA TR 75B, Specifications for the Design and Construction of
Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry
-- Waterproof Coatings for Concrete Masonry
-- Waterproofing Concrete Masonry Basements and Earth-Sheltered Structures
NEC (See NFPA 70)
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
2101 L Street, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037
202/457-8400
-- NEMA ICS, Industrial Controls and Systems
-- NEMA MG-1, Motors and Generators
NEPA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch park
Quincy, MA 02269
800/344-3555
-- NFPA 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers
-- NFPA 11, Low Expansion Foam and Combined Agent Systems
-- NFPA 11A, Medium High Expansion Foam Systems
-- NFPA 12, Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
-- NFPA 12A, Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems
-- NFPA 12B, Halon 1211 Fire Extinguishing Systems
-- NFPA 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems
-- NFPA 14, Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems
-- NFPA 15, Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
-- NFPA 16, Installation of Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water
Spray Systems
-- NFPA 16A, Installation of Closed-Head Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems
-- NFPA 17, Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
-- NFPA 20, Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps
-- NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection
-- NFPA 24, Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances
-- NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
-- NFPA 31, Oil Burning Equipment
-- NFPA 37, Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines
-- NFPA 45, Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
-- NFPA 50, Oxygen Systems, Bulk, at Consumer Sites
-- NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI Z 223.1)
-- NFPA 58, Storage and Handling of Liquid Petroleum Gas
-- NFPA 68, Explosion Venting
-- NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC)
-- NFPA 71, Installation, Maintenance and Use of Central Station Signalling
Systems
-- NFPA 72A, Installation, Maintenance and Use of Local Protective
Signalling Systems
-- NFPA 72B, Installation, Maintenance and Use of Auxiliary Protective
Signaling Systems
-- NFPA 72C, Installation, Maintenance and Use of Remote Station Signaling
Systems
-- NFPA 72D, Installation, Maintenance and Use of Proprietary Protective
Signaling Systems
-- NFPA 72E, Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors
-- NFPA 72F, Standard on Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication Systems
-- NFPA 72G, Guide on Notification Appliances for Protective Signaling
Systems
-- NFPA 72H, Guide on Testing Procedures for Local, Auxiliary, Remote
Station and Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems
-- NFPA 75, Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment
-- NFPA 78, Lightning Protection Code
-- NFPA 80, Fire Doors and Windows
-- NFPA 80A, Protection from Exposure Fires
-- NFPA 85A, Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Fuel Oil and Natural Gas
Fired Single Burner Boiler Furnaces
-- NFPA 85B, Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Natural Gas Fired Multiple
Burner Boiler Furnaces
-- NFPA 85D, Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Fuel Oil Fired Multiple
Burner Boiler Furnaces
-- NFPA 85E, Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Pulverized Coal Fired
Multiple Burner Boiler Furnaces
-- NFPA 85F, Installation and Operation of Pulverized Fuel Systems
-- NEPA 85G, Furnace Implosions in Multiple Burner-Boiler Furnaces
-- NFPA 90A, Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
-- NFPA 91, Blower and Exhaust Systems
-- NFPA 96, Cooking Equipment, Vapor Removal
-- NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities
-- NFPA 101, Life Safety Code
-- NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems
-- NFPA 232, Protection of Records
-- NFPA 255, Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
-- NFPA 403, Aircraft Rescue and Firefighting Service at Airports and
Heliports
-- NFPA 407, Aircraft Fuel Servicing
-- NFPA 409, Aircraft Hangers
-- NFPA 496, Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
-- NFPA 1221, Public Fire Service Communication Systems
-- NFPA 1410, Training Standard on Initial Fire Attack
NHPA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
NIJ National Institute of Justice
633 Indiana Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20531
202/724-2942
-- NIJ Standard 0108.01, Ballistic Resistant Protective Materials
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Washington Science Center, Building 5
6010 Executive Blvd.
Rockville, MD 301/443-8330
-- NGS Special Publication 247, Manual of Geodetic Triangulation
-- NOAA Atlas 2, Precipitation-Frequency Atlas of the Western United
States, Volumes I-XI
-- NOAA Manual NOS NGS 1, Geodetic Bench Marks
-- NOAA Manual NOS NGS 3, Geodetic Leveling
-- NOAA National Weather Service Technical Paper No. 40, Rainfall Frequency
Atlas of the United States for Durations From 30 Minutes to 24 Hours and
Return Periods From One to 100 Years
NORDELL
-- Eskel Nordell, Water Treatment for Industrial and Other Uses, Reinhold
Publishing, New York, 1961
NPDES (See 40 CFR 125 in Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
NRC U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Publications Division
Washington, DC 20555
202/492-9508
-- NUREG 0700, Guidelines for Control Room Design Reviews
-- NUREG CR-2496, Human Engineering Design Considerations for Cathode Ray
Tube Generated Displays
-- NUREG CR-3331, A Methodology for Allocating Nuclear Power Plant Control
Functions to Human or Automatic Control
-- R.G. 3.10, Liquid Waste Treatment System Design Guide for Plutonium
Processing and Fuel Fabrication Plants
-- R.G. 3.12, General Design Guide for Ventilation Systems of Plutonium
Processing and Fuel Fabrication Plants
-- R.G. 3.13, Guide for Acceptable Waste Storage Methods at UF6 Production
Plants
-- R.G. 3.14, Seismic Design Classification for Plutonium Processing and
Fuel Fabrication Plants
-- R.G. 3.17, Earthquake Instrumentation for Fuel Reprocessing Plants
-- R.G. 3.18, Confinement Barriers and Systems for Fuel Reprocessing Plants
-- R.G. 3.20, Process Off-Gas Systems for Fuel Reprocessing Plants
-- R.G. 3.22, Periodic Testing of Fuel Reprocessing Plant Protection System
Actuation Functions
-- R.G. 3.27, Nondestructive Examination of Welds in the Liners of Concrete
Barriers in Fuel Reprocessing Plants
-- R.G. 3.32, General Design Guide for Ventilation Systems for Fuel
Reprocessing Plants
-- R.G. 3.33, Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological
Consequences of Accidental Nuclear Criticality in a Fuel Reprocessing
Plant
-- R.G. 3.34, Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Consequences of
Accidental Nuclear Criticality in a Uranium Fuel Fabrication Plant
-- R.G. 3.35, Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological
Consequences of Accidental Nuclear Criticality in a Plutonium Processing
and Fuel Fabrication Plant
-- R.G. 3.43, Nuclear Criticality in the Storage of Fissile Materials
-- R.G. 3.49, Design of an Independent (Water Basin Type) Spent Fuel
Storage Installation
-- R.G. 3.54, Spent Fuel Heat Generation in an Independent Spent Fuel
Storage Installation
-- R.G. 5.5, Information Relevant to Ensuring That Occupational Radiation
Exposures at Nuclear Power Stations Will Be As Low As Reasonably
Achievable
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
One O'Hare Center, Suite 8030
6250 River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
312/318-6722
-- Construction Details
-- Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge
-- Roofing and Waterproofing Manual
-- Steep Roofing Manual
NSA National Security Agency/Central Security Service
Fort Meade, MD 20755
301/688-7111
-- NACSIM 5203, Guidelines for Facility Design and Red/Black Installation
NSPC (See NAPHCC)
NTIA National Telecommunications and Information Administration
Main Commerce Building
Washington, DC 20230
202/377-1551
-- NTIA Manual, Regulations and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency
Management
NTIS National Technical Information Service
5485 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
703/457-4650
NUREG (See NRC)
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
1400 East Touhy Avenue
Des Plaines, IL 60018
312/299-5200
-- NWWDA IS-1, Wood Flush Doors
-- NWWDA IS-2, Wood Window Units
-- NWWDA IS-3, Wood Sliding Patio Doors
-- NWWDA IS-6, Wood Style and Rail Doors
-- NWWDA IS-7, Wood Skylight/Roof Window Units
OMB (See Section 0106, Regulatory Requirements)
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077
312/966-6200
-- Clear Coatings for Exposed Architectural Concrete
-- Effect of Substances on Concrete and Guide to Protective Treatment
-- Painting Concrete
-- Surface Treatments for Concrete Floors
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
175 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 1859
Chicago, IL 60604
312/786-0300
-- PCI MML-116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of
Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products
-- PCI MNL-120, Design Handbook
PDCA Painting and Decoating Contractors of America
7223 Lee Highway,
Falls Church, VA 22046
703/534-1201
-- Architectural Painting and Wall Covering Manual
POWELL
-- Sheppard T. Powell, Water Conditioning for Industry, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York, 1954
PTI Post-Tensioning Institute
301 West Osborne, Suite 3500
Phoenix, AZ 85013
602/265-9158
-- Post-Tensioning Manual
PURPA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
RCRA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
966 Hungerford Road
Suite 12-B
Rockville, MD 20850
301/340-8580
-- Recommended Work Procedures for Resilient Floor Covering
R.G. (See NRC)
SAND (See SNL)
SCS Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture
14th and Independence Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20250
202/447-2791
-- SCS National Engineering Handbook
SDI Steel Deck Institute
P.O. Box 9506
Canton, OH 44711
216/493-7886
-- SDI-Publ. 25, Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof
Decks
-- SDI-Publ. DDM01, Diaphragm Design Manual
SBI Steel Door Institute
712 Lakewood Center North
14600 Detroit Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44107
216/226-7700
-- SDI 100, Standard Steel Doors and Frames
-- SDI 108, Selection and Usage Guide for Standard Steel Doors
SDWA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
SJI Steel Joist Institute
1205 48th Avenue North, Suite A
Myrtle Beach, SC 29577
803/449-0487
-- Standard Specifications Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists
and Joist Girders
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
Park Place, Suite 201
655 Irving Park
Chicago, IL 60613
-- SMA 2005, Aluminum Sliding Screen Doors
-- SMA 3001, Aluminum Swinging Screen Doors
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, VA 22152
703/790-9890
-- Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
-- Energy Recovery Equipment and Systems Manual
-- Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards
-- HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual
-- HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible
-- HVAC Duct Design Manual
-- Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards
SNL Sandia National Laboratories
P.O. Box 5800
Albuquerque, NM 87155
505/844-8065
-- SAND 87-1926, Access Delay Technology Transfer Manual (Draft-UNCI) (In
some cases availability is subject to approval from DOE/DP-34, OSS,
Headquarters.)
-- SAND 87-1927, Entry Control Technology Transfer Manual (Draft-UNCI) (In
some cases availability is subject to approval from DOE/DP-34, OSS,
Headquarters.)
-- SAND 87-1928, Intrusion Detection Technology Transfer Manual
(Draft-UNCI) (In some cases availability is subject to approval from
DOE/DP-34, OSS, Headquarters.)
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute
104 Wilmot Road, Suite 201
Deerfield, IL 60015-5195
312/940-8800
-- Single Ply Roofing: A Professional's Guide to Specifications
-- Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing Systems
-- Wind Design Guide for Fully Adhered Single Ply Roofing Systems
-- Wind Design Guide for Mechanically Attached Single Ply Roofing Systems
SSFI Scaffolding, Shoring, and Framing Institute
1230 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115
216/241-7333
-- SH 300, Steel Frame Shoring Safety
SWI Steel Window Institute
1230 Keith Building
Cleveland, OH 44115-2150
216/241-7333
-- Specifications Brochure for Steel Windows
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
Box 326
Princeton, NJ 05542
609/921-7050
-- Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation
TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association
7 Kirby Plaza
Mount Kisco, NY 10549
914/241-2284
-- Economic Thickness Manual
TM (See ARMY)
TSCA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
UBC (See ICBO)
UCRL (See LLNL)
UFAS (See 49 CFR 101-19.6 in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
UL Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
312/272-8800
-- UL 10A, Tin Clad Fire Doors
-- UL 155, Tests for Fire Resistance for Vault and File Room Doors
-- UL 207, Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical
-- UL 325, Door, Drapery, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems
-- UL 365, Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems
-- UL 493, Cabled Underground Feeder and Branch Circuits,
Thermoplastic-Insulated
-- UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment
-- UL 586, High Efficiency Particulate, Air Filter Units
-- UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
-- UL 752, Bullet-Resisting Equipment
-- UL 768, Standards for Safety, Combination Locks
-- UL 779, Safety Standard for Electrically Conductive Floorings
-- UL 900, Test Performance of Air Filter Units
-- UL 984, Hermetic Refrigerant Motor-Compressors
-- UL 992, Test Method for Measuring the Surface Plane Propagation
Characteristics of Flooring and Floor Covering Materials
-- UL 1479, Fire Test of Through-Penetration Firestops
-- UL Building Materials Directory
-- UL Fire Resistance Directory
UPC (See IAPMO)
USAF U.S. Department of the Air Force
Manuals may be ordered from headquarters
of any Air Force Base
-- AFM 88-29, Engineering Weather Data
-- AFWL-TR-74-62, Air Force Manual for Design and Analysis of Hardened
Structures
USNRC (See NRC)
VAN COTT AND KINCADE (See DOD)
WINTERKORN AND FANG
-- Hans F. Winterkorn and Hsai-Yang Fang, Foundation Engineering Handbook
Van Nostrand Reinhold and Co., New York, 1975
WPCF Water Pollution Control Federation
601 Wythe Street
Alexandria, VA 22314-1994
703/684-2400
-- MOP/8 CTG-77, Wastewater Treatment Plant Design
WQA (See Congressional Acts in Section 0106, Regulatory
Requirements)
WRC Water Resources Council, Hydrology Committee
U.S. Department of the Interior
C Street between 18th and 19th Streets, NW
Washington, DC 20240
202/343-4841
-- Bulletin No. 17A, Guidelines for Determining Flood Flow Frequency
0110 ARCHITECTURAL AND SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
0110-1 DESIGN, PROGRAMMATIC, AND OPERATING REQUIREMENTS
0110-1.1 General
0110-1.1.1 Design
Designs shall produce facilities that are straightforward and businesslike.
Designs must respond to user needs but reflect a responsible use of public
funds. Designs shall be defensible in terms of scope, cost, and appearance.
Appropriate, defensible design is:
o Well planned
o Effective in function
o Simple in form
o Cost-effective
o Constructible
o Adaptable and durable over time
o Clean in appearance
o Maintainable
Appropriate design shall meet and not exceed users' needs. Appropriate
architecture for DOE facilities shall blend and balance four elements:
o Respect of image
o Respect of function
o Respect of environment
o Respect of economy
0110-1.1.2 Programming
Programmatic studies shall include a detailed consideration of the
functional requirements of the activities to be housed to determine the
amount of space to be provided in the facility. The design criteria
document shall make programmatic and operating requirements explicit in
compliance with DOE 4700.1.
The process of programming will vary depending on the specific project,
location, and individual DOE field organization requirements. The designer
shall consider the program and resolve perceived deficiencies with the user
and cognizant DOE authority. The designer shall question apparently
excessive scope demands when they occur.
0110-1.2 Systems Integration
When two or more services or systems such as those noted below are to be
incorporated into a facility or a facility complex, these systems shall be
considered to determine if they can be integrated and to identify the most
cost-effective level of systems integration:
o Telecommunications
o Data communications (local area networks)
o Lighting controls
o HVAC control
o Energy management system
o Security and alarm
o Closed-circuit television
o Vertical transportation controls
o Fire detection and alarm
o Public address system
0110-1.3 Emergency Planning
Emergency planning requirements, including the provision of space for
storage of emergency equipment, shall be considered early in the conceptual
design phase to ensure that facility features provide for evacuation and
other emergency requirements and that facility emergency plans are
coordinated with the overall plant-complex emergency plan.
0110-2 ALTERNATIVE DESIGNS
During the project planning phase (conceptual design), alternative designs
shall be developed in accordance with DOE 4700.1. Alternative designs shall
be considered during Title I against programmatic and operating requirements
and criteria.
0110-3 FLEXIBILITY
Flexibility is a major design requirement for all facilities except those
with highly specialized functions. Even in those special facilities,
however, the design shall, to the maximum extent practicable, provide
sufficient flexibility to accommodate for programmatic changes or
operational modifications.
The layouts and type of architectural, structural, mechanical, and
electrical elements of all facility elements shall address anticipated
future needs. The placement of columns and beams shall be coordinated with
the initial and estimated future equipment installations, utility services,
operational requirements, and room and furniture layouts. Changeable,
movable, and demountable materials shall be considered where functional
requirements are likely to change. Design solutions shall demonstrate
methods for modification and expansion including modularity, additional
capacities (unless otherwise restricted in other sections of these
criteria), interstitial space, access flooring systems, and other techniques
when justified on an LCC basis.
0110-4 OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY
Organizational, functional, spatial, and adjacency aspects of design shall
be promote operational efficiency in a workable and logical manner. The
selection of interior materials, finishes, and colors shall be based
primarily on building function and user requirements. In office and
administrative areas, space planning shall maximize the potential for
personnel and team productivity by providing, where appropriate, a mix of
unpartitioned open spaces and enclosed office space. See also Section
0110-3, Flexibility.
0110-5 HEALTH AND SAFETY
0110-5.1 Performance Objectives
Health and safety performance objectives to be achieved in the design of DOE
facilities include:
o Protection of the public and all personnel from injury and from exposure
to toxic materials, radiation, and other hazards in accordance with DOE
requirements and allowable limits
o Protection of private and public property against damage resulting from
DOE operations
o Continuation of operations by minimizing accident potential
o Limitation of loss or damage to Federal property, including losses
associated with the inability to readily decontaminate or decommission
facilities for other subsequent uses
Specific project design criteria in the areas of emergency preparedness and
emergency management shall be developed with the advice and assistance of
DOE organizations responsible for DOE emergency management/emergency
preparedness programs. Such criteria shall comply with:
o DOE 5500.1A
o DOE 5500.3
See also Section 0110-10, Fallout Shelters, and Section 0110-99.2, Emergency
Preparedness Facilities.
0110-5.2 Safety Analysis
All DOE facilities shall be evaluated for potential risks to the operators,
the public, and the environment. DOE 5451.1B contains criteria for
determining the level of reporting required based on facility functions and
potential accident risks. Safety analysis report timing, content, and
format criteria and approval provisions are contained in DOE 5481.1B. This
section contains a brief summary of the basic requirements of 5481.1B.
The preliminary safety analysis shall be initiated during the conceptual
design phase of the project and further developed during preliminary (Title
I) design and detailed (Title II) design phases. In most cases, these
analyses are included in the project planning and design documentation
(e.g., in conceptual design reports, Title I design reports). Facility
design and construction features identified as a result of the PSAR shall be
factored into the conceptual design before establishing the project cost
estimate and requesting Congressional authorization for design and
construction. The PSAR shall be completed and approved prior to the start
of construction (including site preparation), consistent with DOE 4700.1.
The Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) shall be developed during the
construction phase of the project and shall be completed and approved prior
to the initiation of facility operations. The FSAR shall be updated as
appropriate to reflect changes affecting safety that are made to the
facility during its lifetime.
Areas to be addressed in the safety analysis include, but are not
necessarily limited to, the following:
o Form, type, and amount of hazardous materials (nuclear or other) to be
stored, handled, or processed
o Principal hazards and risks that can be encountered in facility
operation, including potential accidents and predicted consequences of
fire, explosion, radiation, toxic exposure, structural failure, wind,
flood, earthquake, tornado, operating error, failure of essential
operating equipment, and failure of safety systems
o Selected design basis accidents such as DBF, DBW, DBE, DBT, OBA, and
DBFL. These shall be postulated and quantified, including the rationale
for selection.
o Principal design, construction, and operating features selected for
preventing accidents or reducing risks to acceptable levels, including
the safety margins used
0110-5.3 Emergency Preparedness Planning
Each facility that has potential on-site or off-site effects during normal
or abnormal operations shall have an Emergency Plan prepared which shall be
incorporated with the Site Emergency Preparedness Plan.
0110-5.4 Asbestos-Containing Materials
Maintenance, repair, and demolition of DOE facilities shall comply with
OSHA-29 CFR and EPA-40 CFR.
0110-5.5 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
If the use, storage, or disposal of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or
materials containing PCBs is to be encountered in a facility, the facility
design shall comply with 40 CFR 761.
See Section 1630-2.3.5, Oil-Filled Equipment.
0110-6 FIRE PROTECTION
0110-6.1 General
Facilities shall comply with the following:
o DOE 5480.4 Attachment 2, Section 2.C
o DOE 5480.7
o Section 1530, Fire Protection
Facilities shall also comply with 29 CFR 1926 and 29 CFR 1910. Except as
required by other sections of these criteria, NFPA 101 shall apply where 29
CFR 1926 and 29 CFR 1910 does not apply or where NFPA 101 exceeds the
requirements of 29 CFR 1926 and 29 CFR 1910.
Definitions, fire resistance ratings, and types of construction shall be as
contained in the UBC.
Any materials with unusual fire characteristics, such as urethane foams, and
any materials that develop significant quantities of toxic or other harmful
products of combustion, shall not be used as interior finishes or other
interior applications without the approval of the cognizant DOE fire
protection authority. The use of foamed plastics in construction shall be
prohibited unless it fully complies with FM 1-57.
0110-6.2 Fire Protection Design Analysis
A special fire protection design analysis shall be made of each facility
vital to DOE mission accomplishment. The analysis shall use time parameters
established in accordance with DOE 5480.7. The analysis shall identify the
special fire prevention and protection features and controls deemed by the
cognizant DOE fire protection authority to achieve a level of fire
protection for vital facilities and programs that meets or exceeds the
"improved risk" level.
As a part of determining the "improved risk" level, the analysis shall
address those conditions in a facility where:
o Large or unusual fire potential exists.
o There are special life-safety hazards.
o Toxic chemicals or biological agents exist.
o The consequences of fire include radioactive contamination of the
facility, the site, or the public environment.
o National security is adversely affected by fire.
Special precautions for preventing the spread of fires, such as multiple
fire suppression systems, rapid detection of incipient fires, confining
fires, increased fire ratings of construction materials, and rapid-response
fire departments shall be provided.
A general fire-protection design analysis shall be made of each facility to
ascertain and limit the cost of future damage repair and replacement of
facilities and their contents from fire. The analysis shall be made using
those parameters established in DOE 5480.7. The analysis shall determine
the special fire prevention and protection features and controls deemed by
the cognizant DOE fire protection authority to achieve a level of improved
risk fire protection that limits damage to an acceptable level. The
analysis shall be documented in report form in the facility project files
and referenced by the SAR.
Fire-protection design analysis shall be done as soon as possible and
included as a portion of the Title I Design Summary document required by DOE
4700.1.
0110.6.3 Fire Resistance Ratings
All facilities shall be divided into areas in which the total potential fire
loss to each area and its equipment does not exceed $75 million as described
in DOE 5480.7. These areas shall be separated by fire walls and barriers
with not less than 4-hour fire-resistance ratings. Where exceptions are
necessary for reasons of operations or equipment, exemption procedures shall
comply with DOE 5480.7.
Adjacent occupancies of non-compatible groups shall be separated by 2-hour,
or better, fire-rated walls, floors, and ceilings as required by the NFPA
codes.
Wall, floor and ceiling, and roof and ceiling assemblies shall be tested and
rated for their fire resistance by UL or similar nationally accredited
testing laboratories, or shall be listed for their fire resistance as
approved by FM or similar national insurance organizations. Untested,
unrated or unapproved assemblies shall be approved by the cognizant DOE fire
protection authority before being considered for use in a DOE facility.
0110-6.4 Hazardous Areas
When exemptions are granted to specific DOE fire protection standards for
reasons unique to DOE facilities, as in the case of some containment
structures, fire protection shall be provided so as to assure the life
safety of facility occupants as required by the cognizant DOE fire
protection authority.
Hazardous areas, such as radioactive spaces or spaces with inert
atmospheres, shall have sufficient alarms and interlocks to assure that
access by emergency personnel will not endanger such personnel or result in
a public hazard.
The design of hazardous areas shall facilitate access by emergency personnel
from the exterior and, at the same time, shall maintain any required
confinement or containment using air locks or other features.
The design of the exteriors of facilities shall follow the recommendations
of NFPA 80A. Facilities that are not separated as recommended by NFPA 80A
shall have fire protection systems such as exterior sprinklers or barrier
walls.
0110-7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND POLLUTION CONTROL
The construction of all DOE facilities shall comply with the environmental
protection and pollution control portions of the following:
o DOE 4700.1, Chapter V
o DOE 5450.4
o DOE 5480.1B
o DOE 5440.1C
For more specific criteria, see Section 0273, Water Pollution Controls;
Section 0275, Industrial Wastewater Treatment; Section 0255, Solid Waste
Systems; and Section 1589, Air Pollution Control.
0110-8 ACCOMMODATIONS FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
The extent to which facilities are designed to accommodate the physically
handicapped shall be determined at the earliest stages of project planning
and implemented through each phase of design.
See Section 0101-4, Handicapped Provisions, for regulatory and design
criteria.
0110-9 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
Planning and design of buildings and other structures, including their
operating components and systems, shall take into account all aspects of
operation and maintenance including:
o Equipment accessibility
o Dismantling
o Replacement
o Repair
o Frequency of preventive maintenance
o Inspection requirements
o Personnel safety
o Day-to-day operation
Design decisions for all projects shall be based on considerations of LCC as
well as all other programmatic requirements affecting the facility. Studies
shall be made that balance initial construction cost with the operating and
maintenance costs over the anticipated life of the facility.
LCC analyses used to select materials and equipment shall include the cost
and availability of materials, parts, and labor required for operation,
maintenance, repair, and replacement.
Space for the operation, maintenance, repair, and replacement of materials
and equipment shall be provided and shall be included in LCC analyses used
to select materials and equipment.
LCC analyses shall be appendices in a project's design criteria document or
other such project file.
0110.10 FALLOUT SHELTERS
Executive Order 12656 (superseding Executive Order 11490) requires the
Secretary of Energy to identify facilities essential to the national defense
and national welfare, to develop plans and programs to provide for the
security of such facilities, and to avoid or minimize disruptions of
essential services during any national security emergency. The Secretary of
Energy shall also, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, ensure
continuity of nuclear weapons production consistent with national security
requirements. Executive Order 12656 does not specifically require the
provision of fallout shelters. Therefore, until that time when the
Secretary of Energy specifically defines the Department's policy with
respect to fallout shelters, provision for such space shall be considered
only in dual-purpose spaces where little or no additional costs to the total
estimated cost will be incurred. Examples of possible spaces are interior
corridors, interior rooms, or below-ground spaces.
This new guidance supersedes the instructions for "Preparation of
Construction Project Data Sheets" in DOE 5100.4, which currently could be
interpreted to require the unnecessary inclusion of fallout shelter space.
Coordination of this new guidance will be reflected in future revisions of
that Order.
0110-11 WORK SPACE MANAGEMENT STANDARDS
Office and administrative space standards shall comply with the following:
o 41 CFR 101-17
o DOE 4300.1B
These standards shall be applied to new buildings, additions to buildings,
leased space, and contractor-occupied space.
The FPMR requirements shall be applied to those specific areas used for
ordinary office functions. The goal of the criteria is to achieve an
average workstation utilization rate of 135 occupiable square feet or less
per person. In general, spaces dedicated to a machine or process, or spaces
where people support equipment and not vice versa, do not fit into this
category, and the workstation utilization rate does not apply.
See 41 CFR 101-17.003 and 17.600 for definitions and further guidance
regarding exceptions.
0110-12 ENERGY CONSERVATION
0110-12.1 Coverage
For purposes of this section, the term "building" shall mean new commercial,
industrial, or residential buildings, or new building additions, unless
otherwise stated. The term "Federal Building" means any building,
structure, or facility that is constructed, renovated, leased, or purchased,
in whole or in part for use by the United States, which includes a heating
system, a cooling system, or both.
These criteria shall be applied in the planning and design of the following
DOE facilities:
o New buildings and building additions including their operating systems
and energy using equipment
o Building and building system alteration projects
o Semi-permanent facilities (owned directly or indirectly by the
Government) such as pre-engineered metal buildings, trailer units, or
other types of temporary buildings
o Other energy-using facilities such as new or modified central utility
plants, utility distribution systems, and exterior lighting systems
These criteria shall be applied with the following objectives:
o Minimizing consumption of nonrenewable energy sources on the basis of
LCC effectiveness
o Encouraging the use of renewable energy sources
Employee health, safety and environment (including indoor air quality) shall
not be compromised in achieving energy efficiency.
0110-12.2 General
For new construction, DOE facilities shall be designed to comply with the
more stringent requirements of "Interim Energy Conservation Standards for
New Commercial Buildings," when promulgated, or ASHRAE Standard 90.
For existing construction, ASHRAE Standard 100 shall apply.
DOE has designated ASHRAE Standard 90 as the minimum efficiency standard for
new Federal Buildings with the following two exceptions:
o That the DOE LCC methodology shall be used (rather than the ASHRAE
methodology)
o That this standard shall not limit further reduction in energy use where
such reductions can be achieved on the basis of LCC analysis
The building envelope shall meet the minimum prescriptive energy
conservation requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90 and the criteria in Section
0110-12.3, Building Envelope Thermal Transmittance Values, and Section
0110-12.4, Building Envelope Air Leakage Criteria. The mechanical and
electrical systems shall meet the minimum prescriptive energy conservation
requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90 and the requirements of Division 15,
Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.
Relative to electrical distribution systems, utilization equipment rated
greater than 1,000 W and lighting equipment with an inductive reactance load
component shall have a power factor of not less than 85 percent under rated
load conditions. Utilization equipment with a power factor of less than 90
percent shall be corrected to at least 90 percent under rated load
conditions. Power-factor corrective devices, installed to comply with this
criterion, shall be switched with the utilization equipment, except where
this results in an unsafe condition or interferes with the intended
operation of the equipment.
Energy conservation alternatives for measures exceeding the minimum
requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90 shall be considered for any building
described in Section 0110-12.1, Coverage, according to the procedures
outlined in Section 0110-12.7, Building Analysis Procedures, with the
objective of obtaining the greatest opportunities for energy conservation
for the subject building.
Analysis of the building to determine energy conservation features and
energy source alternatives shall be accomplished in the preliminary design
(Title I) phase. The conceptual design phase cost estimates shall include
adequate funding to cover energy conservation alternatives. Determination
shall be made before the completion of the preliminary (Title I) design
phase as to which energy conservation alternatives shall be incorporated
into the building design based on LCC.
The building energy conservation analysis or waiver thereof shall be
reported and documented according to the procedures outlined in Section
0110-12.5, Energy Conservation Report Requirements.
HVAC design shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.
0110-12.3 Building Envelope Thermal Transmittance Values
The following building envelope criteria shall be the minimum values to be
used in the architectural design of new buildings and building alteration
projects and in considering the acquisition of pre-engineered metal
buildings, modular buildings, trailer units, and temporary facilities.
As a minimum requirement, the thermal transmittance values ("U" values) and
overall maximum allowable combined transmittance values as determined from
ASHRAE Standard 90 shall be used as basic building envelope criteria. Lower
thermal transmittance values shall be considered by LCC analysis as
discussed in Section 0110-12.7, Building Analysis Procedures.
Buildings with solar energy sources, high internal heat loads, or other
special requirements shall be considered according to the procedures given
in ASHRAE Standard 90 in order to determine if deviations from the maximum
allowable thermal transmittance values would actually result in less annual
energy consumption.
0110-12.4 Building Envelope Air Leakage Criteria
Building envelope air leakage through walls, windows, and doors shall comply
with ASHRAE Standard 90.
0110-12.5 Use of Renewable Energy Systems
0110-12.5.1 Active Solar Systems
The DOE Energy Management Coordinator shall determine whether the use of
active solar systems shall be considered for a building. The application of
active solar systems shall be considered based on LCC. Geographical
location, site solar access, conventional fuel availability, and load
characteristics are major factors in determining when an active solar system
shall be considered. Active solar systems shall be considered when it is
determined they can be LCC effective.
0110-12.5.2 Passive Solar Techniques and Daylighting Techniques
The application of passive solar techniques including passive space heating,
passive cooling, and daylighting shall be considered for all building
projects as directed by the DOE Energy Management Coordinator. Passive
solar techniques shall be used wherever they are determined to be
technically feasible and economically justifiable.
0110-12.5.3 Other Renewable Systems
The DOE Energy Management Coordinator shall determine whether other
renewable energy sources such as photovoltaics, wind, geothermal, or other
sources shall be considered.
0110-12.6 Energy Management Systems
Criteria and methodology for the design of an EMS shall comply with TM
5-815-2.
Methodology for estimating the energy conservation performance of an EMS
shall comply with NCEL UG-0010.
Implementation and Installation of an EMS, a micro EMS (single-building
controller) or an interface to an existing EMS, shall be considered in the
preliminary (Title 1) design phase for all building projects. Energy
management systems shall be evaluated by LCC analysis.
0110-12.7 Bullding Analysis Procedures
0110-12.7.1 LCC Analysis Procedures
LCC analysis shall be used to compare the total life-cycle value of various
building parameters and systems based on initial cost, annual maintenance
costs, and annual operating costs. Furthermore, the present value of future
benefits and costs shall be calculated for the various energy conservation
alternatives. This analysis shall then form a basis for selecting the
optimum building systems for any specific use. LCC analysis shall comply
with 10 CFR 436, as amended.
LCC analysis shall use energy costs obtained from the most current four
successive quarters as reported in the Quarterly Energy Conservation Report
for the site. The annual supplement of NBS Handbook 135, which contains
current factors and escalation rates for energy, shall be used for the LCC
analysis.
0110-12.7.2 Use of Computer or Other Energy Analysis Techniques
Total energy consumption in a building shall be defined to include both
building energy consumption and process energy consumption.
Building energy consumption shall be defined as the energy that is used
primarily for heating, ventilation, cooling, domestic water heating, energy
distribution and lighting. Process energy consumption shall be defined as
energy used in a process, production or research program. A "base-case"
annual building energy consumption shall be determined by the methods
described in Section 0110-12.7.3, Design Analysis Procedures. Energy
analysis of building energy conservation alternatives shall be compared to
the "base-case" building.
If the estimated annual total building energy consumption as indicated in
the DOE project criteria is expected to exceed 500 million BTU, or the
building is larger than 10,000 gross square feet, the evaluation of the
"base-case" energy consumption and the analysis of energy conservation
alternatives shall be performed using a computer analysis technique approved
by the DOE Energy Management Coordinator. If the estimated total building
annual energy consumption is not expected to exceed 500 million BTU, the
design professional can use either a computerized analysis or a manual
analysis method using ASHRAE's Simplified Energy Analysis using the modified
bin method to evaluate the energy conservation alternatives and the
"base-case" design energy consumption for the building.
The computerized energy analysis shall be made part of the "Energy
Conservation Report" as discussed in Section 0110-12.5, Energy Conservation
Report Requirements. Energy analysis need not be included in a formal
report if the usage is less than 500 million BTU/year.
0110-12.7.3 Design Analysis Procedures
The energy use of building systems shall be considered at the start of the
building design planning process because selection of fundamental building
features, such as form, orientation, window/wall ratio, building envelope
construction, lighting system types, and HVAC system types have the greatest
effect on energy consumption.
Energy consumption characteristics of different building features shall be
defined to identify the building energy-consuming systems with the greatest
potential for reduction in energy consumption. Systems that shall be
considered are lighting, heating, cooling, energy (media) distribution,
domestic water heating, and ventilation. Factors that affect these systems,
such as building thermal transmittance values, infiltration and ventilation
rates, occupancies, building orientation, shading, HVAC system design, and
lighting system design shall be optimized. The most effective design
solutions shall be identified using LCC analysis.
Energy consumption characteristics of process energy systems shall also be
analyzed and the optimum parameters selected.
A "base-case" annual energy consumption for the building shall be determined
as described in Part 1 below. This "base-case" annual energy consumption
shall be reported in accordance with Section 0110-12.5, Energy Conservation
Report Requirements.
Part I -- "Base-Case" Building Annual Energy Consumption
1. New Buildings and New Building Additions
A. The "base-case" energy usage shall be defined as the energy the building
would consume resulting from only the implementation of the energy
conservation requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90. The "base-case" energy
usage shall define the fraction of the building's energy consumption
attributable to lighting, cooling, heating, domestic water heating, energy
distribution, and ventilation. The "base-case" energy usage shall also
define the energy required for process functions. The base-case energy
usage shall be determined by simulating the "base-case" building through use
of energy analysis techniques as discussed in Section 0110-12.7.2, Use of
Computer or Other Energy Analysis Techniques. Project criteria shall
indicate process energy requirements and related information.
B. The "base-case" building energy analysis shall include input of all
building envelope characteristics, including U-values, areas, building
orientation, shading features, window/wall/roof thermal characteristics, and
infiltration characteristics. The analysis shall include input of all
building internal characteristics including lighting demand and usage
schedules, occupancy demand and schedules, equipment and miscellaneous heat
gains, building usage schedules, and ventilation rates and schedules. The
analysis shall include calculations of the building's heat gains and heat
losses and total block heating and cooling loads using all of the above
listed characteristics and local weather data obtained from AFM 88-29,
Chapter 6, bin weather data, or hour-by-hour weather data. The heating and
cooling loads shall include the delineation of the portions associated with
solar, transmission, ventilation, and internal components.
C. After the thermal heating and cooling loads are calculated, the
"base-case" building energy analysis shall indicate the selection of the
HVAC systems to be applied to the building to offset the heat gains and heat
losses. The "base-case" HVAC systems shall meet the requirements of ASHRAE
Standard 90 and the other design requirements as described in Division 15,
Mechanical. The energy analysis shall simulate a full year's performance of
the systems based on the thermal loads, full and part load efficiencies of
HVAC equipment, demand and usage schedules of energy distribution equipment
(fans, pumps, auxiliary burdens, etc.) and demand and usage schedules for
domestic water heating. Domestic hot water usage shall be calculated
according to the methods described in the ASHRAE Systems handbook. Process
energy usage analysis and optimization of the selection of process equipment
shall be evaluated separately according to DOE project criteria.
2. Existing Buildings
To analyze energy conservation modifications for existing buildings, a
similar "base-case" situation shall be determined. In many cases the base
case will be the energy consumption of the particular system in the "as
operating" condition. The DOE Energy Management Coordinator will determine
when the base case will require a simulation of a building's annual energy
consumption. In this case, existing building characteristics for thermal
envelope transmittance values, lighting demand and usage schedules,
occupancy load and occupancy schedules, and miscellaneous equipment and
usage schedules shall be determined from plant operating personnel and used
as input. Actual efficiencies of existing HVAC equipment, miscellaneous
equipment, and domestic water heating equipment shall also be used as the
input for the "base-case" energy analysis. The simulation of the building
energy usage should then be plotted against the historical utility bills or
best available information from the facility operator to obtain a "match" of
the building's energy dynamics and energy consumption. An initial
evaluation of possible energy conservation improvements for existing
buildings shall be derived from the ASHRAE Standard 100 series.
Part II -- Evaluation of Energy Conservation Alternatives
Once the "base-case" building energy usage simulation has been determined,
the following steps shall be performed in the building energy usage
analysis:
1. Evaluate building envelope energy conservation opportunities by
analyzing the effects of modifications to "base-case" thermal transmittance
values, fenestration areas, building orientation, building exposure to
weather conditions, and building shading characteristics or the use of
possible solar technologies.
2. Either evaluate the energy effectiveness of various different
mechanical/electrical environmental systems by simulating the energy usage
of each of these systems using a constant thermal load "base-case" and
comparing the results, or evaluate energy conservation modifications to the
"base-case" HVAC system. Again, life-cycle evaluation of mechanical/
electrical environmental systems shall be performed using efficiencies
exceeding the minimum HVAC system or lighting system requirements of ASHRAE
Standard 90.
3. Evaluate energy conservation alternatives to systems or compare energy
usage between systems in an ordered sequence so that energy consequences of
one modification over another are included.
4. Evaluate energy conservation modifications to the "base-case" domestic
water heating.
5. If potentially feasible, based on fossil fuel types, availability, and
costs, DOE project criteria shall direct the design professional to evaluate
cogeneration alternatives. After all system comparisons are evaluated for
energy savings, evaluate energy sources based on energy cost to the
building. Select fuels and energy sources in conformance with DOE 4330.2C.
Discussion of fuel source availability shall be included in the "Energy
Conservation Report."
6. LCC analysis shall be performed using typical cost values provided in
DOE project criteria and the incremental energy costs determined from Items
1-5 above according to the methods discussed in Section 0110-12.7.1, LCC
Analysis Procedures, to determine the optimum energy conservation
alternatives.
0110-12.7.4 Waivers of Design Analysis Requirements
Comparative analysis of building envelope, lighting, or HVAC systems can be
modified given the following conditions:
o No further comparative analysis of building thermal envelope
modifications is required if the building orientation or building
construction features are pre-determined and cannot be modified because
of special site, safety, or programming considerations. The building
still must meet minimum building envelope standards required by ASHRAE
Standard 90.
o No further comparative analysis between HVAC systems is required if the
type of HVAC system is unique to the building or process and cannot be
modified due to rigid temperature control, humidity control, air
movement requirements, or special programming. The pre-selected system
shall still be evaluated for all possible energy conservation
modifications available to that particular system.
o No further comparative analysis is required if selections of overall
HVAC systems or ancillary sub-systems or equipment are available that by
empirical observation clearly consume the least energy and that can be
shown through simple cost estimation to have no significant additional
first cost and no significant annual maintenance costs over other HVAC
systems. A description of these findings shall be in accordance with
Section 0110-12.8, Energy Conservation Report Requirements.
Waivers of design analysis of this type must be submitted for approval to
the DOE Energy Management Coordinator. Unusual limiting considerations
concerning the building envelope, the HVAC systems, the lighting systems, or
other systems that allow for waiver of comparative analysis shall be
discussed in the "Energy Conservation Report."
0110-12.8 Energy Conservation Report Requirements
0110-12.8.1 General
An "Energy Conservation Report" (summary evaluation) shall be developed for
each new building and building addition where total energy consumption is
expected to exceed 500 million BTU per year or the building is larger than
10,000 gross square feet.
For projects or retrofits of existing buildings where total energy
consumption is less than 500 million BTU per year, an "Energy Conservation
Report" shall be developed at the discretion of the DOE Energy Management
Coordinator.
The report shall be included as a part of the preliminary (Title I) design,
where final selections of energy conservation features or renewable energy
sources are made.
The report shall contain the results of the annual energy consumption
calculations for the "base-case" building and the results of the energy
analysis and LCC analysis of energy conservation alternatives as listed
below. If parts of this analysis are waived, an explanation shall be
included in the report. The report shall:
1. Identify the methods used for simulating building energy consumption and
the methods of LCC analysis (e.g., dynamic computer analysis, static
computer analysis, or manual calculations) used to consider alternative
building systems and the use of renewable energy sources.
2. Describe the "base-case" building, including:
o Building envelope parameters, including U-values, types of
fenestration, and percent of gross wall area occupied by
fenestration, and orientation
o Building heating and air-conditioning systems, including types of
mechanical refrigeration systems, types of heating systems, types of
energy distribution systems, types of automatic temperature
controls, types of ventilation systems, and any health and safety
requirements that the ventilation system design must satisfy
o Types of building lighting systems and controls
o Building domestic water heating systems
o Process energy consumption systems, if any
3. Provide backup data to indicate that criteria of ASHRAE Standard 90 have
been met or exceeded for "base-case" new buildings and criteria of ASHRAE
Standard 100 have been met or exceeded for existing retrofitted buildings.
4. Estimate total energy consumption of the "base-case" building,
separately identifying building energy consumption and process energy
consumption, including:
o BTU/year by types of energy source (e.g., at point of use
electricity, natural gas)
o Total BTU/year for entire building
o Total BTU/gross-square-foot/year
o Total BTU/month and per year and kWh/month and per year for each
energy usage category (e.g., lighting, pumps, fans, refrigeration,
heating, and domestic water heating)
5. Describe the major energy conservation modifications to the "base-case"
building selected, such as modifications to the building envelope, including
"U" values, types of fenestration and percentage of glass in the gross wall
area and addition of active or passive solar energy features; modifications
to the types of heating and air-conditioning systems, including ventilation,
refrigeration, heating and automatic temperature control systems;
modification to building systems lighting levels and controls; and all other
major modifications considered.
6. Estimate total energy consumption of the "modified" building for each
type of proposed energy conservation modification or combination of
modifications, separately identifying building energy consumption and
process energy consumption. Use the same format as required for the
"base-case" building.
7. Estimate energy savings from incorporation of each major energy
conservation feature and provide LCC analysis for the addition of each major
energy conservation feature.
8. If analyses of active solar systems or use of other renewable energy
sources are required by the DOE Energy Management Coordinator, provide the
results of the analyses, including backup data for LCC analysis.
9. Discuss the types of permanent metering for energy inputs to the
building, types of submetering for process energy use, and compatibility
with existing or projected energy management systems. Estimate the total
cost for metering and submetering provisions.
0110-12.8-2 Distribution of "Energy Conservation Reports"
For buildings that are expected to exceed 500 million BTU per year in total
energy consumption or buildings larger than 10,000 square feet, DOE field
organizations shall provide one copy of the "Energy Conservation Report"
from the Title I design documentation to the In-house Energy Management
Branch, Office of Project and Facilities Management, DOE Headquarters, for
review and comment. This report should be submitted immediately on
completion of Title I. Reconciliation of Headquarters comments shall be
incorporated into Title II design by the design professional and responses
to comments provided to Headquarters by DOE field organizations.
DOE field organizations shall include a completed summary form in its
"Energy Conservation Report" submission to DOE Headquarters with the
following information: 1) site; 2) building; 3) TEC (PM); 4)
design/construction status; 5) energy type; 6) building energy consumption
(MBTU/yr; 7) process energy consumption (MBTU/yr); 8) total energy
consumption (MBTU/yr): 9) metering provided; 10) gross square feet (GSF):
11) BTU/GSF per year; 12) LCC method; 13) major energy conservation
features; and 14) LCC.
0110-13 PHYSICAL PROTECTION
0110-13.1 General
DOE security interests are to be protected from theft or diversion of
special nuclear material, sabotage, espionage, loss or theft of classified
matter or Government property, and other hostile acts which may cause
unacceptable adverse impacts on national security, program continuity, or on
the health and safety of employees, the public, or the environment. Levels
of protection appropriate to particular safeguards and security interests
are to be provided in a graded fashion in accordance with the potential
risks to national security and the health and safety of employees or the
public.
Protection programs must be tailored to address site-specific
characteristics on the basis of DOE Orders. Site-specific protection
programs are documented in protection program plans and/or MSSAs.
0110-13.2 Access Control and Security Areas.
0110-13.2.1 General
Controls shall be established to prevent unauthorized access to security
areas or removal of security interests. In general, the following apply:
o A minimum number of entrances shall be provided for security areas.
However, exits from security areas shall be adequate to satisfy the
requirements of NFPA 101. Some exits may be provided for emergency use
only.
o Entrances to and exits from security areas shall be equipped with doors,
gates, rails, or other movable barriers that will direct and control the
movement of personnel or vehicles through designated portals.
o Door locks and latches used on security area perimeters shall comply
with NFPA 101.
A security area denotes a physically defined space containing a Departmental
security interest and subject to physical protection and access controls.
Security areas shall be established when the nature, size, revealing
characteristics, sensitivity, or importance of the classified matter or
associated security interests is such that access to them cannot be
effectively controlled by other internal measures. The type of security
area established depends on the nature of the security interests to be
protected, with the following types required for the protection of the
listed security interests:
o Property Protection Area for protection of DOE property, located at
property protection facilities
o Limited Area for protection of classified matter where guards, security
inspectors, or other internal controls can prevent access to classified
matter by unauthorized persons
o Exclusion Area for protection of classified matter where mere access to
the area would result in access to classified matter
o Protected Area to control Category I and II quantities of special
nuclear material
o Material Access Area within a protected area to control access to areas
containing Category I quantities of special nuclear material
o Vital Area within a protected area for protection of vital equipment
0110-13.2.2 Property Protection Area Requirements
Security areas normally do not need to be established for offices of
consultants or other individuals, small laboratories, or other facilities
with limited scope and volume of work. However, adequate security must be
in place to preclude unauthorized access.
Verification of the identity of persons authorized access to a limited
security area shall be accomplished at the area entrance.
0110-13-2.3 Limited-Area Requirements
Limited-area requirements are as follows:
o Clearly defined physical barriers shall be utilized to control, impede,
or deny access, and shall effectively direct the flow of personnel and
vehicles through designated portals, and allow effective searches.
Permanent barriers shall be used to enclose security areas except during
construction or transient activities, when temporary barriers may be
erected.
o A means shall be provided to detect unauthorized intrusion by use of
alarm systems, random patrols, or visual surveillance.
o Adequate protective illumination shall be provided to permit or assist
in detection and assessment of adversaries, reveal unauthorized persons,
and, at pedestrian and vehicular entrances, to permit examination of
credentials and vehicles. See Section 0283-7, Lighting.
o The protection program shall include suitable means to assess alarms
and/or activities of adversaries.
o Measures shall be in place to prevent unauthorized visual or aural
access to classified matter as required by DOE 5636.3A.
0110-13.2.4 Exclusion Area Requirements
An exclusion area must meet all the requirements for a limited area, except
that when the exclusion area is located within a larger limited area,
additional trespass signs are not required, additional inspections or
searches need not be performed, and an unattended access control system may
be used.
0110-13.2.5 Protected Area, Material Access Area, and Vital Area
See Section 1300-10.2.3, Baseline Protection Requirements.
0110-13.3 Physical Barriers
Physical barriers shall protect DOE property and facilities as follows:
o Barriers such as walls or fences are intended to control or impede
access.
o Unoccupied facilities shall be locked with tamper-resistant locks. A
system of accountability and positive controls for keys and combinations
shall be in place.
0110-13.4 Intrusion Detection
When determined by the Field Element to be required, intrusion detection and
assessment systems shall protect in a manner consistent with their value and
the impact of loss or sabotage of property and facilities. At a minimum:
o A means of timely detection of intrusion shall be provided by the use of
alarm systems or patrols.
o Adequate illumination shall be provided to detect intruders, reveal
unauthorized persons, and, at pedestrian and vehicular entrances, permit
examination of credentials and vehicles. See Section 0283-7, Lighting.
0110-13.5 Communications Equipment
Communications equipment shall be provided to allow effective protection.
0110-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0110-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General
0110-99.0.1 General
Whenever feasible, special facilities shall be planned and layout developed
on the basis of repetitive or discrete processing steps, grouped according
to facilities services (HVAC requirements, functional disciplines, and
operating hazards) and shall be contained in individual process rooms or
cells to the extent practical. Unless there are specific requirements for
providing office areas within the special facilities, they shall be located
with other offices and common-use facilities (e.g., data computation and
processing, word processing) in a centralized location. The design
professional shall consider the need for safe normal and emergency access,
egress, and internal traffic flow. Support areas such as the health physics
laboratory/office shall be located near the exit from the process area. The
exit areas shall have adequate space for personnel circulation and egress
and monitoring equipment. All normal routes of egress shall be directed
through exits that contain monitoring stations.
The type and level of hazard shall be determined for each functional area of
the special facility, the attendant degree of risk established, and the
possibility of cross-contamination considered. Radioactive and hazardous
materials (chemicals, feed wastes, etc.) shall be segregated from each other
to minimize the generation of mixed waste. Wherever possible, areas for
work with radioactive or other hazardous contaminants shall be located
together to simplify solutions to problems of air supply and exhaust, waste
disposal, decontamination, and cross-contamination. In addition, areas
where radioactive materials are used shall be designed for ease of
decontamination during building usage and also for decommissioning after the
building life cycle.
Energy conservation shall be given particular attention in the planning and
design of special facilities. See Section 0110-12, Energy Conservation.
For many special facilities, HVAC loadings and other special ventilation
requirements are of sufficient magnitude to require particular attention to
the potentials for energy conservation; however, air-to-air heat exchangers
are not recommended for energy conservation with untreated air between, for
example, laboratory hood exhausts or other local exhaust systems for
hazardous materials and the comfort air systems. Cascading air from low
contamination potential zones (such as comfort zones) as a supply to higher
contamination potential zones may be considered providing backflow
protection is incorporated. Recirculation of air within a single zone with
appropriate filtering and conditioning is also acceptable. Significant
energy savings for heating and cooling may be realized, based on LCC
effectiveness of energy conservation features; however, any such features
shall only be incorporated where they do not compromise the safety and
health of personnel.
Commonalities among similar DOE special facilities' requirements offer an
opportunity for improved design of new special facilities or major
alterations or additions to existing ones. Where similar types of special
facilities exist or are being planned, maximum use shall be made of the
design and construction approaches taken, construction and operating
economies achieved to take advantage of new or innovative techniques and to
avoid repeating less than successful experiences. Efforts shall be made
during the planning phase to obtain information about recently constructed
special facilities experiences at other DOE sites.
0110-99.0.2 Building Services and Distribution
Special facilities services and building utilities shall be planned to
achieve maximum flexibility and ease of access. Vertical and horizontal
headers shall be specifically located as planning and preliminary design
progresses.
Priority shall be given to gravity-flow piped services and utilities and
large air distribution and exhaust duct headers when analyzing the
following:
o Establishment of zones (space) in vertical and horizontal service chases
o Determination of service header sizes
o Assignment of spaces
Vertical chases shall be provided with fire cutoffs, preferably at each
floor level and at the enclosing partitions, consistent with the building
construction code classification. Suitable access doors or removable panels
shall be provided in service chases for access to valves, dampers, and so
forth. To maintain the necessary degree of protection required by the
particular building code classification, equipment selections shall be made
from products listed by UL or other approved testing organization.
To ensure both the safety of personnel and the effective administration and
control of special facilities, access to hazardous areas (e.g., hazardous
gas storage locations and electrical power and distribution panels) shall be
controlled by locked gates, doors, power panels, or other physical barriers.
Compressed gas cylinders shall be isolated outside of the special facilities
building or housed in a special hazardous materials storage room, exhausted
gas cabinets, or similar types of containment.
Where continuous services are required, service headers shall be looped and
appropriately valved to maintain such services during routine maintenance or
system alterations.
Special facilities services shall extend from horizontal service headers.
Services shall be located to avoid penetration of adjacent facility walls
and floors in those cases where routine maintenance or alterations of these
services would result in undesirable curtailment or interruption of
operations in the adjacent special or other facilities. All piping shall be
located outside hazardous areas whenever possible to reduce personnel
exposure during maintenance.
0110-99.0.3 Utilization Schedule
A special facilities utilization schedule shall be developed to show the
intended schedule of operations of energy-using systems and equipment.
These schedules shall be used in performing computerized or other energy-use
analyses to develop energy-efficient special facility design. Particular
care shall be taken to identify the use requirements of such large energy
consumers as secondary confinement ventilation systems and other high volume
air-using equipment to ensure that such equipment is properly designed.
Operating control features shall allow reduced equipment air flows during
periods of nonuse, if personnel health and safety and environmental
protection will not be adversely affected.
0110-99.0.4 Building Layout
The design of the facility shall include controlled access to areas of
potential hazards within the facility. The facility layout shall provide
for the segregation of administrative and other support personnel from
operations and process activities and areas. The arrangement and location
of process equipment and its maintenance provisions shall ensure that
exposure to radiation and other hazardous materials is within the
requirements of DOE 5480.11 and DOE 5480.10, respectively. In addition,
exposures shall be maintained ALARA. The design shall protect workers
sufficiently from hazards to ensure that workers can perform actions
required during normal operations, anticipated operational occurrences, and
postulated DBAs. The design shall ensure prompt, safe shutdown in
emergencies, and allow ready access to areas where manual corrective actions
are required and to areas that contain radiation monitoring equipment.
A minimum number of entrances shall be provided for security areas.
However, exits shall comply with NFPA 101. Some exits shall be provided for
emergency use only, and equipped with alarm devices and seals. At least two
exits shall be provided in rooms where hazardous materials are handled.
(Exceptions for explosives facilities appear in Chapter II, Section 2.2, of
DOE/EV 06194.)
In those areas where an accidental breach of a primary confinement system
could expose personnel to radioactive material, a distance of 75 feet as
measured by the method in the NFPA 101 shall be the maximum travel distance
to ensure that personnel can exit through the next confinement barrier.
This barrier is the partition separating two different air zones, the area
of refuge being on the upstream side of the barrier. The assured airflow
through the barrier shall be in the direction opposite of exit travel.
The facility design shall provide space to accommodate all planned
activities, operations, and maintenance (e.g., processing, research and
development, scrap and waste handling, sample analysis, shipping and
receiving, and material staging required for equipment installation and
modifications). The design shall minimize the hazard of handling flammable
and other hazardous materials. In addition to the usual industrial safety
features required in a nuclear facility, the design shall also include the
following safety features as appropriate:
o Layout of the facility shall provide specific control and isolation, if
possible, of quantities of flammable, toxic, and explosive gases,
chemicals, and other hazardous materials admitted to the facility.
o The provision of additional space shall be considered for temporary
shielding or for additional shielding in the event radiation levels are
higher than anticipated.
Auxiliary space allotments shall be held to a minimum consistent with
operational efficiency. For office space, space allowances for planning
purposes shall comply with Section 0110-11, Work Space Management Standards.
Storage areas (or vaults) shall be located in light of the hazards of
materials stored (e.g., radiation and criticality of nuclear materials),
fire-fighting capabilities, and contamination control. Storage areas having
heavy floor loadings shall be placed on grade or compacted fill.
Where practical, storage buildings shall be rectangular and windowless. The
layout shall provide for efficient cleaning, maintenance, and ease of
inspection. The storage building shall be designed to receive, ship,
expedite identification of, inventory, place, store, and retrieve
unirradiated and/or irradiated fissile material or other material capable of
sustaining a chain reaction. Storage buildings shall be designed as dry
and/or wet storage facilities as required.
Storage facilities shall be physically separated from process operations,
areas for the storage of nonnuclear materials or equipment, and functions
not directly required for storage operations. Where floor storage is
operationally required, layout of floor areas and access areas shall take
into consideration the requirements for secure location of storage
containers, traffic control, and segregation. Physical protection of stored
SNM shall comply with the DOE 5632 series.
Suitable physical compartmentalization shall be provided, as determined from
the safety analysis, to limit the quantities of stored materials in each
compartment to safe levels; ensure the necessary access features and
controls; and satisfy the loss limitation criteria in Section 0110-99.0.7,
Loss Limitations.
Story height shall be held to a minimum consistent with the structural
framing system, required equipment height, and building utility systems.
Generally, a clear height of 9 feet shall be adequate, with floor-to-floor
height not exceeding 12 feet except where specific functions require special
ventilation systems or where high-bay space is required for engineering
development, semiworks, other equipment, or similar functional use.
Where economical, suspended ceilings shall be used to reduce HVAC loads and
energy costs, to provide required acoustical properties, and to facilitate
the maintenance of acceptable levels of cleanliness. Where the use of
suspended ceilings is justified, floor-to-floor heights and space above the
suspended ceilings shall be held to the minimum required to accommodate
concealed piping, ducts, structural framing, and so forth.
Where an acceptable working environment can be provided by careful layout
of exposed framing, piping, and ducts, the roof or overhead floor
construction shall be designed to eliminate the need for ceiling finish
(other than painting) or applied or integral acoustical treatment.
Corridor width(s) can be a controlling factor in the overall building size,
and corridors shall be no wider then required for facility functions. All
corridors and door openings shall meet NFPA 101 or more stringent
requirements based on the hazards of materials to be handled or operations
to be performed, as established by the cognizant DOE health and safety
authority. The size and arrangement of interior corridors shall accommodate
the following:
o Personnel traffic flow patterns
o Safety of building occupants
o Movement of equipment (including initial equipment installation,
facility operations, and future replacement or removal)
o Ultimate decontamination and decommissioning of the facility, including
equipment required during decontamination
Where room doors open into corridors, frames shall be recessed to prevent
the open doors from encroaching on clear corridor spaces.
Equipment recessed in corridors, such as firehose racks or cabinets,
drinking fountains, and pay telephones, shall be grouped together to the
maximum extent possible.
0110-99.0.5 Interior Walls and Partitions
Fixed partitions shall be provided for corridors and office space unless
movable partitions are functionally and economically justified and satisfy
fire safety and other health and safety requirements. Where movable
partitions are used, module dimensions shall be selected from commercial
stock sizes. Where appropriate, the use of partial-height partitions
extending from the top of mutual-use pipe chases to the ceiling or slab
above shall be considered to maximize consolidation of pipe runs, and
flexibility in operations, and construction economics.
0110-99.0.6 Fire Resistance
Development of the DBF shall include consideration of conditions that may
exist during normal operations and special situations (e.g., during periods
of decontamination, renovation, modification, repair, and maintenance). The
structural shell surrounding the critical areas and their supporting members
shall remain standing and continue to act as a confinement structure during
the DBF under conditions of failure of any fire suppression system not
designed as a safety class item. Fire resistance of this shell shall be
attained by an integral part of the structure (concrete slabs, walls, beams,
and columns) and not by a composite assembly (membrane fireproofing). In no
event shall the fire resistance rating be less than two hours under
conditions of failure of any fire suppression system not designed as a
safety class item. Penetrations in this shell shall incorporate, as a
minimum, protection against DBF exposures unless greater protection is
required by other sections of these criteria.
0110-99.0.7 Loss Limitations
The design shall provide sufficient structural integrity, fire resistance,
compartmentalization, detection, and extinguishing systems and alarms (plus
other engineered safety systems where required) to generally limit property
loss from any single DBA (excluding earthquake and tornados) to less than $1
million for those special facilities in which safety systems are provided
and function properly, and to less than $25 million where safety systems do
not function properly. See Section 0110-6.3, Fire Resistance Ratings, and
DOE 5480.7 for maximum possible fire loss criteria.
0110-99.0.8 Personnel and Public Safety
The design of special facilities shall reduce the consequences of normal and
DBA events by incorporating ALARA design concepts. Occupancy time, spacing,
remote handling equipment, and shielding shall be considered. Automatic
monitoring and alarm devices shall be provided (where required by the form
and potential hazard of the material being handled or stored) to detect the
presence of significant levels or increases of radioactivity and, if
feasible, any other hazardous materials, either released in the special
facility or escaping from it. (Where monitoring devices are not available
for specific contaminants, sampling devices shall be substituted and be
evaluated on a frequency sufficient to detect release levels of interest.)
Cautionary systems or interlocks shall prevent inadvertent entry into
hazardous areas. All safety alarm systems shall annunciate inside of the
special facility so as to identify hazardous areas. The need for visual
alarm devices within the special facility, in addition to audible alarm
devices, shall be considered. Where alarms can preclude or minimize
exposures outside of the facility, they shall be provided (such as
criticality alarms or evacuation alarms).
DOE 5480.5 contains requirements for safety of nuclear facilities. ln
addition to its requirements, personnel exposure levels shall comply with
Section 1300-6.2, Shielding Design, and exposure of the public shall comply
with Section 1300-1.4, Guidance on Limiting Exposure of the Public.
Proper consideration shall also be given to chemical toxicity protection, as
well as radiation protection. As an example, for unirradiated enriched
uranium, under postulated accident conditions, chemical toxicity exposure
will often be the controlling factor.
0110-99.2 Emergency Preparedness Facilities
0110-99.2.1 General
Emergency Preparedness Facilities shall be planned and their layout
developed on the basls of repetitive modules with offices back-to-back and
side-by-side, grouped according to office services, HVAC requirements, and
functional disciplines. Arrangement of furniture, lighting, electrical
receptacles, and other office features shall also be repetitive for offices
requiring similar use, with special and movable equipment restricted to
specific locations.
0110-99.2.2 Building Layout
The building plan shall group areas of like physical characteristics and
requirements. Exits whose sole function is for emergency use shall be
equipped with seals. These doors shall be equipped with hardware that will
allow personnel to leave but that will not enable entry or reentry to the
facility.
0110-99.2.3 Access by the Physically Handicapped
ECCs and EOCs shall be designed to accommodate the physically handicapped
unless such physical handicap would prevent rapid response and evacuation.
If by necessity, ECSs are located in areas where evacuation probability is
high and the facility or field office emergency plan excludes non-ambulatory
personnel from ECS assignments, then it is not necessary to adhere to the
criteria of Section 0110-8, Accommodations for the Physically Handicapped.
0110-99.7 Occupational Health Facilities
0110-99.7.1 General
In the planning of a new Occupational Health Facility, the estimated case
load shall be developed in collaboration with the facility operating group.
In addition, the available nearby community medical facilities shall be
considered and the requirements of DOE 5480.8 shall be followed.
Where radiological hazards are a factor and an adequate community facility
is not available, provisions shall also be made for emergency minor
surgical, decontamination, and lifesaving medical care for casualties or
injuries resulting from radioactive contamination.
The size and location of the facility shall depend on:
o The number and needs of employees to be served
o Extent of treatment and other activities included within the scope of
the occupational health program
o The number of doctors and nurses required in accordance with DOE 5480.8
o Reasonably anticipated expansion
o The distance from hazardous operations
o The radiological conditions to be encountered
0110-99.7.2 Location
The location of the Occupational Health Facility in an immediate plant area
will be influenced by the following factors:
o Noise level of nearby plant components
o Accessibility of the main occupational health facility to the greatest
number of employees. Under certain conditions, a location near the main
entrance to the plant to facilitate examination of employment applicants
may be advantageous.
o Auxiliary Facilities. It may be necessary to place dispensaries or
first aid field stations as auxiliary medical units in outlying or
hazardous areas. These stations may occupy space in buildings provided
primarily for other functions.
0110-99.7.3 Space Requirements
Space shall be provided to fulfill the current and foreseeable feature
requirements for the following functions:
o Physical examinations, including preplacement, periodic, and termination
examinations
o Diagnosis and pertinent treatment for immediate relief of injured and
sick employees
o Preventive care and counseling, immunizations, and health education
0110-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers and Radio
Repeater Stations
0110-99.8.1 Centers and Repeater Stations
Architectural
Operating and equipment areas of centers and repeater stations that contain
relays, switches, electronic devices, and other dust-sensitive equipment
shall be designed to be relatively dust-free. To minimize the intrusion of
dirt and dust into these operating and equipment areas, these areas shall be
windowless and without skylights or roof windows. All exterior doors shall
be weatherstripped. Access to the equipment and operating areas shall be
through vestibules, foyers, corridors, or other buffer areas.
Operating areas shall be located and constructed to minimize outside noise
interference and treated acoustically to maintain a low internal sound level
commensurate with operating requirements.
Internal columns shall be avoided in areas of telecommunications, alarm, and
ADP centers that require shielded enclosures.
Shielding against the electromagnetic or electrostatic effects of nuclear
weapons shall be provided, as required, for those facilities that are
located in structures specifically designed to withstand 5 psi or greater
overpressure effects of nuclear weapons. Protective measures shall
generally be in accordance with FEMA CPG2-17.
Flexible conduit connections for communications cables serving hardened
centers shall incorporate sufficient slack to withstand potential
displacement but shall not impair the installation or replacement of cables.
Floor inserts shall be provided to secure the equipment to the floor through
shock mounts designed to withstand anticipated blast effects. Ceiling
inserts shall be provided to brace equipment racks and cabinets and to
support overhead cable racks or trays.
Where radio communications or control equipment requires one or more exposed
antennas having no significant blast resistance, provisions shall be made to
replace the antennas from within the shelter. Normally retracted "pop-up"
antennas, operable from within the hardened area, shall be provided.
The criteria of DOE/EP 0108 shall apply.
Fire Protection
Noncombustible or fire-resistant construction shall be used, with specific
attention given to areas or compartments used for storage of significant
amounts of paper, stock, forms, cards, and other combustible material.
Emergency engine-generators shall be isolated from operating and equipment
areas and separated from other occupancies with two-hour fire-rated
construction. Associated fuel tanks shall be buried outside in accordance
with RCRA requirements or located away from buildings and protected in
accordance with NFPA 30.
Physical Security
For protected areas, all detection and alarm devices, including transmission
lines to annunciators, shall be failure- and tamper-indicating in both the
access and service modes. Such devices shall be connected to monitor or
display panels in the hardened security force communications center. An
alternative alarm annunciation point (or a comparable alternative
capability) shall be provided in a location that is continuously manned by
cleared personnel. This alternative alarm annunciation point shall provide
a second indication of an alarm such that a response can be initiated in the
event the primary station is compromised.
The headquarters locations of a central station alarm system shall be
protected as follows:
o Commercial central alarm stations should be UL Class AA installations.
The cognizant DOE authority should ensure that the selection of central
station alarm systems equipment is based to the extent possible on
available test data.
o Local law enforcement agencies' central stations are usually constantly
attended. If response by local law enforcement agencies to an alarm
device is required for facility approval, the connection to the local
law enforcement agency's central station should comply with UL Class A
of UL 365.
o Secure conference facilities and secure offices handling, processing,
and/or discussing classified information must meet IDS standards as
outlined in DOE 5636.3A and in the DOE TSCM Procedural Guide.
o Where transmissions of classified data outside security areas are
involved, NSA-approved encryption shall be used or the signal lines
shall be installed in accordance with DOE 5300.4B.
o Data processing, amplifying, telecommunications, and other systems that
emit electromagnetic emanations, and communications lines to remote
interrogation points used to process classified data processing
information, shall be protected against compromise of such data in
accordance with DOE 5300.2B, DOE 5300.4B, and DOE 5637.1.
o A primary and auxiliary power source shall be provided for protective
alarm systems. See Division 16, Electrical, for power supply criteria.
o For the protection of classified matter, line supervision limits and/or
line tamper alarm capability shall comply with UL Class AA.
o A DOE facility, contractor, or subcontractor possessing classified
information under the protection of a central station alarm system shall
have its alarm connected by direct, continuously supervised, leased line
or by such other means so as to distinguish its alarms from all other
customers of that central station.
o The line shall be continuously supervised so as to detect any attempts
to bypass the alarm system surreptitiously by shorting, opening, or
substituting a bogus signal for the legitimate "no alarm" signal.
ADP systems shall be protected as follows:
o All elements of an ADP system, including remote terminals, printouts,
and memory, shall be afforded physical security protection commensurate
with the most highly classified material processed by the system.
Security controls to safeguard the physical equipment apply not only to
the computer equipment itself and to its terminals, but also to all
removable input or output media such as magnetic tapes and magnetic disk
packs. Physical protection shall comply with the DOE 5632 series.
o An ADP facility shall be located in a security area to provide adequate
physical protection. It shall be secured to a level commensurate with
the most highly classified material handled by the system. It shall be
securely locked and alarmed when no authorized personnel are in
attendance.
o Remote terminal access to ADP systems shall be limited to authorized
users by methods prescribed by the CSSO.
Requirements for ADP centers and remote interrogation points processing
classified information are as follows:
o ADP centers and remote interrogation points used for classified
information shall be established as limited areas or be located within
larger limited areas such that access is controlled as required by DOE
5637.1.
o When contained within a larger limited area, ADP centers and remote
interrogation points used to process classified information shall have
separate access controls and barriers to restrict access to classified
information to those persons who require it in the performance of
official duties and with the need-to-know.
o Where transmissions of classified data outside limited areas are
involved, NSA-approved encryption shall be used or the signal lines
shall be installed in accordance with DOE 5300.4B.
Requirements for secure communications centers are as follows:
o Communications centers handling classified messages shall be established
as limited areas or be located within larger limited areas.
o When contained within a larger limited area, a communications center
shall have separate access controls and barriers to restrict admittance
to persons who require it in the performance of official duties.
0110-99.8-2 Telephone Switching Centers
Layout
Preliminary plans for telephone switching centers shall include preliminary
design of all telecommunication requirements including telephone stations,
switching centers, lines, cables, and wiring layouts.
Centers and their utility systems shall be sized to meet anticipated
requirements five years after start of service.
Architectural
The design of the switching equipment room shall facilitate expansion. For
most efficient operation and maintenance, adequate space shall be provided
for test equipment, maintenance records, parts storage, tools, and work
areas.
Vaults shall be:
o Readily accessible from within the center
o Adequately lighted, ventilated, and drained
o Arranged to enable installation of cable-pressurizing facilities
0110-99.8.3 Teletype, Data, and Facsimile Centers
Layout
The configuration of operating, storage, and maintenance areas, the initial
and ultimate space and utility requirements, and arrangements for effective
control of access shall be determined in accordance with DOE 5300.1B and
guidance from Headquarters Office of Computer Services and
Telecommunications Management.
Architectural
Centers that are electromagnetically shielded shall be windowless and
without skylights or roof windows; shall have column-free operating areas;
and shall have clear ceiling heights of not less than 8 feet.
Acoustic treatment shall be installed as required to maintain acceptable
internal sound levels.
0110-99.8.4 Computer and Automatic Data Processing Centers
Planning and Layout
Layout, space, and utility needs of computer and ADP centers shall comply
with:
o DOE 5637.1
o DOE/EP 0108
Planning and design of ADP centers shall comply with:
o OMB Circular A-130
o 41 CFR 101-35.3
o 41 CFR 101-36.7
Operations shall be located in the same or adjoining rooms. Supporting
activities (storage, maintenance, power, and environmental control and
scheduling, and administrative offices) shall be housed in separate rooms
adjacent to the central operations area.
Storage areas for combustible material shall be physically isolated from
equipment areas by fire-resistant walls and provided with adequate
fire-extinguishing means.
Provisions shall be made for preservation of duplicate vital records. See
NFPA 75, Chapter 6, and NFPA 232.
Architectural
All areas of an ADP center shall be designed and finished to facilitate
cleaning and to provide an environment essentially free from dust and the
buildup of static electricity. Vinyl floor covering shall be provided in
areas subject to lubricants and cleaners used in equipment operations,
servicing, and maintenance.
Requirements for floor or raised floor wireways, equipment cooling ducts,
and piping shall be considered in the design of the floor to minimize shock
and vibration of computers and other ADP equipment. Only rated
noncombustible floor systems shall be installed in centers where raised
floors are to be provided.
Shielding shall be provided to protect magnetic recording equipment,
magnetic tapes, and disk packs where electromagnetic fields of 10 microvolts
per meter or 50 oersteds or greater can be expected.
Walls around secure ADP centers shall be constructed of concrete masonry
units or other materials that are not easily penetrated.
Fire Protection
ADP facilities shall comply with DOE/EP 0108 and NFPA 75.
Physical Security
Each communications link that leaves an ADP facility shall be protected
commensurate with the most highly classified material that it carries and in
accordance with DOE 5300.3B. If all communications links are not protected
at the highest level of material carried by any one of them, other security
measures shall be installed to preclude transmission of classified material
over unprotected links.
Only NSA-approved cryptographic devices or protected distribution systems
shall be used to protect classified communication lines that pass outside
the security area of an ADP system or facility. The specific security area
of a facility will be defined in the ADP protection plan.
Each user of the system shall have the proper credentials and be
authenticated before access is allowed. Acceptable methods of making sure
the user is authorized are visual review by a guard or person in charge of
the terminal or facility, an automated-type card access system, or a
password system. The CSSO specifies the authentication method for the
facility.
Measures shall be implemented to control compromising emanations from
crypto-equipment and telecommunications systems in accordance with DOE
5300.2B, as determined by the Director of Computer Services and
Telecommunications Management.
Measures shall be implemented on all new ADP equipment that processes
classified material in DOE or DOE contractor facilities to prevent
compromising emanations from such equipment and systems from being
exploitable beyond the limits of effective physical control. The CSSO and
CSOM have the responsibility for implementing and approving emanations
security measures after a consideration of the risks. The measures applied
should be commensurate with the sensitivity and amount of classified
information processed and the vulnerability of the information or data
processing installation to successful intercept attack. Listed below are
methods for controlling compromising emanations. One or more of the first
three methods shall be used in conjunction with the fourth to prevent
compromising emanations beyond the limits of the effective physical control
zone.
1. Shielded Enclosures. This may be a shielded room within which the
equipment is contained or just an enclosure around the emanating equipment.
2. Equipment Design. ADP equipment may be designed or modified to limit
the strength of compromising signals to acceptable limits considering the
control zone available. Radiation limit requirements shall be considered on
a cost-effective basis for certain types of ADP equipment (input/output
devices and CRTs) when being purchased or leased to process classified
information.
3. Control Zone. A control zone of 50 feet is usually sufficient for most
installations to preclude a successful hostile intercept action with the
exception of input/output devices and CRTs. These devices shall be
considered independently. A control zone of several hundred feet or more
may be required.
A "control zone" as used in the preceding criterion is defined as the
contiguous space above, below, and around equipment and distribution systems
that is under sufficient physical and technical control to preclude
interception of compromising emanations. The phrase "sufficient physical
and technical control" in this definition means the degree of control such
that security forces responsible for protecting a controlled space have the
authority to investigate and remove any person or device of a suspicious
nature that is detected therein.
4. Installation Criteria. The installation of ADP equipment and cabling
shall comply with NSA NACSIM 5203 or other means approved by the CSOM to
preclude compromising emanations from radiating beyond the control zone.
0110-99.8.5 Radio Control Centers
Layout
The space and utility requirements of radio control centers shall comply
with DOE 5300.1B and guidance from Headquarters Office of Computer Services
and Telecommunications Management.
Transmitters and receivers shall be located as close as possible to their
antennas and, where practicable, under the surveillance and access control
of the console equipment operator.
Provision shall be made for installation of map boards, network charts,
station call signs, station authorizations, and other materials required to
be displayed. These displays shall be located within easy view of the
control equipment operator.
Architectural
Centers essential to DOE or DOE operating contractor functions shall be
windowless and without skylights or roof windows.
Requirements for the following shall be determined, taking any protected
expansion of the facility into account:
o Microwave waveguide and RF transmission line supports
o Ceiling, wall, or floor penetrations
o Special heat exhaust ducts
o Floor cable trenches
o Channels and inserts for cable racks and equipment supports
0110-99.8.6 Fire Alarm Control Centers
Layout
Alarm, supervising, and control equipment in fire alarm control centers
shall be arranged to facilitate continuous surveillance and ease of access
by the operator. All equipment, with the exception of storage battery
plants and emergency engine generators, shall be located in the same or in
immediately adjacent areas to facilitate testing, maintenance, and
surveillance. Radio antennas shall be located as close as practicable to
transmitters and receivers.
Architectural
Where the center is located within a fire station and adjacent to the
vehicle area, a structural barrier shall be provided to protect the alarm
room from impact damage from fire trucks. Protection of relay and
annunciating equipment from vibration due to vehicle door operations may
require that sensitive equipment be shock-mounted and that large overhead
doors be cushioned.
0110-99.8.7 Security Alarm Control Centers
Planning
Planning and design of security alarm control centers shall be determined in
consultation with the cognizant DOE security authority and shall comply with
the DOE 5632 series.
Layout
Security alarm control centers shall be arranged so that all alarm,
communications, and auxiliary power equipment necessary for continuous
operation of the system is contained within the center or within contiguous
areas having the same degree of physical security, including access control.
Space shall be provided within the center for maintenance and for storage of
spare units of line supervisory and alarm equipment.
The initial and ultimate space and utility requirements of each center shall
be determined in consultation with the cognizant DOE security authority.
Architectural
Exterior walls shall be windowless. Roofs shall be without skylights or
roof windows. For those security alarm control centers where windows are
required for visual surveillance of areas outside the center, the windows
shall be bullet-resistant and of other characteristics as determined by the
cognizant DOE security authority.
Personnel entryways shall include substantially constructed doors, equipped
with locks operable from within the centers. Where viewing ports or windows
are provided in entry doors, their size and other characteristics (e.g.,
reflective or wired glass) shall be as determined by the cognizant DOE
security and fire protection authorities. Windows or other openings are not
allowed in Class A fire doors.
See Division 8, Doors and Windows, for additional security-related
requirements for doors and windows that form a portion of the perimeter of a
security area.
Structural protection shall be provided against unauthorized personnel
intrusion. Structural openings shall be kept to a minimum. The cognizant
DOE security authority shall be consulted to determine requirements for
structural protection of air intake and exhaust systems and other special
security features.
Central alarm stations shall have separate access controls and barriers to
restrict admittance to persons employed therein or requiring access in the
performance of official duties on a need-to-know basis.
A hardened central alarm station (and protective force communications
center) shall be equipped with radio and telephone channels of communication
with local law enforcement agencies. An emergency alternative
communications capability from a secondary station shall be provided for use
in the event the primary station is compromised. Radio communications
equipment shall remain operable in the event of a loss of primary electric
power.
Communications equipment shall allow rapid, reliable, and protected
information exchange among on-site protective forces; between on-site
protective forces and the central alarm stations and secondary
communications station; and among the central alarm stations, secondary
communications stations, and local law enforcement agencies.
0110-99.8.8 Radio Repeater Stations
Layout
Radio repeater stations shall be positioned on the site so as to ensure
access by all-weather vehicular and personnel to the station building, the
antenna(s), the standby generator plant, and fuel storage tank. The design
shall minimize risk of damage to the antenna structure and supporting guy
lines from vehicular traffic and provide for future expansion.
Architectural
Exterior walls shall be windowless. Roofs shall be without skylights or roof
windows. Space shall be provided for maintenance activities and storage of
spare parts and tools.
Where antenna towers, poles, or masts are to be located off the building,
interconnecting cables shall be placed underground or adequately supported
by a messenger wire (or cable). The building end of the messenger wire
shall not be secured to the bulkhead panel unless the panel and
appurtenances are designed to support the load.
0110-99.9 Vaults and Vault-Type Rooms for Storage of Classified Matter
0110-99.9.1 General
Vaults and vault-type rooms for storage of classified material shall comply
with the DOE 5632 series. Minimum delay time expectations shall be used as
standard.
A vault shall meet the definition of an SNM vault (see Glossary). In
addition, a vault shall include an intrusion alarm system activated by an
opening of the door.
A vault-type room is one having a combination-locked door and protected by
an intrusion alarm system activated by any penetration of walls, floors,
ceilings, or openings, or by motion within the room.
0110-99.9.2 Architectural
Vaults and vault-type rooms shall be windowless and without skylights or
roof windows.
Vault-type rooms shall be penetration-resistant, with enclosures of
fire-resistant construction and fire suppression detection systems
appropriate to the hazards involved.
Vaults located outside of a secure and guarded area shall meet the criteria
for substantial construction, Vaults located within a secure and guarded
area shall meet the criteria for substantial construction or, if approved by
the cognizant DOE security personnel, shall be a fire-resistant windowless
enclosure with approved door locks and alarms, fire suppression and
detection systems, and interior motion-detection devices.
Doors, hardware, locks, and, where necessary, windows shall meet the
security-related criteria listed in Division 8, Doors and Windows. In
addition, doors shall comply with UL 155 and UL 10A. For a vault not
containing SNM, the type of door and frame complying with Class 5 Standards
of FS AA-D-600B shall be the required level of physical protection. For a
vault containing SNM, a type of door and frame complying with GSA-approved
Class 5 vault door(s) shall be the required level of physical protection.
0110-99.9.3 Substantial Construction
Where substantial construction is required, the vault enclosure (walls,
floors, and roofs) shall provide, as a minimum, a penetration delay time
equivalent to that provided by monolithic concrete at least 8 inches thick
reinforced vertically and horizontally with not less than 5/8-inch-diameter
steel reinforcing bars at not more than 6 inches on center. Pre-engineered
metal buildings or other similar building systems shall not be used for
substantial construction unless designed, constructed, and tested for the
specific purpose.
0110-99.9.4 Alarm Systems
When electronic alarm systems are used to protect classified matter, they
shall be designed to meet site-specific protection needs; as a minimum, they
shall meet FS W-A-450B or be approved by the cognizant DOE security
authority. See Division 16, Electrical, for additional criteria for
security alarm systems.
Exterior sensors that serve as the primary means of detection at a security
area perimeter shall be designed to assure that a person crossing the
perimeter will be detected whether walking, running, jumping, crawling,
rolling, or climbing the fence at any point in the detection zone.
Intrusion alarm systems shall have a primary and auxiliary power source.
Switch-over to the auxiliary power source shall be automatic. An alarm
condition shall be indicated at the monitor on failure of power sources.
Alarm lines shall be continuously supervised so as to detect any attempt to
bypass the alarm system surreptitiously by shorting, opening, or
substituting a bogus signal for the legitimate "no alarm" signal.
0110-99.10 Secure Conference Rooms
0110-99.10.1 General
Conference rooms where classified information is discussed on a recurring or
routine basis shall provide acoustical security commensurate with guidelines
outlined in the DOE TSCM Procedural Guide.
The installation of telephones and other communication systems in conference
rooms is highly discouraged. However, if their presence is deemed
operationally essential, all such instruments should be equipped with jacks
or other disconnecting devices to allow for disconnection during classified
discussions.
0110-99.10.2 Room Envelope
The secure conference room envelope, consisting of walls, floors, ceilings,
doors, door frames, and windows, and penetrations such as hardware, ducts
and grilles, transfer grilles, pipes, electrical conduits, luminaires, and
electrical devices and equipment shall be constructed and/ or installed in
accordance with guidelines established in the DOE TSCM Procedural Guide.
For design, the maximum expected sound levels to be generated within a
secure room shall be used.
For design, the minimum expected sound levels to be generated outside the
secure room shall be used.
The secure room envelope shall have an STC of not less than 45 in accordance
with ASTM E413. Envelope materials, components, and assemblies shall be
tested by a recognized testing agency to determine their acoustical
performance.
See also Section 0950-99.10, Secure Conference Rooms.
0110-99.11 Secure Offices
0110-99.11.1 General
Offices where classified information ls discussed on a recurring or routine
basis shall provide acoustical security commensurate with guidelines
outlined in the DOE TSCM Procedural Guide.
Telephones and other communication systems in offices in which classified
discussions occur should be equipped with jacks or other disconnecting
devices to allow for disconnection during classified discussions.
0110-99.11.2 Room Envelope
The secure office room envelope, consisting of walls, floors, ceilings,
doors, door frames, and windows, and penetrations such as hardware, ducts
and grilles, transfer grilles, pipes, electrical conduits, luminaires, and
electrical devices and equipment shall individually and together provide a
sound transmission loss that leaves the sound from the secure office always
15 db less than the background sound outside the room.
For design, the maximum expected sound levels to be generated within a
secure room shall be used.
For design, the minimum expected sound levels to be generated outside the
secure room shall be used.
The secure room envelope shall have an STC of not less than 45 in accordance
with ASTM E413. Envelope materials, components, and assemblies shall be
tested by a recognized testing agency to determine their acoustical
performance.
See also Section 0950-99.11, Secure Offices.
0111 STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
0111.1 GENERAL
This section applies to the structural elements of buildings, bridges, other
structures and facilities. The structural elements include, but are not
limited to, the following:
o All floor, roof, and wall framing members and slabs
o All piers, walls, columns, footings, piles, and similar elements of the
substructure
o All other substructure and superstructure elements that are proportioned
on the basls of stress, strength, and deflection requirements
Materials, framing systems, and details shall be compatible with the
following:
o Clear space and span requirements
o Serviceability requirements
o Applicable fire protection classification
o Security requirements
o Foundation conditions
o Future expansion requirements
o Architectural treatment
o Climatic conditions
o Structural design loads for the specific facility and location
Local availability of construction materials and labor force shall be
considered in the selection of the structural system.
The structural design drawings shall indicate the design criteria, the
structural materials and their strengths with applicable materials
standards, the design loads including loads that can occur during
construction, and the allowable foundation loads that were used in the
design.
Where earthquake resistance ls required, the cognizant DOE authority should
consult LBL-9143 for practical guidelines for engineering earthquake safety
and management planning and technical procedures for design of new
facilities or evaluation of existing ones. This document provides a process
for a cost-effective plan check or third-party review of the design
approach. (See Section 0111-2.7.1, Buildings and Other Structures.)
0111-2 LOADS
0111-2.1 General Requirements
Structures and their elements shall be designed for the loads prescribed in
these criteria.
0111-2.2 Dead Loads
0111-2.2.1 General
Dead loads are loads that remain permanently in place. They shall include
the weights of all permanent materials and equipment, including the
structure's own weight, supported in, or on, a structure. Load calculations
shall include an allowance for any loadings anticipated to be added at a
later date. Initially assumed loads shall be revised so that the final
design reflects the configuration shown on the drawings.
0111-2.2.2 Unit Weights
The unit weights of materials and construction assemblies for buildings and
other structures shall be those given in ANSI A58.1. Where unit weights are
neither established in that standard nor determined by test or analysis, the
weights shall be determined from data in manufacturers' drawings or
catalogs.
The unit weights of materials for highway structures shall be those given by
AASHTO standards. The unit weights for railway structures shall be those
given in AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-2.2.3 Service Equipment
Design dead loads shall include the weight of all permanent service
equipment. Service equipment shall include plumbing stacks, piping, heating
and air-conditioning equipment, electrical equipment, flues, fire sprinkler
piping and valves, and similar fixed furnishings. The weight of service
equipment that may be removed with change of occupancy of a given area shall
be considered as live load.
0111-2.2.4 Allowance for Partition Loads
The minimum allowance for the weights of partitions, where partitions are
likely to be rearranged or relocated, shall be as follows:
o For partition weights of 150 plf or less, an equivalent uniform dead
load of 20 psf shall be used.
o For partition weights above 150 plf, the actual linear loads shall be
used.
o Partitions that are likely to be rearranged or relocated should be
calculated as live loads for load factor design.
0111-2.3 Live Loads
0111-2.3.1 General
Live loads shall include all loads resulting from the occupancy and use of
the structure, whether acting vertically down, vertically up, or laterally.
Operating, moving, stopping, and impact forces shall be considered part of
the live loads. Live loads shall include neither dead loads nor loads from
the environment, such as wind, tornado, earthquake, thermal forces, earth
pressure, and fluid pressure.
0111-2.3.2 Buildings and Other Structures
Live loads for buildings and other structures shall be those produced by the
intended use or occupancy. In no case shall they be less than the minimum
uniform load or concentrated load stipulated in ANSI A58.1.
Live loads on roofs shall be as stipulated in ANSI A58.1. They shall
include the minimum roof live loads or the snow loads and snow drifts or
possible rain loads stipulated therein, whichever produces the more severe
effect.
In continuous framing and cantilever construction, the design shall consider
live load on all spans and arrangements of partial live load that will
produce maximum stresses in the supporting members.
0111-2.3.3 Highway and Railway Structures
Live loads for highway structures shall be as stipulated in AASHTO HB-13.
Unless specified otherwise, an HS 20-44 loading shall be used. Live loads
for railway structures shall be as stipulated in AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties). Unless specified otherwise, a Cooper E-80
loading shall be used.
0111-2.4 Wind Loads
0111-2.4.1 General
The structural frame and exterior components of all buildings, signs, tanks,
towers, and other exposed structures shall be designed to resist pressures
due to wind assumed to act from any direction. Partial wind loading shall
be considered if it produces a more severe effect.
0111-2.4.2 Buildings and Other Structures
Wind load design for buildings and other structures shall be determined in
accordance with procedures in ANSI A58.1 with the basic wind speed being
obtained from UCRL 15910.
The basic wind speed shall be derived from DOE site-specific hazard model
studies summarized in UCRL 53526, Rev. 1 (available at DOE Field Offices or
from the Office of Nuclear Safety, DOE Headquarters). If site-specific
hazard model studies are not available, a hazard model shall be developed
that is consistent with the approach used in UCRL 53526, Rev. 1.
The basic wind speeds for any specific site shall be determined following
the procedures in UCRL 15910, except that Exposure "C" should be used for
all construction unless it can be shown that the necessary permanent
shielding will be provided by natural terrain (not including shielding from
trees or adjacent buildings).
UCRL 53526, Rev. 1, provides accepted tornado and straight wind data.
Site-specific studies may also be used.
To determine the design wind loads, all factors and coefficients stipulated
in ANSI A58.1 shall be applied to the site-specific basic wind speeds.
Building additions shall be designed as parts of a totally new building
without regard to shielding from the original building and without regard to
lesser wind resistance for which the original building may have been
designed. The possibility that the original portion of the building may
require strengthening due to an increase in the wind loads acting on it
shall be considered.
0111-2.4.3 Highway and Railway Structures
The wind loads for highway structures shall be as stipulated in AAHTO HB-13.
The wind loads for railway structures shall be as stipulated in AREA Manual
for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-2.5 Tornado Loads
The basic wind speed and missile parameters shall be derived from DOE
site-specific hazard models studies summarized in UCRL 53526, Rev. 1. If
site-specific hazards model studies are not available, a hazard model shall
be developed consistent with the approach used in UCRL 53526, Rev. 1.
Structures other than critical facilities need not be designed for tornado
loading.
When directed by the cognizant DOE authority, tornado protection such as
occupant shelters and safe areas shall be provided within facilities.
FEMA TR-83A and FEMA TR-83B can be used as guidelines for selecting and
designing safe areas for the protection of building occupants for tornadoes.
Facilities for radioactive material handling, processing, or storage, and
other facilities having high value or wital importance to DOE programs that
are classified as critical facilities, shall require special tornado loading
criteria as stipulated in Section 0110-99.0, Nonreactor Nuclear
Facilities--General.
0111-2.6 Internal Shock and Blast Loads
Building structures (excluding explosive facilities) that house operations
that may release energy from rupture of equipment or explosions, either
inadvertently or purposely (such as testing), shall be designed to control
the resulting internal shock pressure loads per applicable criteria.
0111-2.7 Earthquake Loads
0111-2.7.1 Buildings and Other Structures
The basic seismic parameters shall be derived from DOE site-specific hazard
model studies summarized in UCRL 53582. If site-specific hazard model
studies are not available, a hazard model shall be developed that is
consistent with the approach used in UCRL 53582. In applying UCRL 53582,
specific guidance on relating frequency of occurrence to facility hazard
levels shall be obtained from URCL 15910.
Earthquake load design for buildings and other structures shall be
determined in accordance with the procedures contained in the UBC and UCRL
15910. The provisions and design procedures of TM 5-809-10 for the
application of seismic loadings to conventional buildings shall also apply.
For critical facilities, the provisions and design procedures of TM
5-809-10.1 shall be used.
Facilities for radioactive material handling, processing, or storage, and
other facilities having high value or wital importance to DOE programs that
are classified as critical facilities, shall require application of dynamic
analysis in determining structural requirements for earthquake loading as
stipulated in Section 0111-99.0, Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General.
An independent review of the seismic design shall be made for facilities and
buildings where a seismic event can have a potential risk to operator lives,
to public safety, or of large economic loss. The review shall be made in
two stages, the first at the end of preliminary design and the second before
final design is complete. For additional guidance on independent reviews,
see LBL-9143 and UCRL 15910.
0111-2.7.2 Highway and Railway Structures
The earthquake loads for highway structures shall be as stipulated in AAHTO
HB-13 and AASHTO GSDB.
The earthquake loads for railway structures shall be as stipulated in AREA
Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-2.8 Other Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
0111-2.8.1 Vibratory Loadings
Equipment supports shall be designed to avoid resonance resulting from the
harmony between the natural frequency of the structure and the operating
frequency of reciprocating or rotating equipment supported on the structure.
The operating frequency of supported equipment shall be determined from
manufacturer's data prior to completion of structural design. Resonance
shall be prevented by designing equipment isolation supports to reduce the
dynamic transmission of the applied load to as low a level as can be
economically achieved in the design.
0111-2.8.2 Earth and Groundwater Pressures
Every foundation wall or other wall serving as a retaining structure shall
be designed to resist, in addition to the vertical loads acting on it, the
incident lateral earth pressures and surcharges, plus hydrostatic pressures
corresponding to the maximum probable groundwater level.
Retaining walls shall be designed for earth pressures and potential
groundwater levels producing the highest stresses and overturning moments.
When a water-pressure-relief system is incorporated into the design, only
earth pressures need be considered. In cohesive soils, the long-term
consolidation effects on the stability of the walls shall be considered.
Lateral earth pressures shall be determined in accordance with accepted
structural and geotechnical engineering practice.
0111-2.8.3 Fluid and Gas Pressures
The design of components of buildings and other structures shall include the
effects of fluid and gas pressures, both internal and external.
0111-2.8.4 Thermal Forces
The design of structures shall include the effects of stresses and movements
resulting from variations in temperature. The rise and fall in the
temperature shall be determined for the localities in which the structures
are to be built. Structures shall be designed for movements resulting from
the maximum seasonal temperature change. The design shall provide for the
lags between air temperatures and the interior temperatures of massive
concrete members or structures. In cable-supported structures, changes in
cable sag and tension shall be considered.
0111-2.8.5 Creep and Shrinkage Forces
Concrete and masonry structures shall be investigated for stresses and
deformations induced by creep and shrinkage.
For concrete and masonry structures, the minimum linear coefficient of
shrinkage shall be assumed to be 0.0002 inch/inch, unless a detailed
analysis is undertaken. The theoretical shrinkage displacement shall be
computed as the product of the linear coefficient and the length of the
member.
0111-2.9 Other Loads for Highway and Railway Structures
Other loads for highway structures shall be as stipulated in AAHTO HB-13.
Other loads for railway structures shall be as stipulated in AREA Manual for
Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-2.10 Combination of Loads and Design Requirements for Buildings
and Other Structures
Combination of loads, allowable stresses, and strength requirements for
building and other structures shall be as stipulated in the UBC, except as
otherwise indicated in 0111-99, Special Facilities.
0111-2.11 Combination of Loads and Design Requirements for Highway
and Railway Structures
Combination of loads and design requirements for highway structures shall be
as stipulated in AASHTO HB-13. Combination of loads and design requirements
for railway structures shall be as stipulated in AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-3 STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
0111-3.1 Framing
Buildings shall be framed to allow for simple formwork, fabrication, and
construction procedures.
Structural systems shall be designed for ductile modes of failure to the
extent feasible.
In the selection of a particular framing system, consideration shall be
given to the structure's functional requirements, including:
o Column-free areas
o Floor-to-ceiling heights
o Number of stories
o Elevator, crane, or hoist installations
o Heavy loads
o Other particular requirements pertaining to the specific facility
0111-3.2 Floors
Where the first floor uses concrete-slab-on-grade construction, the slab
shall be placed on a free-draining aggregate base overlying a compacted
subgrade. A plastic vapor barrier shall be used under the slab where
moisture conditions warrant. Excessive loads or equipment subject to
vibration shall be supported by separate pads isolated from the rest of the
floor slab with flexible joints.
For framed floors, the economy of prefabricated systems shall be considered,
especially systems that simplify the installation of mechanical, electrical,
and communications services. Where concrete floors are used, the economy of
flat plate slabs shall be considered, with the objective of using their
undersurface for ceilings.
0111-3.3 Control Joints
Control joints shall be designed and placed in such a manner as to avoid
structural distress and uncontrolled cracking from thermal expansion and
contraction, concrete shrinkage, and movements due to wind and earthquake
forces.
0111-3.4 Foundations
0111-3.4.1 General Requirements
The provisions of the UBC shall be the minimum requirements for foundations
design. The potential adverse effects of frost heave and movements due to
expansive soils shall also be considered in the design.
For all structures, Section 0201, Subsurface Investigations, shall be
complied with to determine subsurface conditions, recommended foundation
type, allowable design soil bearing pressure, seismic potential, and
differential settlement.
0111-3.4.2 Foundation Vibrations
Analysis of foundation vibrations, design to avoid resonance, and vibration
and shock isolation, where required, shall be in accordance with Chapter 1
of DM-7.03.
0111-4 STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS FOR HIGHWAY AND RAILWAY STRUCTURES
Structural systems for highway structures shall be consistent with the
requirements of AASHTO HB-13.
Structural systems for railway structures shall be consistent with the
requirements of AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0111-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0111-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General
0111-99.0.1 General
Safety class structures are sometimes required in special facilities for the
following reasons:
o For nuclear criticality safety
o To prevent or mitigate the release of quantities and concentrations of
radioactive materials that have the potential to exceed the release
guidelines contained in Section 1300-1.4, Guidance on Limiting Exposure
of the Public
o To achieve and maintain the facility in a safe shutdown condition
Section 1300-3, Safety Class Criteria, addresses the safety classification
and required criteria for safety class structures.
Special facility structures that need not be designed to withstand severe
natural phenomena or man-made events shall be designed to the requirements
in Section 0111-2, Loads. A case-by-case written evaluation shall be
performed to determine which structures or components may be excluded from
these criteria.
Safety class items required to function during or following severe natural
phenomena shall not be prevented from performing their required safety
functions by the failure of components, systems, or structures that are not
designed to the severe natural phenomena criteria.
Safety class structures shall be protected against dynamic effects,
including effects of wind-driven missiles and discharging fluids, that may
result from natural phenomena, accidents at nearby facilities, including
military installations and transportation facilities, equipment failure, and
similar events and conditions inside and outside the facility. The design
bases for such events shall take into account their historic frequency and
severity in the region of the site and the potential risk to the environment
or the health and safety of the public. The type of severe events to be
considered will vary among sites. However, earthquakes, tornados, straight
winds and floods shall be addressed.
Facilities containing plutonium, other radioactive material, or other
material that would be likely to produce significant health or safety
hazards shall be evaluated as to the degree of risk, and more stringent
criteria applied in structural design, as necessary.
Many buildings are subject to future additional ceiling-roof equipment
loadings. In planning and designing buildings for special facilities,
consideration shall be given to providing for a future 10 to 20 psf
additional structural loading.
Where floor-mounted special facilities equipment will have a commonality of
use, it shall be centrally located with respect to special facilities
operations. Floor loadings and location of equipment and projections of
future additional equipment requirements and their floor loadings shall be
considered and provided for in structural planning and design.
Design criteria for enclosures of radioactive and other hazardous materials
are provided in Section 1161, Enclosures.
The design of structures, including their supports, that are confinement
system barriers shall ensure satisfaction of the functional requirements for
the specific confinement system they are part of. In addition, safety class
confinement barriers (barriers whose continued integrity is shown by a
safety analysis to be required following severe natural phenomena, including
the DBE, and man-made events) shall be designed to withstand secondary
events as well as primary events. Potential secondary events might be fire,
explosion, or nuclear criticality caused by the DBE.
In no case shall the total combustible loading located in a fire area exceed
the fire resistance rating of the area enclosure. This shall be documented
in a fire risk analysis.
0111-99.0.2 Tornado and Extreme Wind
Determination of Design Basis Tornado
DOE site-specific hazard model studies summarized in UCRL 53526, Rev. 1
(available at DOE Field Offices or from the Office of Nuclear Safety, DOE
Headquarters), shall be used to select the DBT and extreme wind
characteristics for the design of structures. If site-specific hazard model
studies are not available, a hazard model shall be developed consistent with
the approach used in UCRL 15910.
In applying UCRL 53526, Rev. 1, specific guidance on relating frequency of
occurrence to facility hazard levels shall be obtained from UCRL 15910.
Tornado Analysis
In designing for tornado or extreme wind resistance:
o The tornado rotational speed shall be appropriately combined with the
translational speed.
o Resulting loads from the rate of pressure drop, taking into
consideration any pressure equalization due to permissible venting,
shall be combined with velocity-induced pressure loads as stipulated in
UCRL 15910.
o UCRL 53526, Rev. 1, provides the characteristics of typical potential
tornado-generated missiles. Additional missiles may be identified from
review of on-site sources and possible missiles that could be borne to
the site by a tornado. Both small high-velocity missiles and massive
low-velocity missiles shall be considered separately in terms of
penetration, perforation, or crushing effects. The horizontal and
vertical velocities of the missiles shall be combined in the design.
o The minimum wind speed used shall be 70 mph.
Loads resulting from the DBT shall be assumed capable of occurring at any
time. However, for design purposes, DBT loads need not be assumed to occur
simultaneously with other severe site-related events such as an earthquake,
fire, or flood, except where the simultaneous occurrence is related (e.g.,
fire from lightning or other wind-related causes).
0111-99.0.3 Floods
The design loads from flooding shall comply with UCRL 15910. In calculating
design loads from flooding, a conservative approach shall be taken to ensure
that the loads used in the design are as follows:
o Greater than the maximum historic levels recorded for the site
o No less than the probable maximum flood (PMFL)
0111-99.0.4 Earthquakes
General
The systems, components, and structures that shall be designed to meet these
special facility criteria shall be identified through a written evaluation
(see Section 0111-99.0.1, General). Such systems, components, and
structures shall be designed to provide their passive or active functions as
required by the SAR in accord with their designated safety classes.
Site-specific seismic parameters shall be determined for a DBE. The SSE
shall be equivalent to the DBE.
New seismic design, including additions or modifications to existing
structures, shall be reviewed by a qualified, independent organization.
This review must include evaluation of the design approach, the lateral
force resisting system, and the design detailing, per UCRL-15910.
TM-5-809-10 can be used for design detail guidance.
Earthquake Occurrence
The DBE shall be assumed capable of occurring at any time, except that the
simultaneous occurrence with any other limiting site-related event such as a
tornado, fire, or flood need not be considered for design purposes, except
where the joint occurrence is causally related (e.g., fire or flood).
Determination of DBE
Generally, a DBE shall have a ground acceleration of 0.1g or greater. To
determine the DBE, site-specific earthquake hazard models and response
spectra given in UCRL 53582, Rev. 1, shall be used to select the appropriate
seismic ground acceleration. Design guidance in UCRL 15910 shall be used
in applying UCRL 53582, Rev. 1. Site-specific studies can be substituted
for the UCRL 53582, Rev. 1, data where no data exist or where a higher level
of detail is required. The DBE shall be defined by design response spectra,
appropriate for the site, or by acceleration time histories, representative
of the anticipated ground motions.
Seismic Analysis
The adequacy of systems, components, and structures to withstand a seismic
event shall be verified by a dynamic analysis, except where it can be
demonstrated that the use of a simplified approach, such as a static load
method, component testing, or a combination of testing and analysis provides
assurance of adequate seismic design. The ratio of vertical-to-horizontal
acceleration shall be two-thirds, unless site-specific data justify the use
of a different ratio.
The use of earthquake experience data is an acceptable approach to the
seismic qualification of safety class items. If experience data are used
for seismic qualification, the following shall be considered:
o Safety class equipment shall be essentially identical to the equipment
that has data in the experience data base (i.e., this comparison should
take into account the manufacturer, vintage, and general configuration
of such equipment).
o Equipment shall be mounted and anchored in essentially an identical
fashion as that for the experience data base equipment.
Consideration of the above and an independent review of this consideration
must be adequately documented.
0111-99.0-5 Aircraft
Unless the safety analysis can demonstrate that the risk from an aircraft
crashing into the facility is acceptable, potential aircraft crashes shall
be considered among the spectrum of man-made missiles that confinement
structures shall be designed to withstand or against which they shall be
protected.
0111-99.0.6 Nearby Explosions and Externally Generated Missiles
The potential effects of a major explosion at a nearby facility or
transportation route shall be considered among the spectrum of external
blast effects and missiles that confinement structures shall be designed to
withstand or against which they shall be protected.
0111-99.0.7 Explosion, Internal Pressurization, Criticality, and Other
DBA Causes
The probable consequence of DBAs involving internally generated missiles or
blast effects shall be considered. Such DBAs typically involve failure of
high-speed rotating machinery, cranes, experimental facilities, high-energy
fluid system components, or explosives. Structures required to function
following such accidents shall be designed to withstand these DBAs.
0111-99.0.8 Load Combinations
Safety class structures and structural members shall be designed to resist
the appropriate load combinations provided in UCRL 15910.
Concrete Structures
Concrete structures and structural members for safety class concrete
structures shall meet the design and construction requirements of ACI 349
for new construction or original (or equivalent) codes for existing
construction providing the margin of safety of the overall facility is
maintained.
Steel Structures
Safety class steel structures shall meet the design, fabrication, and
erection requirements of AISC N690 for new construction or original (or
equivalent) codes for exiting construction providing the margin of safety of
the overall facility is maintained.
0111-99.4 Explosives Facilities
Explosive facilities shall comply with TM 5-1300 and DOE/TIC 11268.
0140 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Facility design shall be conducted under QA requirements to ensure that the
established program and project quality objectives are satisfied. A QA
program shall be developed and implemented in compliance with DOE 5700.6B
and using the elements of DOE 4700.1 and ANS ANSI/ASME NQA-1.
Control mechanisms shall be established to ensure that: (1) design inputs
are correctly translated into design documents in a timely manner; (2)
organizational and physical interfaces are identified and controlled; (3)
changes to design are controlled in a manner commensurate with the original
design; (4) the design is independently verified to be adequate; (5)
documentation and records of the design and design verification processes
are maintained in accordance with the QA program.
QA encompasses all those planned and systematic actions and controls
necessary to provide adequate confidence that a structure, system, or
component will perform satisfactorily in service. QA includes quality
control which includes actions needed to ensure that the physical
characteristics of a material, structure, component, or system meet
predetermined requirements.
An adequate QA program provides the following assurances:
o Organizational interfaces are identified and controlled.
o The design is independently verified to be adequate.
o A document control system is in place.
o A change control system is in place.
The QA program shall include quality control functions in the following
areas:
o The design will satisfy program and project requirements.
o The prepared drawings and construction specifications adequately
incorporate QA, design, and codes and standards requirements and are
available in a timely manner.
o Construction can be performed in accordance with design.
o Tests, reviews, or inspections confirm the adequacy of design and
quality of construction and manufactured components, where appropriate.
o Lock and tag systems are provided for turnover acceptance, maintenance,
and system outages.
As a part of the QA program, architectural and engineering portions of
design should be closely coordinated and functionally analyzed during the
conceptual, preliminary (Title I), and detailed (Title II) design phases to
avoid conflicts that could result in costly changes during construction.
Prior to initiating Title I and Title II design, QA requirements shall be
established for the project systems, subsystems, and components. The
following shall be determined:
o What the facility is to accomplish
o The range of operating conditions
o The required degree of reliability
o The intended useful life
o How it can be maintained, repaired, or replaced
Wherever possible, design shall reflect experience gained on similar
projects or similar types of construction.
Provisions shall be made for review and checking design calculations,
drawings, and construction specifications by qualified personnel other than
those responsible for the original design.
Deviations from specified standards shall be identified and procedures
established to ensure their control.
To the extent practicable, and particularly in the case of innovative
design, the design should be independently reviewed by competent consultants
in construction or manufacturing techniques to confirm the practicability of
construction or manufacture.
0150 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
0150-1 SITE DEVELOPMENT
During site development construction activities:
o The area beyond the construction limits shall not be unnecessarily
disturbed.
o The impact of construction activities on the environment and existing
facilities shall be minimized through the use of silt fencing, dust
palliatives, soil waterproofers, etc., in accordance with TM 5-830-3.
o Site resources such as soil, timber, and water shall be effectively
used.
o Potential effects on existing safeguards and security shall be assessed
and necessary precautionary measures implemented.
o Construction materials and installed work shall be protected from
damage.
o Construction materials and installed work that have been damaged during
construction activities shall be replaced.
o Existing utilities and other structures that are to remain in place
shall be located by survey, staked, and protected from disturbance.
Where feasible, the following temporary and permanent facilities shall
coincide to minimize the area of disturbance within the construction limits:
o Drainage and erosion control measures
o Horizontal and vertical access road alignments
o Parking and storage areas
See Section 0250-3, Roads, and Section 0250-4, Parking Areas, for further
criteria.
Where construction will affect off-site activities, local government and law
enforcement agencies shall be notified.
Traffic control measures shall be implemented to minimize interference
between construction activities and local vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
Work zone traffic control plans shall be implemented and shall include
necessary barricades, detours and signage. Such plans shall comply with
ANSI D6.1.
Disturbance of the natural terrain shall be minimized during site grading.
Where feasible, natural flora on or adjacent to the construction site shall
be preserved and protected from vehicular and pedestrian traffic with
temporary fencing.
In locations where topsoil is not readily available, all topsoil within the
area of disturbance shall be scalped and stockpiled in a designated
location, for later use in landscaping and revegetation efforts.
Excess topsoil, if any, shall be preserved and stockpiled in a designated
location for future use at other construction sites.
Natural flora in unlandscaped areas shall be reestablished where disturbed
by construction activities.
Revegetation operations shall coincide with other landscaping activities.
Where revegetation is not feasible due to adverse climatic conditions (i.e.,
desert climate) other methods of soil stabilization shall be implemented
(e.g., terraces, benches, dikes, chemical soil stabilizers, mulches and
mulch tacks).
Cultural resource sites of archaeologic and historic significance that lie
within the boundaries of DOE installations shall be identified within the
site EIA.
Archaeologic and historic sites shall be reconsidered during preparation of
CDRs and ADMs for new construction. New construction shall comply with each
site's historical preservation plan. Archaeologic and historic site
clearances for new construction shall be obtained prior to Title I
Preliminary Design. The evaluation and mitigation process associated with
archaeologic and historic site clearances shall include testing,
documentation, site stabilization (preservation measures), and consultation
with the State Historical Preservation Office. Where feasible, archaeologic
and historic sites shall be protected and preserved in accordance with
Executive Order 11593, Section 106 of the NPHA of 1966, and 36 CFR 800.
Construction materials and installed work at the construction site shall be
protected from damage. Temporary security fencing shall be installed, as
required, at unsecured construction sites to prevent vandalism or theft.
See Section 0150-5, Temporary Security Fencing.
0150-2 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
The conditions and requirements for the following temporary utilities shall
be considered on a project-by-project basis:
o Water service
o Sanitary wastewater disposal
o Stormwater drainage
o Refuse collection
o Electrical power
Where feasible, temporary utility service shall be taken from existing
utility distribution or collection systems. All temporary utility service
connections shall be coordinated, as appropriate, with franchised utilities
or with the cognizant DOE Facilities Engineering Group. Routes selected for
temporary utility services shall mitigate interference with construction
activities. As required, temporary utility services shall be removed after
installation of permanent utility services.
0150-3 TEMPORARY AND SPECIAL WIRING FOR TELEPHONE FACILITIES
The need for temporary telephone facilities shall be assessed on a
project-by-project basis. Overhead or buried cable shall be used to provide
interim service to telephone facilities during construction activities.
Routes selected for temporary telephone cable shall mitigate interference
with construction activities. Temporary and special wiring (including
utility poles and buried cable) shall be removed after installation of
permanent telephone wiring systems. See Section 1075, Telephone Facilities.
0150-4 POLLUTION AND SOIL EROSION CONTROL
0150-4.1 General
Pollution and soil erosion controls shall be implemented during construction
activities to mitigate impacts on air, water, and other environmental
resources and to assure compliance with Federal, State, and local laws and
regulations.
Site-specific industrial waste problems shall be considered prior to
construction. Special construction permit and environmental protection
requirements shall be addressed at a pre-bid conference and shall be clearly
stated within the contract documents.
0150-4.2 Solid Waste
Precautions shall be taken to prevent conveyance of wind-borne refuse beyond
the construction limits. Such material shall be collected on a regular
basis and consolidated on-site. Construction site refuse and other solid
waste shall be hauled to an approved landfill on a regular basis.
Provisions shall be taken to prevent accumulation of mud and soil on
adjoining paved roadways during construction activities.
0150-4.3 Air Pollution
Construction refuse and other solid waste shall not be disposed of on-site
by open burning without prior approval of the cognizant DOE Facilities
Engineering Group. Precautions shall also be taken to minimize the release
of gases, vapors and exhaust emissions during site development construction
activities.
Dust palliatives and soil waterproofers shall be used to mitigate air
quality impacts. Generation of airborne particulate matter by vehicle
movement shall be minimized in accordance with TM 5-830-3 by limiting the
area of disturbance at the construction site, by frequent roadway spraying
with water or surfactants, or by other methods that adequately control dust.
To mitigate dust generation during construction activities, placement of
permanent roadway and parking area pavements shall be scheduled during early
stages of construction. Where pavement damage by construction equipment
precludes early placement of permanent roadway and parking area pavements,
base course material shall be among other dust control measures considered
as alternatives.
0150-4.4 Water Pollution and Soil Erosion
Effective temporary measures shall be implemented to minimize water
pollution and soil erosion during construction activities. Where feasible,
placement of permanent site improvements (e.g., drainage, erosion control,
landscape, roadway base course and pavement) shall be scheduled during early
stages of construction to minimize the duration of exposure of erodible
soils. Temporary stormwater diversion and detention facilities shall be
provided where early placement of permanent improvements is impractical.
During construction, temporary bridges or culverts shall be provided at all
access road drainage crossings. Where feasible, construction activities
shall be scheduled to avoid the rainy season.
Precautions shall also be taken to prevent discharge of liquid contaminants
(such as fuels, lubricants and other toxic substances) to the environment.
Temporary facilities for disposal of sanitary wastewater shall be provided.
0150-4.5 Noise Pollution
The impact of noise pollution on site personnel, adjacent activities and
existing facilities shall be assessed prior to site development construction
activities. Precautionary measures shall be implemented to mitigate such
impacts where they are significant.
0150-4.6 Demolition and Decommissioning
See Section 0205, Demolition, Decontamination, and Decommissioning.
0150.5 TEMPORARY SECURITY FENCING
Prior to construction the following conditions and requirements for
temporary security fencing shall be implemented:
o Exclusion of unauthorized vehicular and pedestrian traffic from the
construction site
o Restriction of authorized vehicular traffic to designated access roads
o Protection of construction materials and installed work
Temporary security fencing shall be installed, as required, at unsecured
construction sites to prevent vandalism or theft.
Temporary security fencing shall provide a level of integrity and a clear
zone to suit site-specific conditions.
Temporary security fencing shall be consistent with site-specific security
and protection goals and operational requirements.
See Section 0283-3, Permanent Security Fencing.
0170 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
0170-1 MATERIAL TO BE PROVIDED
Prior to final acceptance of a completed contract, the construction
contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer various data needed for the
successful operation of the facility and material assuring compliance with
the construction documents. Contract documents shall ensure that the
contractor is responsible for delivering these items.
The following noninclusive listings indicate the basic information to be
submitted. The design professional shall delete from the listing
inapplicable items and add project-specific requirements.
Project documentation:
o Record drawings
o As-built drawings
o Welder IDs, welder qualification records, inspection reports, original
radiographic films, weld maps
o Action response to inspection reports
o Bonds
o Weekly certified payrolls
o Insurance certificates
o Names of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers
o Minutes of progress meetings
o Measurement and calculation for pay items
o Original and revised construction schedules
o Accident reports
o Photos
o Reports of progress and problems
o Names of the responsible parties, addresses and telephone numbers
Final survey locations and physical features including:
o Building corners
o Roads
o Parking lots and sidewalks
o Quality assurance records
o Above- and below-ground utilities, valves, and utility structures
Data to be furnished shall be tied into horizontal control system using
established coordinates or baselines and property lines. Vertical control
system shall use USGS or other recognized bench marks. See Section 0202,
Surveying.
Field test reports:
o Construction components test (to demonstrate conformance to design
documents)
o System operational test (to demonstrate conformance to design documents)
o HVAC testing and balancing
o Pressurization/vacuum and leakage tests of piping, tanks and equipment
o Sterilization of potable water systems
o Filtration
o Acoustical
o Vibration
o Backfill (material type, proctor tests, compaction)
o Concrete (slump, air entrainment, cylinder and beam strength)
o Smoke evacuation
o Fire suppression
o Fire and smoke detection
o Grounding
o End-to-end function for electrical, instrumentation, and communications
o Security system performance/demonstration
o Wire continuity and hi-pot/megger
o Communications
o Energy management systems and devices
o Emergency generation/UPS
o Blockage tests and flow tests for sewer lines
o Cathodic protection
o Lightning protection
o Asphalt (classification, gradation, thickness, compaction)
o Base material (material type, thickness)
o Excavation (soil type, elevation of rock, elevation of water table)
o Pile driving data sheets including hammer size and energy, blows per
foot and final tip elevation
o Pile load test results
o Timber test reports
Manufacturers' and supplier's data including contractor-designed items;
o Warranties
o Manufacturing inspection certificates
o Manufacturing performance certificates
o Standards certification documentation
o Listing of local service companies
o Listing of emergency "Hot Lines"
o Wire lists
o Operating and maintenance manuals (normal and emergency)
o Spare parts lists
o Concrete mix designs, asphalt mix design
o Shop drawings as approved
o Laboratory, shop and mill tests' results of materials and equipment
o Samples
o Pre-engineered building calculations and certification
o Truss design calculations
o Material fire testing documentation
o Schematic and one-line electrical system diagrams
o Normal voltage levels
o Switching arrangements
o Equipment descriptions
o Load capacities
o Short-circuit interrupting ratings
o Plant material watering, fertilizing, pruning, spraying mulching,
mowing, aerating, dethatching schedules
o Material Safety Data Sheets
0170-2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
The Contracting Officer shall initiate contract closeout procedures.
Construction completion and closeout procedures shall be as required by DOE
4700.1.
DIVISION 2
Site and Civil Engineering
0200 SITE DEVELOPMENT
0200-1 FACILITY SITING
0200-1.1 General
The selection of sites for new facilities shall comply with DOE 4300.1B.
Site development and facility utilization planning shall comply with DOE
4300.1B. Site development planning for energy management shall comply with
DOE/MA 0129. A site development plan shall be used to locate new facilities
on existing or new sites to assure effective site utilization and to
preclude future conflicts between existing and new facilities.
During site selection for new facilities the following conditions and
requirements shall be considered:
o Programmatic and operating efficiency
o Natural topographic and geologic conditions
o Existing cultural, historic, and archeological resources
o Endemic plant and animal species
o Existence of known RCRA and/or CERCLA sites
o Special siting requirements for facilities containing, using, or
processing hazardous materials
o Health, safety and environmental protection requirements
o Indoor air quality impacts (e.g., presence of radon in foundation soils,
building materials that off-gas irritating chemical vapors and the need
to "bake out" new buildings prior to occupancy)
o Hazardous operations and consequences of potential accidents in adjacent
facilities
o Natural hazards including seismic activity, wind, hurricane, tornado,
flood, hail, volcanic ash, lightning and snow
o Wave action within any natural or man-made body of water (in accordance
with CERC Shore Protection Manual)
o Physical protection requirements
o Security and safeguard requirements
o Adequacy of existing or planned support and service facilities,
including utilities, roads, and parking areas
o Interrelationships between facilities and aesthetic compatibility
o Energy conservation requirements
o Impact of site selection
Location analyses performed during the preparation of CDRs shall consider
but not be limited to these same criteria. The NEPA/DOE 5440.1C require the
preparation of in environmental assessment prior to the initiation of a
government action that may significantly affect the environment. These
requirements shall be considered during facility siting.
To the extent possible, facility siting shall preclude the use of
floodplains or areas subject to flash floods and shall minimize destruction,
loss, or degradation of wetlands. See Section 0276, Construction in
Floodplains or on Wetlands.
0200-1.2 Radiological Siting Requirements
Radiological siting requirements shall be considered during site selection
and facility planning efforts.
For those facilities in which radioactive materials are processed, used, or
stored, or those facilities that incorporate radiation-producing machines,
the acceptability of the site shall be evaluated in terms of potential
radiological consequences. The accidents to be considered are those
attributable to both operational events (determined by using a deterministic
and/or a probabilistic approach) and natural phenomena as applicable to the
facility and the site.
For a deterministic analysis, events to be analyzed are those judged to have
maximum consequences based on technical review of the specific facility
design and related radiological processes. For a probabilistic analysis,
events to be considered are those events whose annual probability of
occurrence exceeds 10-6. These analyses provide the basis of judgment for
selection of one site over alternative sites and for overall risk of
operation of the facility.
Radiation dose to an off-site individual receiving maximum exposure shall be
evaluated. For both on-site and off-site individuals, emergency response
planning shall be an important criterion in determining the acceptability of
a site. Dose refers to dose equivalent in rem from exposure to radiation
directly received by the body from an external source and/or from
radioactive materials taken into the body by inhalation or ingestion. Dose
shall be calculated and compared to the dose guidelines established below.
Comparisons shall be based on a 50-year committed effective dose-equivalent.
The off-site individual receiving the maximum dose shall be assumed to be
located at the point of highest concentration (or highest exposure rate)
outside the boundary controlled by the site. Meteorological conditions used
in dose calculations shall be representative of unfavorable dispersion,
determined by comparing the 0.5 percent dispersion factors (X/Q) for each
sector to the 5-percent overall site X/Q and selecting the highest value.
The dose assessment shall consider both the duration of the event and,
consistent with emergency response capability to control or evacuate
individuals, the duration of exposure. The duration of exposure should not
exceed two hours. The dose calculated shall be compared to the numerical
guidelines within 0200-1.2, Radiological Siting Guidelines.
Consideration shall be given to on-site individuals. Prudent measures
associated with the radiological protection of on-site personnel and in
conjunction with the on-site emergency response planning, as required
through implementation of DOE 5500.3, shall be incorporated into the design
and siting of a new facility.
Information on the siting evaluation, including the models, parameters, and
assumptions used in the dose calculations shall be documented for use in the
facility's SAR and emergency response plans. See DOE 5440.1C and DOE
5481.1B.
0200-1.3 Radiological Siting Guidelines
The following siting guidelines apply to off-site individuals receiving
maximum dose from exposure to internally-deposited radioactive materials
and/or to radiation from external sources. Guidelines are based on a
50-year committed dose equivalent.
The maximum calculated dose shall not exceed 25 rem to the whole body, 300
rem to the thyroid, 300 rem to the bone surface, 75 rem to the lung, or 150
rem to any other organ. If multiple organs receive doses from the same
exposure, the effective dose equivalent from all sources shall not exceed 25
rem when calculated by using the ICRP Report No. 26 weighting factors.
These siting guidelines apply to nonreactor nuclear facilities. Siting and
design criteria for nuclear reactors appear in DOE 5480.6.
The use of doses as set forth in these guides is not intended to imply that
these doses constitute acceptable limits for emergency doses to the public
under accident conditions. Rather, these are reference values that can be
used in the evaluation of facility design in combination with the
suitability of the site with respect to accidents having a low probability
of occurrence and low risk of public exposure to radiation.
When calculating these doses, degraded performance of ESF and administrative
controls shall be assumed unless they can be clearly shown to be unaffected
by the accident (capable of performing their safety function) by proper
design, installation, testing, and maintenance according to prescribed
standards.
Guidance for implementing the criteria of Section 0200-1.2, Radiological
Siting Requirements, is available in LANL LA-10294-MS. However, this
guidance does not apply to high-level waste repositories with respect to
earthquake siting and design.
0200-2 BUILDING LOCATION
New buildings and building additions shall be located in accordance with the
site development plan. During site selection for new buildings the
following conditions and requirements shall be considered:
o Architectural and functional compatibility with the environment
o Operation and service functional relationships
o Natural topographic and geologic conditions
o Existing cultural and archeological resources
o Historical sites
o Abandoned mines or wells and potential for subsidence
o Endemic plant and animal species
o Availability of existing utility services
o Building setback requirements
o Availability of existing road systems
o Traffic volume
o Refuse handling and loading zone requirements
o Adequacy for parking, future expansion, and other land use requirements
o Health, safety, and environmental protection requirements
o Indoor air quality impacts (e.g., presence of radon in foundation soils,
building materials that off-gas irritating chemical vapors and the need
to "bake out" new buildings prior to occupancy)
o Physical protection requirements
o Security and safeguard requirements
o Energy conservation requirements
o Impact of site selection
o Minimum fire separation between buildings (in accordance with NFPA 80A)
Open space shall be provided between structures (to accommodate site
security, landscaping and other environmental considerations).
Sufficient access shall be provided around building exteriors (to
accommodate emergency vehicles, maintenance vehicles and snow removal
equipment).
In cold climates, building entrances, stairs and other pedestrian
circulation features should not be placed along the north side of buildings
or within shaded areas.
Sites selected for new buildings shall comply with DOE 4330.2C.
Location analyses performed during the preparation of CDRs shall consider
but not be limited to the above criteria.
0200-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0200-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities--General
0200-99.0.1 General
Site evaluation and studies necessary to provide the technical basis for
location, design, and operation (under normal conditions, severe and extreme
environmental conditions, and DBA conditions) of the facility shall include
but not be limited to the items indicated below. In addition, appropriate
consideration shall be given to the long-term and immediate consequences of
releases of radioactive or other hazardous materials to the environment.
New site selection requirements and procedures are also prescribed in DOE
4300.1B.
0200-99.0.2 Other Facilities and Operations
The potential hazards from other on-site facilities and off-site sources of
hazards that could affect the safe operation of the special facility shall
be considered. Typical on-site hazards are fire, explosion, radioactive
materials, gas mains, large quantities of explosives, flammable gases, and
other hazardous materials. Off-site hazards can be due to the facility's
proximity to airports, transportation routes (highways, railways, and
waterways), private industrial facilities, and military facilities.
0200-99.0.3 Services
The proximity of the facility to utilities, the fire department, and other
services shall be considered.
The design of utility services shall provide reliability consistent with
operational requirements, the value of in-process product, and the potential
hazard for identifiable probable conditions. Utility systems essential to
the support of safety class items shall be designed as safety class items.
0200-99.0.4 Meteorology
Available meteorological data shall be considered to identify conditions
that may influence the design and operation of the facility. Meteorological
data to be considered shall include expected annual ranges and distributions
of the following variables:
o Wind direction and speed
o Atmospheric stability
o Temperature
o Atmospheric water vapor
o Mean joint temperature and specific humidity
As a minimum, at least one year of valid meteorological data shall be used
to properly develop estimated joint frequency distributions of wind speed
and stability conditions. These data shall be used to estimate the
dispersal of effluents under normal and accident conditions.
0200-99.0.5 Hydrology
Site studies shall be performed to determine ground water levels, flood
runoff, drainage, and other hydrological characteristics that could
influence the design or operation of the facility. The hydrological studies
shall include the following:
o Flooding (probable maximum flood, 100-year flood, 25-year flood, flash
flooding, flood due to tsunamis, flooding due to dam failures, flooding
due to ice jams)
o Ground water levels
o Tsunamis
o Dam failures and breaches (including seismically induced dam failures)
o Ice loadings from water bodies
o Potential transport of radioactive and chemical contaminants in surface
water and in groundwater
0200-99.0.6 Seismology
Studies shall be performed to determine site features such as ground failure
under dynamic loading, surface faulting, liquefaction, vibratory ground
motion, and site amplification that could influence the design or operation
of the facility.
0200-99.8 Telecommunications, Alarm, and ADP Centers and Radio
Repeater Stations
0200-99.8.1 General
Telecommunications, alarm, and ADP centers shall be centralized and
consolidated to:
o Maximize the range of electrical and communication systems coverage
o Reduce on-site distribution service cable and duct lengths
o Maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of physical protection systems
o Minimize operation and maintenance costs
Five-year growth forecasts shall be performed during site evaluations for
telecommunications, alarm, and ADP centers.
Telecommunications, alarm, and ADP centers and radio repeater stations shall
be housed in fire-resistant structures and located outside areas subject to
explosion, fire, flood, chemical fumes, excessive dust, vibration, dampness,
high noise levels, and high electrical interference. Protective measures
shall be implemented in all instances where these facilities cannot be
located outside such areas. Facility fire and physical protection designs
shall comply with DOE 1360.2A, DOE 5300.2B, DOE 5300.3B, DOE 5300.4B, the
DOE 5632 series, DOE 5637.1, NFPA 75 and DOE/EP 0108.
ADP centers that process classified or sensitive unclassified information
shall be located in secured areas with effective access control.
When ADP centers must be located in multiple-use facilities, special
protective measures shall be implemented to safeguard ADP equipment and to
ensure uninterrupted operation. ADP centers shall not be located above or
below the following facilities unless they are separated by fire-resistant
floors or are otherwise properly isolated:
o Cafeterias and kitchens
o Photographic film processing areas
o Chemical laboratory areas
o High-voltage electrical distribution centers
o Public areas
o Hazardous areas
o Uncontrolled areas
The configuration of maintenance, operating, storage and utility areas and
equipment within telecommunications, alarm, and ADP centers and radio
repeater stations shall:
o Provide optimal functional efficiency to operations and maintenance
personnel
o Provide adequate maintenance service access to maintain all equipment.
The minimum aisle space between cabinets or rack-mounted equipment and
adjacent walls shall be 3 feet. Additional clearance shall be provided
for high-voltage equipment and to allow for equipment change out.
o Consolidate related equipment and operations areas
o Provide adequate fire-resistant wall separations between storage and
maintenance areas and equipment and operations areas
o Provide physical protection for equipment, operations, and storage areas
o Provide structural, architectural, environmental, mechanical, and
electrical features and systems that will mitigate the degree of
renovation necessary to accommodate future expansion needs for five
years after facilities are occupied
0200-99.8.2 Teletype, Data, and Facsimile Centers
Teletype, data, and facsimile centers shall be centralized and consolidated
within a secured area located in close proximity to the principal users.
Site and facility planning efforts for such centers shall be coordinated
with the cognizant DOE security office and the user groups.
0200-99.8.3 Radio Control Centers
Land area requirements, air space restrictions, and topographic limitations
shall be considered during site selection for radio communications control
centers.
Radio communications control centers shall be located outside areas subject
to high electrical noise levels.
0200-99.8.4 Fire Alarm Control Centers
Fire alarm control centers shall be located within the central fire station,
the Emergency Communication Center or within another alarm center in each
emergency service area. Where feasible, secondary fire alarm control
centers shall be located within other fire stations in the immediate
vicinity.
0200-99.8.5 Security Alarm Control Centers
Security alarm control centers shall be located in close proximity to the
tactical response force when possible and practical.
0200-99.8.6 Radio Repeater Stations
Sites selected for radio repeater stations shall comply with DOE 5300.1B.
Approval for a radio repeater station shall be obtained from DOE
Headquarters, Office of Computer Services and Telecommunications Management.
0201 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS
0201-1 GENERAL
For permanent structures, subsurface conditions shall be determined by means
of borings or other methods that adequately disclose soil and groundwater
conditions. Data and other information obtained from prior subsurface
investigations shall be used, supplemented by additional investigations at
the specific location as deemed necessary by the design professional.
Subsurface investigations shall be made for critical facilities.
Subsurface investigations shall be performed under the direction of a
qualified soils engineer. In earthquake-prone areas, appropriate geological
investigations shall be made to determine the contribution of the foundation
(subsurface) to the earthquake loads imposed on the structure and shall
include, but not be limited to, a recommendation of foundation type,
determinations of allowable soil bearing design capacity, and the possible
effects of seismic activity on the soil mass. A settlement analysis under
differential design loads shall be performed where differential settlement
may cause structural or architectural damage.
0201-2 DRILLING AND SAMPLING METHODS
Drilling and sampling shall comply with ASTM standards, including ASTM
D1586, ASTM D1587, and ASTM D2113. Soil samples shall be taken below
existing grade and at each change in soil stratification or soil
consistency. The depth of soil samples shall be determined by the soils
engineer after consulting with the project engineer on site-specific design
requirements.
Soil samples shall be preserved until the subsurface investigation has been
approved by the cognizant DOE authority.
0201-3 FIELD AND LABORATORY REPORTS
All data required to be recorded according to the ASTM or other standard
test methods used shall be obtained, recorded in the field, and referenced
to boring numbers. Soil shall be visually classified in the field logs in
accordance with ASTM D2488, but the classification for final logs shall be
based on the field information, the results of tests, and further inspection
of samples in the laboratory by the soils engineer preparing the report. As
a minimum the report shall:
o Include a chart illustrating the soil classification criteria and the
terminology and symbols used on the boring logs
o Identify the ASTM or other recognized standard sampling and test methods
used
o Provide a plot plan giving dimensioned locations of test borings
o Provide vertical sections for each boring plotted and graphically
presented showing number of borings, date of start and finish, surface
elevations, description of soil and thickness of each layer, depth to
loss or gain of drilling fluid, hydraulic pressure required or number of
blows per foot (N value), and, where applicable, depth to wet cave-in,
depth to artesian head, groundwater elevation and time when water
reading was made and presence of gases
o Note the location of strata containing organic materials, weak materials
or other inconsistencies that might affect engineering conclusions
o Describe the existing surface conditions
o Summarize the subsurface conditions present
o Provide pavement structural design data including California Bearing
Ratio tests or modulus of subgrade reaction tests
o Provide a profile and/or topographic map of rock or other bearing
stratum
o Analyze the probable variations in elevations and movements of
subsurface water due to seasonal influences
o Report all laboratory determinations of soil properties including
shrinkage and expansion properties
0201-4 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The soils engineer shall analyze the information developed by investigation
or otherwise available, including any aspect of the soil conditions that
might affect design and construction of proposed structures, and shall
consult with the engineer on the design requirements of the project. The
soils engineer shall submit a professional evaluation, recommended
construction specifications, and recommendations including the following
where applicable:
o Foundation support of the structure and slabs, including soil bearing
pressures, bearing elevations, foundation design recommendations and
anticipated settlement
o Anticipation of, and management of, groundwater
o Lateral earth pressures and pressure coefficients (active, passive, and
at rest) and internal friction angles for design of walls below grade,
including backfill, compaction and subdrainage, and their requirements
o Soil material and compaction requirements for site fill, construction
backfill, and for the support of structures and pavement
o Recommendations and design criteria for shoring and underpinning systems
o Design criteria for temporary excavation, temporary protection such as
sheet piling, underpinning and temporary dewatering systems
o Stability of slopes
o Seismic activity
o Frost penetration depth and effect
o Analysis of the effect of weather and construction equipment on soil
during construction
o Analysis of soils to ascertain presence of dispersive potentially
expansive, deleterious, chemically active or corrosive materials or
conditions, or presence of gas
o Recommendation of the most proper foundation system and other
alternative workable systems
o Specific recommendations and design and construction criteria for ponds,
reservoirs, slurry cut-off walls, drainage systems, etc.
0202 SURVEYING
0202-1 GENERAL
Construction, control, property and topographic surveys shall be coordinated
with the cognizant DOE authority. Where feasible, surveying support
available from DOE contractors shall be used. Survey field notes shall be
legibly recorded on standardized (8-1/2 inch x 11 inch) field note forms.
Field notes and final plots of surveys shall be furnished to the cognizant
DOE authority. Any boundary surveys and recorded maps shall be forwarded to
the DOE Operations Office.
The degree of accuracy for construction, control, property, and topographic
surveys shall be consistent with the nature and importance of each survey.
Where required by law (i.e., applicable State statutes) all control and
property surveys at DOE sites shall be performed by, or under the
supervision of, a professional land surveyor registered in the State in
which the subject site is situated.
0202-2 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL
Each DOE Facilities Engineering Group shall be responsible for establishing,
recording, and perpetuating primary on-site horizontal and vertical control
monumentation. Each DOE Operations Office shall also be responsible for
correlating primary site-specific horizontal and vertical control
monumentation with that of other agencies such as the National Geodetic
Survey (formerly the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey [C&GS]). Primary
horizontal control monumentation shall comply with NOAA NGS Special
Publication 247. Primary vertical control monumentation shall comply with
NOAA Manual NOS NGS 1 and NOAA Manual NOS NGS 3. All geodetic control
networks and surveys shall comply with FGCC Standards and Specifications for
Geodetic Control Networks.
Temporary on-site horizontal and vertical control monumentation shall comply
with ACSM Horizontal Control as Applied to Local Surveying Needs and with
NOAA Manual NOS NGS 3.
0202-3 MONUMENTATION
0202-3.1 Temporary Control Monuments
Where the scope and complexity of the project warrants, the placement,
number and location of temporary horizontal and vertical control monuments
in new development areas shall be coordinated with and approved by the
cognizant DOE Facilities Engineering Group. See Section 0202-6,
Construction Staking.
A minimum of two inter-visible control monuments shall be placed along or
adjacent to right-of-way lines. These temporary control monuments shall be
tied by a Grid Bearing, ground distance and elevation to a third permanent
survey monument or temporary control monument. The surveyor setting such
monumentation shall submit legible notes, drawings, and reproducible
documentation to the DOE Facilities Engineering Group. The location and
description of all temporary control monuments in the immediate vicinity of
new construction shall be provided on construction drawings.
Temporary control monuments shall be 5/8-inch diameter mild steel bars or
3/4-in diameter iron pipe with a minimum length of 2 feet. In loose sand or
unstable soil, such temporary control monuments shall have a minimum length
of 3 feet. With written approval from the cognizant DOE Facilities
Engineering Group, manhole rims, markings chiseled in concrete, PK nails in
asphalt, and lead and tack in bedrock or concrete shall be suitable
alternative temporary control monuments.
Temporary control monuments shall be set flush or within 0.2 feet of the
ground surface. All temporary control monuments shall have a cap or
permanent tag bearing the assigned monument identification numbers as
identified in the survey field notes and as shown on the design drawings or
other related documents.
Three guard posts with reflective paint striping shall be installed adjacent
to temporary control monuments in high traffic areas to preclude vehicular
damage.
Temporary control monuments shall be set in conformance with the accuracy
standards and specifications for Class 3 surveys or more accurately (see
Table 0202-3.1).
Table 0202-3.1 Suggested Standards and Specifications for Local Surveys***
==========================================================================
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
Position Closure 1:15,000 1:10,000 1:5,000
Angles Accurate to 5 sec. 7 sec. 14 sec.
Distances Accurate to 0.002 ft. 0.004 ft. 0.007 ft.
(per 100 feet) (1:50,000) (1:25,000) (1:15,000)
Rejection limit or spreads
between D & R and sets 5 sec. 5 sec. 10 sec.
Number of positions or sets
1" Instrument 4 Pos. 4 Pos. 2 Pos.
10" Instrument 1 Set 6DR 1 Set 6DR 1 Set 2DR
20" Instrument 2 Sets 6DR 2 Sets 6DR 1 Set 4DR
30" Instrument 3 Sets 6DR 3 Sets 6DR 1 Set 6DR
1' Instrument 1 Set 8DR
Azimuth Closure 8" N 1/2 10" N 1/2 30" N 1/2
Azimuth Closure per
angle point 3 Sec. 5 Sec. 10 Sec.
Number of Repetitions
(distance measurements) 1 1 1
Taping Criteria
Temperature Accurate to Accurate to Accurate to
+2 degrees F +3 degrees F +6 degrees F
Tension Accurate to Accurate to Accurate to
+1# of +2# of +3# of
standard standard standard
Calibration ** ** **
Type of Target Fixed Fixed Plumb Bob String
or Fixed
1. It is recommended that 30" transits not be used for Class 1 and 2
surveys.
2. *N = Number of angle stations carrying azimuth. The smallest value for
the azimuth closure criteria will apply.
3. Fractions of a full tape length must be checked.
4. Properly calibrated electronic distance measuring equipment may be used
in place of metal tapes.
5. Side points observed from primary traverses shall conform within reason
to the required accuracy for the primary traverse. The accuracy of the
observations will depend on the type of point observed. Whenever
indefinite points, such as fence corners, tree stumps, etc., are
involved, the best approximation of the center or specific point
previously described should be observed. Each angle should be observed
2DR, and the spread between the D and R observations should not exceed
+20".
6. Tension applied should be same used to standardize or calibrate tape.
** Standardized tape or one calibrated with a standardized tape.
*** Horizontal Control at Applied to Local Surveying Needs, American
Congress on Surveying and Mapping 5200. Permanent survey monuments
shall be considered to have zero positional error when used as reference
for the placement of control monuments for construction, but should be
checked with at least one other monument at the time construction
control is set.
==========================================================================
Table 0202-3.1 is taken from ASCM Horizontal Control as Applied to Local
Surveying Needs. These standards and specifications apply to surveys in
areas where control is closely spaced (one or two miles, or less); however,
these standards and specifications may be applied to surveys where control
is more widely spaced with precision field operations.
0202-3.2 Permanent Survey Monuments
The placement, number and location of permanent survey monuments for
horizontal and vertical control shall be coordinated with and approved by
the cognizant DOE authority. The location and description of the nearest
permanent survey monument shall be provided on construction drawings. These
monuments shall be tied by Grid Bearing, ground distance and elevation to
the applicable State Plane Coordinate System and referenced to NAD of 1983
and the NGVD of 1929.
Any surveyor that sets a permanent survey monument shall submit legible
notes, sketches, or other reproducible documentation that show the location
of the new monument relative to the on-site horizontal and vertical control
network, to the applicable State Plane Coordinate System, to the NAD of 1983
and to the NGVD of 1929. The convergence, scale factor, and elevation at
the monument shall also be provided.
A description of the surveying equipment and procedures used to establish
the new monument shall accompany copies of all field notes, calculations,
reductions, and closures. Similar information shall be submitted for any
found monuments. Permanent survey monuments shall be considered properly
positioned and represented only after the DOE Operations Office has approved
all survey procedures and calculations and has verified conformance to
standards and specifications for Class 2 surveys (see Table 0202-3.1) or
greater.
Table 0202-3.1 shall apply to surveys in areas where control is closely
spaced (one or two miles or less); however, these standards and
specifications may be applied to surveys where control is more widely spaced
with precision field operations. Permanent survey monuments shall be
identified with a metal cap or disk set in a 2-inch diameter pipe with
flared ends at bottom. Identification numbers, as approved by the DOE
Operations Office, shall be permanently stamped into the metal cap or disk.
These identification numbers shall be documented within the survey field
notes and shown on the design drawings and within related documents.
Tentative point identification for permanent survey monuments may be
assigned by the surveyor; however, permanent point identification shall only
be assigned to such monuments by the DOE Operations Office.
Permanent survey monuments shall not be removed without prior authorization
from the cognizant DOE Operations Office.
0202-3.3 Bench Marks
A minimum of one permanent bench mark for vertical control shall be
established in each new development area. A minimum of three bench marks
shall be established if there are no existing bench marks within a 3-mile
radius of each new development area. Additional bench marks may be
established, as necessary, with prior approval of the cognizant DOE
Facilities Engineering Group. Bench marks may coincide with permanent
survey monuments or temporary control monuments.
Bench mark elevations shall be referenced to the NGVD of 1929.
Level section misclosures between fixed bench mark elevations shall equal or
exceed Third Order Accuracy, as defined in FGCC Standards and Specifications
for Geodetic Control Networks (Table 0202-3.3).
Table 0202-3.3 Accuracy Standards for Level Closures
==========================================================================
First Order* Second Older* Third Order*
0.017 ft M 1/2 0.035 ft M 1/2 0.05 ft M 1/2
* M is the distance in miles of the total level route running forward and
back between fixed elevations or along a level loop.
Source: Standards and Specifications for Geodetic Control Networks, Federal
Geodetic Control Committee, 1984.
==========================================================================
Legible level notes and calculations shall be submitted to the cognizant DOE
Facilities Engineering Group for approval.
Permanent bench marks shall be identified with a metal cap or disk as
specified in Section 0202-3.2, Permanent Survey Monuments.
Permanent bench marks shall not be removed without prior authorization of
the cognizant DOE Operations Office. The location and description of all
bench marks in the immediate vicinity of new construction shall be provided
on construction drawings.
0202-4 SURVEYS FOR UTILITIES, ROADS, AND PARKING AREAS
Coordinates and elevations shall be determined for utilities, roads and
parking areas at their principal points of definition. This information
shall be provided on the construction drawings. The principal points of
definition for utility systems shall include utility poles, obstructions,
manholes, valve boxes and other appurtenances for heating and cooling lines,
sewers, and overhead and underground power and telephone systems. Principal
points of definition for potable water and natural gas distribution systems
shall be valve boxes, main line intersects and fire hydrants.
The principal points of definition for roads shall be roadway centerline
intersects. Road alignment surveys shall include stationing, bearings and
curve information tied to these principal points of definition. Where
applicable, the following information shall also be provided on the
construction drawings:
o Stations and deflection angles for each point of intersection
o Right-of-way lines and markers
o Spot elevations (centerline, edge of pavement, and at intersects) at
minimum intervals of 100 feet
o Pavement width
o Other improvements (e.g., drainage inlets, wheelchair ramps, fire
hydrants, sidewalk, curb and gutter)
o Topographic features within the project limits
o Elevation contours
o Overhead and underground utility crossings (plan and profile)
o Roadway drainage crossings
o Location and description of underground utility witness markers
0202-5 SURVEYS FOR EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Where exact routes of underground utilities are not defined within record
drawings and such information is essential to subsequent design efforts, the
cognizant DOE Facilities Engineering Group shall coordinate necessary
electronic line detection and exploratory excavation activities. Such
utilities shall be located by survey and documented on the construction
drawings.
0202-6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
Construction staking for new DOE facilities shall comply with local
standards and with practices approved by the cognizant DOE Facilities
Engineering Group.
0203 UTILITIES WITHIN EASEMENTS OR CORRIDORS
0203-1 UTILITY LOCATIONS
0203-1.1 General
Utility locations shall take into consideration the following:
o Location, size, and elevation of sanitary sewers, storm drains or open
drainage channels, drain inlets and manholes
o Location, size, and elevation of water, gas, heat transmission mains and
underground electrical service
o Location and size of overhead electric service, street lighting, and
telephone lines, including pole and manhole locations
o Location of fire alarm call boxes
0203-1.2 Underground Utilities
Underground utility lines such as sanitary sewer, water, and gas shall not
be placed under existing or proposed pavements, except when crossing such
pavements or when adequate space is not available. Utility lines shall be
placed between backslope of road ditch and building, or back of curb.
Water mains shall not be installed in the same trench with sewer lines.
Where water mains and sewer lines are installed parallel to roadways, they
shall, if practicable, be located on opposite sides of roadways.
See Section 0270, Sanitary Wastewater Collection and Stormwater Management
Systems, for underground pipeline separation requirements.
Underground lines shall be located so that minimum effort and cost will be
required to excavate the lines when required for maintenance.
0203-1.3 Aboveground Utilities
Aboveground utility features shall not be located in front of, or in such a
manner as to detract from the facility. They shall not make landscaping
more difficult or restrict or negate close-in recreational areas.
0203-1.4 Security Areas
Separation of utilities from security-related equipment must be considered
when planning utility installations. A special emphasis should be given to
maintaining clear ground around security fences and in security areas.
Utilities that penetrate or pass under a security barrier through an opening
of more than 96 square inches in smallest dimension shall provide the same
degree of penetration delay as is required for the security barrier.
Overhead utilities generally cannot pass between secure and nonsecure areas
without special security features. Utility equipment and supports should
not be located so as to provide cover in clear zones or security areas
equivalent to or more restrictive than Protected Areas or to aid illegal
crossing of security boundaries. The DOE 5632 series provides security area
definitions and regulations for these issues.
0203-1.5 Record Drawings
Underground utilities including piping and wiring and including both
temporary and permanent services shall be accurately defined on as-built
drawings in both plan and depth.
0205 DEMOLITION, DECONTAMINATION, AND DECOMMISSIONING
0205-1 DEMOLITION
Demolition plans shall ensure that remaining buildings, trees, and
environmental resources are protected.
The design professional shall determine whether the use of explosives will
be allowed and whether prior approval of such decision must be obtained from
DOE.
Demolition plans shall define:
o The extent of demolition, abandonment, and removal of existing
facilities and utilities
o Methods for handling and disposing of hazardous waste materials
(asbestos, PCB-filled equipment, and other hazardous waste materials)
o Materials to be salvaged
o Backfilling of removed materials and cleanup
0205-2 DECONTAMINATION AND DECOMMISSIONING
Facilities where radioactive or other hazardous contaminating materials will
be used or will result from facility operation shall be designed to limit
dispersion and simplify periodic decontamination and ultimate facility
decommissioning and disposal or reuse. Requirements are provided in Section
1300-11, Decontamination and Decommissioning.
0210 SITE PREPARATION
Local topography shall be considered during project and facility design
efforts. New facilities shall be planned to fit with the local topography
and require a minimum amount of grading.
Design shall include provisions for erosion control and soil stabilization
in ditches, fill slopes, embankments, and denuded areas, and restoration of
areas disturbed by the project to original or improved conditions. Site
preparation design shall comply with the following criteria:
o Site drainage design shall comply with Section 0270, Sanitary Wastewater
Collection and Stormwater Management Systems.
o Vehicle parking, sidewalks, and road requirements shall comply with
Section 0250, Paving and Surfacing.
o Landscaping shall comply with Section 0290, Landscaping.
o Site grading design shall comply with Section 0250, Paving and
Surfacing, and Section 0270, Sanitary Wastewater Collection and
Stormwater Management Systems.
o Site power and lighting shall comply with Section 0276, Power and
Lighting.
o Site security requirements shall be taken into account and provided for
in accordance with the requirements set forth in the DOE 5632 series.
See Section 0261, Physical Protection, for additional requirements.
0214 DEWATERING
0214-1 GENERAL
The design, installation, and operation of dewatering systems for
groundwater control shall be the responsibility of the construction
contractor, unless stipulated otherwise in the contract. A groundwater
investigation and the selection and design of a dewatering control system
shall comply with TM 5-818-5. The design engineer shall determine if the
assistance of a qualified groundwater hydrologist shall be required.
0214-2 GROUNDWATER INVESTIGATION
A groundwater investigation shall be made before selection of a dewatering
control system. The investigation shall examine the character of subsurface
soils, groundwater conditions and quality, and the availability of an
electric power source. The source of seepage shall be determined and the
boundaries and seepage flow characteristics of geologic and soil formations
at and adjacent to the site shall be analyzed in accordance with the
mathematical graphic, and electroanalogous methods discussed in TM 5-818-5.
Field reports identifying groundwater elevations, etc., should be provided
to construction contractor responsible for dewatering and groundwater
investigation.
0215 SHORING AND UNDERPINNING
0215-1 GENERAL
All shoring and underpinning shall comply with the safety requirements of 29
CFR 1926, Subpart P.
0215-2 SHORING SYSTEMS
Tiebacks analysis of plastic yielding in strutted excavations, analysis of
the stability of the bottom of excavations, and shoring for deep excavations
shall comply with SSFI SH 300.
0215-3 UNDERPINNING
Remedial underpinning shall be performed where existing foundations are
inadequate. Precautionary underpinning shall be performed where new
construction adjacent to an existing structure requires deeper excavation.
The services of a structural engineer specializing in underpinning shall be
used to perform any underpinning design, which shall comply with the
principles in Winterkorn and Fang, Foundation Engineering Handbook.
0220 EARTHWORK
0220-1 GENERAL
Earthwork includes excavating, filling, stabilizing, and compacting earth at
the site. Earthwork includes the addition of borrow and disposal of
excavated material.
0220-2 SUBSURFACE DATA
Prior to earthwork design, the design engineer shall confer with the soils
engineer to define subsurface investigation recommendations required in
accordance with Section 0201, Subsurface Investigations.
0220-3 DESIGN
The earthwork design and specification shall comply with the recommendations
in the project subsurface investigation.
0235 BUILDING FOUNDATIONS
0235-1 GENERAL
Building foundations shall be designed in accordance with the requirements
of the UBC and ACI 318.
0235-2 FOUNDATION DESIGN CRITERIA
0235-2.1 General
Based on preliminary information concerning the purpose of the structure,
foundation loads, and subsurface soil conditions, the design professional
shall consider alternative types of foundations for the bearing capacity and
total and differential settlements.
0235-2.2 Adverse Subsurface Conditions
One of the following procedures shall be used to ensure satisfactory
foundation performance where poor soil conditions are encountered:
o Bypass the poor soil by means of deep foundations extending to or into a
suitable bearing material
o Design structure foundations to accommodate anticipated differential
settlements
o Remove the poor material, and either treat and replace it or substitute
good compacted fill material
o Treat the soil in place before construction to improve its properties
Where reasonable alternative design foundation types are possible,
preliminary designs shall be prepared for the purpose of detailed cost
comparisons. These preliminary designs shall be sufficiently complete to
determine the approximate size of footings, length and number of piles
required, etc. The behavior of existing foundation types in the immediate
vicinity to those proposed shall be ascertained during preliminary design.
The long-term effects of subsurface conditions (bearing capacity and
settlement) on each foundation type shall be considered. See Section 0201,
Subsurface Investigations.
0235-2.3 Cost Estimates and Final Selection
Final foundation design shall not be initiated until the evaluation and cost
comparison of the proposed alternatives have been completed. On the basis
of tentative designs, the cost of each promising alternative shall be
estimated. Estimate sheets shall include items, dimensions, quantities,
unit material and labor costs.
0235-3 CONCRETE
Concrete for building foundations shall be designed in accordance with
Section 0330, Cast-In-Place Concrete.
0235-4 PIER-AND-BEAM FOUNDATIONS
Grade beams shall comply with ACI 318.
Piers shall comply with ACI 336.3R.
0235-5 PILE FOUNDATIONS
Pile foundations shall comply with the UBC and ACI 543R.
0235-6 RIBBED-MAT SLAB FOUNDATIONS
Ribbed-mat slabs shall comply with ACI 336.2R.
0235-7 EXPANSIVE SOILS
Where expansive soils are encountered, the magnitude of swell or settlement
shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D4546 or AASHTO T 258. Based on
the results of these tests, the foundation design shall consider one of the
following options:
o Mechanically or chemically altering the soil characteristics
o Controlling moisture conditions
o Designing the foundation to tolerate the estimated volume change
0235-8 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS
Heavy, vibration-producing equipment, such as high-pressure air compressors,
chillers, fire pumps and engine/generator sets, shall have separate,
isolated foundations. A structural vibration analysis and design shall be
provided for vibration equipment, where appropriate.
0245 RAILROAD DESIGN
0245-1 GENERAL
The bases for railroad facilities design shall be the criteria in AREA
Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties). Designs shall also
comply with regulations and criteria set forth by State commissions and
other regulatory bodies regarding railway crossings at public highways.
Special requirements such as derailers are required where railroads cross
some security boundaries. The security administrator or his or her designee
and the DOE 5632 series shall be consulted for design requirements.
0245-2 TRACK LAYOUT
Track layouts shall allow rail movement to be continuous from the
interchange yard through the classification yard to the delivery tracks.
Each interchange or receiving track shall be designed to accommodate the
maximum single delivery. The average number of cars in each classification
shall determine the length of classification tracks.
0245-3 DRAINAGE
Track-side drainage swales, drainage ditches, intercepting ditches,
culverts, lateral drains, pipe drains, and other drainage facilities shall
comply with AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0245-4 STRUCTURES
The design strength of railroad structures shall be not less than Cooper
E-60 loading.
Structures associated with the railroad operation (buildings, signal
standards) shall not be located adjacent to or within security areas
equivalent to or more restrictive than Protected Areas as directed in the
DOE 5632 series.
0245-5 RAIL
Rail to be used in new construction or for minor alignment and modifications
shall be new or relayer rail. New rail is preferred for new construction.
The types of rail to be used shall be based on economic considerations.
0245-6 TIES
The use of nonwooden ties shall be allowed, provided the alternative
material is acceptable to the cognizant DOE authority. Concrete ties shall
be used in areas where tie inspection and maintenance entails pavement
removal, or in locations where track maintenance interferes with other site
operations and activities (e.g., railroad highway crossings, paved streets,
and paved industrial areas). All ties shall be treated with decay-retardant
compounds conforming to the requirements of AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties). Hardwood ties shall be provided with
antisplitting devices in each end.
0245-7 JOINT BARS
0245-7.1 General
Joint bars shall be of the size, shape, and punching pattern to fit the
rail.
0245-7.2 Compromise Joint Bars
Where new or relayer rail joins rail of lighter weight, compromise joint
bars shall be used. Each pair of compromise joint bars shall be of the
proper design and dimensions for the rail on which it is applied.
0245-8 TIE PLATES
0245-8.1 New Rail
Tie plates shall be new, with or without ribs. Insulating tie plates shall
be used in the vicinity of lighted crossings.
0245-8.2 Relayer Rail
Used tie plates in good condition and of the proper size and punching can be
used with relayer rail. The size of the used tie plates shall not be
smaller than 7-1/2 inches by 10 inches for 85-pound relayer rail, and 7-1/2
inches by 11 inches for 110-pound relayer rail. Tie plates with or without
ribs can be used.
0245-9 RAIL ANCHORS
Rail anchors shall be spaced to comply with AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0245-10 SPIKES
Six-by-5/8-inch spikes shall be used for all ties. New track spikes shall
be used for both new and relayer rail.
0245-11 GUARDRAILS
Two inner guardrails shall be installed on all single-track bridges and
trestles. Each guardrail shall be 11 inches from the traffic rail and shall
extend at least 30 feet beyond each end of the bridge or trestle. One
guardrail shall be placed on each track of double-track bridges or trestles.
0245-12 HIGHWAY-RAILWAY GRADE CROSSING
All grade highway crossings shall comply with AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties) and local State highway standards.
0245-13 BALLAST
The minimum depth of ballast under the ties shall be 6 inches. Prepared
ballast (stone, gravel, or slag) is preferred, and prepared stone ballast is
most preferred.
0245-14 TURNOUTS
Turnouts shall comply with AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed
Properties).
0245-15 SUPERELEVATION
Superelevation shall not be used on curves where the speed is less than 20
miles per hour except when required by the serving railroad. Superelevation
shall be provided on access or main running tracks where the speed is equal
to or greater than 20 mph.
0245-16 GRADES
The maximum grade on access lines shall be determined by the tonnage handled
in one train unit. An analysis shall be made to design grades below 3
percent. Grades shall not exceed 3 percent without approval by the
cognizant DOE authority. The design professional shall coordinate the
requirements of the serving railroad.
0245-17 CLEARANCES
Clearances for tangent track shall comply with AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties). Side clearances shall be measured
horizontally from the center line of tracks. Side clearances on the outside
of curves shall be increased 1 inch for each degree of track curvature over
that shown for tangent track. Side clearances on the inside of curves shall
be increased 1 inch for each degree of track curvature, and also 3-1/2 times
the amount of superelevation of the high rail.
0245-18 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
Electrical grounding shall be provided at intervals to preclude development
of electrical potentials. Electrical grounding shall include bonding
between rail sections, installation of ground electrodes, and connection of
spur track with building grounding systems where they are within 25 feet of
each other.
Electrical grounding shall comply with the NEC.
0250 PAVING AND SURFACING
0250-1 COVERAGE
This section covers walks, roads, streets, parking areas, pavements, curbs,
and gutters.
0250-2 WALKS
A functional system of walks connecting structures, operational areas,
parking areas, streets and other walks shall be provided to meet pedestrian
traffic demands. The location and width shall be determined in accordance
with the site development plan. Walks subject to use by the physically
handicapped shall comply with UFAS.
The following design factors shall be considered:
o Adequate drainage off walk
o Subgrade and base preparation
o Commercial driveways
o Safety
o Skid resistance
0250-3 ROADS
Geometric design of all roads, streets, access drives, and parking areas
shall comply with AASHTO GDHS-64.
Gradients for roads, streets, and access drives shall comply with AASHTO
GDHS-64. Road and street grade changes in excess of 1 percent shall be
accomplished by means of vertical curves. The length of vertical curves
shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO GDHS-64. Roadway centerline
gradient profiles shall be shown for vertical control.
0250-4 PARKING AREAS
Parking areas should not be located in front of buildings or at prominent
visual points of approach. Landscaping, grading, and location shall give
prominence to attractive features and de-emphasize or obscure undesirable
features. Parking lots shall meet local governmental standards for
circulation, layout, and safety.
Handicap parking allocations shall comply with UFAS. Perimeter concrete
curbs and gutters shall be considered for all parking areas and access
drives in built-up areas. In remote or little-used areas, concrete curbs
and gutters shall be used only when required to control drainage. Removable
prefabricated concrete wheel stops may be used where appropriate. Railroad
ties are acceptable for use as wheel stops.
Parking areas shall not be located within 15 feet of DOE security area
equivalent to or more restrictive than Protected Areas as specified by the
DOE 5612 series. Location of parking areas near security areas must take
into account the possible interference with intrusion detection sensor
fields and tactical response team activities.
Positive drainage shall be provided for parking area pavements. They shall:
o Provide positive surface drainage with a 1 percent minimum slope in the
direction of drainage
o Limit slope in direction of parking to 4 percent maximum
o Limit slope perpendicular to direction of parking and slope of parking
lot drives to 6 percent maximum for bituminous or concrete surfaces and
1 percent for other surfaces
0250-5 PAVEMENTS
0250-5.1 Flexible Pavements
Design and details of construction of flexible pavements shall comply with
the local State highway department standards. Concrete valley drains can be
provided if swales are necessary within flexible pavements.
0250-5.2 Rigid Pavements
Design and details of construction of rigid pavements shall comply with the
local State highway department standards. Joint patterns shall be provided
for all rigid pavements. The edge of rigid pavements where future
construction will occur shall be a thickened edge. The joint pattern shall
provide vertical control information for the layout of paving forms.
0250-6 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Signs, pavement markings, and channelization shall comply with ANSI D6.1.
0256 AIRPORTS AND HELIPORTS
0256-1 GENERAL
Planning and design of aviation facilities and the airspace clearances shall
comply with FAA AC 150/5050-5.
Planning and design of aviation facilities shall emphasize safety for all
modes of aircraft operations. Aircraft installations require permanent
unobstructed airspace and facilities and equipment constructed to facilitate
maintenance, ground handling, and flight operations.
Planning studies of aviation facilities shall be based on consideration of
existing facilities and conditions. Principles and criteria of airfield
general site plans are contained in FAA AC 150/5300-2D and FAA AC
150/5390-2.
Landing and takeoff paths (traffic patterns) shall be oriented in such a
manner as to preclude requiring critical facility overflights. Traffic
pattern altitudes shall be established and published to provide for aircraft
operations on approaches that are away from critical facilities.
Heliports shall be sited and traffic patterns shall be established to
provide for normal operation that does not require overflights of critical
facilities. Heliports shall not be located closer to critical facilities
than 2 times the dimension of the landing pad or 3 times the rotor diameter
of the largest helicopter authorized to land at the heliport.
0256-2 SITE CONDITIONS
The following site conditions shall be considered to determine the adequacy
of the aviation facility:
o Topography
o Vegetative cover and existing construction
o Weather elements
o Prevailing wind direction for both summer and winter conditions
o Soil conditions
o Flood hazards
o Natural and man-made obstructions
o Adjacent land uses
o Availability of usable airspace
o Accessibility of roads
o Location of site utilities
o Capability for future expansion
o Aboveground utilities
Site selection for a new airfield or heliport or plans for expansions of
existing facilities shall comply with FAA AC 150/5300-2D and FAA AC
150/5390-2.
0256-3 AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS
The design of aviation facilities shall be based on consideration of
relevant aircraft characteristics contained in FAA AC 150/5325-5B.
0256-4 AIRCRAFT NOISE
Aircraft noise shall be considered in conformance with FAA AC 150/5020-1.
0256-5 AIRFIELD LAYOUT
The layout of airfield facilities shall support operational efficiency and
provide safe conditions for takeoff and landing operations and ground
handling of aircraft. Airfield layout shall also include:
o Wind direction and velocity analyzed in accordance with FAA AC
150/5070-6A
o A taxiway system
o Parking aprons
o Supporting facilities
0256-6 AIRFIELD SAFETY CLEARANCES
Airfield safety clearances shall comply with clearance criteria and the
criteria for determining obstructions to air navigation in FAA AC
150/5300-4B and FAA AC 150/5300-12.
The critical decision point and emergency landing areas for the various
aircraft using a facility shall be determined from the respective aircraft
performance charts.
0256-7 FIRE AND RESCUE FACILITIES
Fire station facilities shall comply with FAA AC 150/5210-6C and NFPA 403.
0256-8 DRAINAGE
Airport drainage systems shall comply with FAA AC 150/5320-5B.
0256-9 PAVEMENTS
Airfield pavements shall be designed in accordance with FAA AC 150/5320-6C.
0256-10 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
The marking of paved areas at airport and heliports shall comply with FAA AC
150/5340-1E.
0256-11 STORAGE FACILITIES FOR PETROLEUM, OIL AND LUBRICANTS
Storage of petroleum, oil, and lubricants shall comply with NFPA 407. See
Section 0275-4, Control of Pollution from Other Sources.
0260 PIPED UTILITY MATERIALS
0260-1 COVERAGE
This section covers exterior utilities such as water mains, water storage
facilities, and gas piping.
0260-2 EXTERIOR UTILITIES
Exterior utilities are defined as those that are more than 5 feet from any
building exterior.
The design of exterior utilities shall consider possible future extensions
of the utility. Any site development plans for the area shall be consulted.
In general, if expansion is planned, utilities should be extended to the
edge of the site or to a point where connection can be made without damage
or disruption to existing facilities. Utility corridors shall be
established that give each utility a defined location within the corridor.
All water mains, supplying fire protection systems, fire hydrants, etc.,
shall be treated as fire mains and installed in accordance with NFPA 24.
Water storage facilities shall comply with NFPA 22.
Gas distribution shall comply with local codes and requirements. Fuel gas
shall comply with NEPA 54. Liquified petroleum gas shall comply with NEPA
58.
Exterior utilities shall be adequately protected against corrosion, either
by using resistant materials or by other protective measures. In general,
it is better to use materials that are naturally resistant to corrosion in
that environment. See Section 0262, Corrosion Control.
Separation of utilities from security-related equipment must be considered
when planning utility installations. Special emphasis should be given to
security fences and in security areas. Utilities that penetrate or pass
under a security barrier through an opening of more than 96 square inches in
smallest dimension shall provide the same degree of penetration delay as is
required for the security barrier.
Overhead utilities must not pass between secure and nonsecure areas.
Utility equipment and supports must not be located so as to conceal or aid
an adversary in penetrating a security boundary. Sanitary and drain sewers
that penetrate security areas must be provided with special security
features if openings exceed the size limit set forth in the DOE 5632 series.
Domestic water supply lines shall comply with 40 CFR 141 and 40 CFR 142.
0262 CORROSION CONTROL
0262-1 GENERAL
This section shall apply to corrosion control design for underground steel
structures and pipe, storage facilities, and other facilities where
corrosive conditions can occur. Types of corrosion control are protective
coatings and cathodic protection. See Section 0260, Piped Utility
Materials. The design engineer shall determine whether the services of a
corrosion control specialist shall be used in corrosion control design.
0262-2 CORROSION CONTROL TESTS
Water supplies shall be considered as to chemical content. Based on such
analysis, protective devices and measures shall be used to prevent corrosion
on the interior surfaces of ferrous water lines and other appurtenances.
Prior to construction, soil and ground-water conditions shall be considered
to determine the necessity for protecting surfaces of buried pipe from
external chemical and electrolytic attacks.
0262-3 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEMS
If buried pipelines require cathodic protection, the systems shall be
installed at the same time as the piping system.
Connections at joints shall ensure electrical continuity except where
insulating joints are installed. Insulating joints shall be used to
electrically isolate protected sections from nonprotected sections and from
neighboring metallic structures. Test stations shall be provided at
sufficient intervals along the piping system to evaluate the performance of
the cathodic protection system after installation. Test leads shall be
terminated in test blocks housed in aboveground cast metal boxes with
removable covers. These test stations shall be located in areas not exposed
to traffic or grass mowers and properly identified.
The interior of steel water tanks shall be protected by cathodic protection
system when the calcium content of the water is less than 18 ppm or when the
calcium content is between 18 ppm and 55 ppm and the sulfate content is
greater than 25 ppm.
Cathodic protection for underground flammable/combustible liquid storage
tanks and piping shall comply with NFPA 30.
0266 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
0266-1 GENERAL
This section applies to water distribution systems for domestic (potable)
and industrial (non-potable) applications. The use of dual water systems
(i.e., domestic and industrial or irrigation) is subject to the approval of
the cognizant DOE Facilities Engineering Group. Where dual water systems
are approved for use, the location and alignment of such systems must be
clearly identified by location markers placed throughout the site at
intervals specified by the cognizant DOE Facilities Engineering Group. Both
systems must also be clearly identified on the record drawings.
Cross-connections between domestic and industrial or irrigation distribution
systems are prohibited. See Section 0260-2, Exterior Utilities, and Section
0270-1.3, System Design Considerations, for further criteria on horizontal
and vertical separation of domestic water mains from other utilities.
0266-2 REGULATORY OVERVIEW
Domestic water conveyed within distribution systems that serve DOE
facilities shall comply with the applicable SDWA, 40 CFR 141, 40 CFR 142
requirements and with all other State, regional and local requirements. The
radionuclide content of these drinking water systems shall comply with the
requirements of the directive on Radiation Protection of the Public and the
Environment in the DOE 5400 series. The quality of domestic water within
such distribution systems shall be protected from degradation by
installation of backflow prevention assemblies, as necessary, to preclude
backflow of contaminants or pollutants into the system.
0266-3 PLANNING FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
During route selection and initial planning efforts for water distribution
systems, the following conditions and requirements shall be considered:
o Future population and development projections
o Anticipated demands for fully developed conditions
o Anticipated peak domestic, industrial, fire and special water demands
o Unique conditions (e.g., research and production facility demands and
operating schedules)
o Hydraulic design criteria
o Health and safety requirements
o Physical constraints (e.g., utility corridors, geologic formations and
topographic features)
o Energy conservation requirements
o Environmental constraints
o Security and safeguards requirements
Distribution system layouts shall be simple and direct as possible. Where
feasible, initial planning efforts shall optimize system layouts (e.g.,
system loop lines) to:
o Facilitate future system expansions
o Strengthen fire protection capabilities
o Minimize conflicts with other utilities
o Reduce maintenance requirements
Water distribution systems shall be included within utility master planning
efforts.
0266-4 SYSTEM DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Domestic water distribution system mains shall be sized based on the
greatest demand to be satisfied (i.e., fire demand, special requirements or
the peak domestic demand). Domestic water distribution systems shall be
designed to deliver the peak domestic flow of 2-1/2 times the average daily
demand, plus any special demands, at a minimum residual pressure of 30 psi
at ground elevation (or higher if special conditions require).
Domestic water distribution systems that also serve fire protection
requirements shall be designed to satisfy fire flow requirements plus 50
percent of the average domestic requirements plus any industrial or process
demands that cannot be reduced during a fire.
Each fire hydrant within the distribution system must be capable of
delivering 1000 gpm at a residual pressure of not less than 10 psi. Where
domestic water distribution systems are to serve internal fire protection
systems (i.e., sprinklers or foamite systems), adequate residual pressures
shall be maintained for proper operation of such fire protection systems.
Fire hydrant branches (from main to hydrant) shall be not less than 6 inches
in diameter and no longer than 300 feet. A gate valve shall be installed
within each fire hydrant branch to facilitate maintenance.
Water distribution system mains shall be located in accordance with Section
0260, Piped Utility Materials. Water mains shall have a minimum pressure
rating of 150 psi. Water distribution systems shall be designed to maintain
a normal operating pressure range of 40 psi to 100 psi (at ground level) in
distribution mains and building service lines.
Where the gradient across the service area is such that multiple pressure
zones are necessary to maintain normal operating pressures, pressure
reducing valves shall be used to separate each pressure zone.
Use of pressure relief and surge relief valves shall be considered, as
necessary, to preclude system damage from water hammer.
Gate valves shall be installed at maximum intervals of 5000 feet on long
supply lines and at maximum intervals of 1,200 feet on main distribution
loops, feeders, and all primary branches connected to these lines. Gate
valves shall also be installed at selected points throughout the
distribution system to provide system control over each service area. At
intersections of distribution mains, one less gate valve than the total
number of intersecting mains shall be provided.
Fire hydrants shall be installed at a maximum spacing of 400 feet. Fire
hydrants shall not be located more than 300 feet from the buildings to be
protected. Each building shall be protected by a minimum of two hydrants.
Air release and vacuum valves shall be installed, as necessary, at high
points within the distribution system and in long supply mains.
Distribution system mains shall have a minimum depth of cover of 2-1/2 feet.
Additional cover shall be provided to prevent freezing in cold climates, at
roadway crossings in high traffic areas, and at railroad crossings.
Building service lines shall be a minimum of 1-inch in diameter. Service
lines less than 2 inches in diameter shall be connected to the distribution
main by a corporation stop and a copper gooseneck, with a service stop below
frostline. Service lines larger than 2 inches in diameter shall be
connected to the distribution main by a rigid connection and shall have a
gate valve located below frostline. Risers from frostline to floorlines of
buildings shall be adequately insulated.
Site soil and groundwater conditions (e.g., soil corrosivity) shall be
considered during the selection of distribution system pipe and pipe joint
materials. Where ferrous pipe is installed within the distribution system,
insulating couplings shall be installed to preclude galvanic corrosion. See
Section 0262, Corrosion Control, for further criteria.
0267 INDUSTRIAL WATER TREATMENT
0267-1 GENERAL
This section applies to treatment of water to be used in industrial
processes. Complete chemical analyses of potential water sources shall be
acquired prior to selection of industrial water treatment processes. The
applicability of internal (introduction of chemical additives) or external
(physical and chemical systems) industrial water treatment processes shall
be considered. The recommended process shall be capable of consistently
providing the minimum degree of treatment for the particular industrial
application at minimal costs over the life of the system. Operational
reliability, capital cost, and annual operation and maintenance costs shall
be considered.
The following conditions and requirements shall be considered during the
selection of industrial water treatment processes:
o Industrial use process requirements
o Water supply characteristics
o Water quality requirements
o Volume and rate of water use
o Volume, rate and character of treatment process waste products
o Energy conservation requirements
o Special siting requirements
0267-2 WASTE PRODUCTS
Waste products such as sludges and brine solutions generated by external
water treatment processes shall not be disposed of in a manner that will
adversely impact surface water, groundwater, or other environmental
resources. See Section 0275, Industrial Wastewater Treatment, and Section
0285, Solid Waste Systems.
0267-3 REFERENCES
The selection and design of industrial water treatment processes should
reflect practices as applicable in one or more of the following references:
o Drew Chemical, Principles of Industrial Water Treatment
o AWWA Water Treatment Plant Design
o Nordell, Water Treatment for Industrial and Other Uses
o Powell, Water Conditioning for Industry
o Drew Chemical, Ameroid Engineer's Manual of Marine Boiler and Feed Water
Treatment
o NASA NHB 7320.1B
0270 SANITARY WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND STORMWATER MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
0270-1 SANITARY WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEMS
0270-1.1 General
This section applies to sanitary wastewater collection systems (i.e.,
liftstations, force mains, collector sewers and interceptor sewers) and
building sewers (5 feet beyond the building foundation).
0270-1.2 System Layout
Wastewater collection system layouts shall be as simple and direct as
possible. Where feasible, initial planning efforts shall optimize system
layouts to facilitate future system expansions, to mitigate conflicts with
other utility systems, and to reduce maintenance requirements.
Wastewater collection systems shall be included within utility master
planning efforts.
The following conditions and requirements shall be considered during route
selection for new collection systems:
o Future population and development projections
o Anticipated flowrates for fully developed conditions
o Physical constraints (e.g., utility corridors, geologic formations and
topographic features)
o Hydraulic design criteria
o Unique conditions (e.g., research and production facility operating
schedules)
o Security boundaries and requirements
0270-1.3 System Design Considerations
Industrial wastewater and pollutants above EPA minimal concentrations shall
be excluded from sanitary wastewater collection systems except where
pretreatment systems suitably remove pollutant constituents cost
effectively.
Hydraulic design of wastewater collection systems shall comply with TM
5-814-1, TM 5-814-2, and ASCE 37. All wastewater collection systems shall
be designed for gravity flow unless such systems are not economically
feasible. Sewage liftstations and force mains shall not be used unless
approved by the cognizant DOE authority. Feasibility analyses and economic
evaluations of liftstation and force main costs for construction, operation,
and maintenance shall be prepared and submitted to the cognizant DOE
authority for approval. Sewers and force mains shall be sized to
accommodate the estimated daily minimum and maximum discharges for the
initial and final years of the design period specified by the cognizant DOE
Facilities Engineering Group.
In accordance with ASCE 37:
o Velocities in gravity sewers and force mains shall not exceed 10 feet
per second.
o Gravity sewers shall be designed for a minimum velocity of 2 feet per
second.
o Force mains shall be designed for a minimum velocity of 3.5 feet per
second.
For preliminary design, domestic water consumption rates shall be used to
approximate wastewater flowrates. Where possible, actual flow data from an
adjacent service area typical of the service area under consideration shall
be used to estimate wastewater flowrates for final design. In the absence
of such data, metered water use less the estimated consumptive use (i.e.,
water withdrawal rate) can be used.
Sewers and force mains shall have a minimum depth of cover of 2 feet.
Additional cover shall be provided to prevent freezing in cold climates and
at roadway crossings in high traffic areas.
Sewer or force main trench widths shall be minimized; however, excavations,
trenching, and shoring shall comply with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P. Pipe
bedding specified by the pipe manufacturer shall be in place prior to
installation of sewers and force mains.
Sewers or force mains shall not be routed within 50 feet (75 feet in
pervious soils) of any well or reservoir that serves as a potable water
supply. The sewer or force main shall be ductile iron pipe in all instances
where such horizontal separation cannot be maintained. Where there is a
shallow depth to groundwater, special precautions shall be taken to preclude
sewer infiltration or exfiltration.
Where feasible, sewers or force mains shall not be routed within 10 feet of
potable waterlines or firelines.
Where potable waterlines must cross sewers or force mains, waterlines shall
pass 2 feet above the sewer or force main. Where insufficient cover
precludes such vertical separation, the sewer or force main shall be ductile
iron pipe or shall be fully encased in concrete for a minimum distance of 10
feet to each side of the waterline crossing. Where feasible, sewer or force
main pipe joints shall not be located within 3 feet of such crossings,
unless the joint is encased in concrete.
Where feasible, sewers and force mains shall not be routed under buildings
or other permanent structures. Sewers and force mains shall be adjacent and
parallel to paved roadways. Sewers and force mains shall not pass beneath
paved roadways except at roadway crossings. Where feasible, utility cuts
within existing roadway pavements shall be perpendicular to the roadway
centerline to minimize trench length. Diagonal roadway cuts shall be
avoided where possible.
Sewers or force mains that penetrate or pass under a security barrier
through an opening of more than 96 square inches in area and over 6 inches
in smallest dimension shall provide the same degree of penetration delay as
is required for the security barrier.
0270-1.4 Pine Materials and Pine Joints
The selection of sewer and force main pipe material shall be based on
wastewater characteristics and soil conditions. PVC shall be considered
where treeroot and infiltration are a problem. Ductile iron pipe shall be
used for force main and gravity sewer stream crossings. Ductile iron pipe
shall also be used for inverted siphons and for sewers located in parking
lots or other high traffic areas.
Pipe joints shall have a permanent watertight seal. Maximum
infiltration-exfiltration allowances and infiltration-exfiltration test
requirements shall be specified within the contract documents.
0270-2 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
0270-2.1 General
Stormwater management systems shall be cost effective and shall provide
flood protection commensurate with the value and operational requirements of
the facilities to be protected.
The following conditions and requirements shall be considered prior to
stormwater management system design:
o Local regulations
o Site topography
o Ultimate development within the drainage area
o Requirements for future expansion
o Outfall locations
o Existing drainage systems
o Location of other utilities
o Security boundary and safeguard requirements
In accordance with the CWA as amended by the WQA of 1987, the NPDES Permit
Regulations require control of point source stormwater discharge.
Stormwater management systems shall be designed for not less than the
25-year, 6-hour storm. The potential effect of larger storms (up to the
100-year, 6-hour storm) shall also be considered. With the approval of the
cognizant DOE authority, lesser design storms may be used where a large
expenditures for flood protection cannot be economically justified.
Within fully developed watersheds, where the downstream capacity of existing
flood control structures has been exceeded, stormwater runoff that results
from developed conditions shall be detained on site (ponded) and gradually
released such that the capacities of the downstream channels and other
control structures are not exceeded and soil erosion is mitigated.
Storm drains that penetrate or pass under a security barrier through an
opening of more than 96 square inches in area and over 6 inches in smallest
dimension shall provide the same degree of penetration delay as is required
for the security barrier. See Section 0280-1, Fencing, for requirements for
ditches or culverts that pass beneath permanent security fence.
0270-2.2 Hydrology
0270-2.2.1 General
The following criteria shall be assessed during the performance of
hydrologic analyses:
o The character and applicability of available stream gauge data
o The cost (in dollars) of drainage improvements in comparison to the
value (in dollars) of facilities to be protected
The following site-specific information shall be assembled for use in
hydrologic computations:
o Geographic location
o Precipitation frequency data
o Drainage area
o Soil and cover
o Runoff distribution
Rainfall intensity-duration curves based on historic record should be
developed and used for each locale.
Peak discharge and runoff volume estimates shall be based on available
information. Peak discharge flood formulae shall only be used for
preliminary analyses. Inflow flood hydrographs shall be derived for use in
design.
The design flood shall be based on a study of precipitation frequency,
runoff potential, and runoff distribution relative to physical
characteristics of the watershed.
Where available, stream gauge data shall be used to estimate design flows in
major channels. Where stream gauge data is inadequate or unavailable,
rainfall information shall be taken from documented sources, such as
NOAA/U.S. Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40. In all instances, design
storm precipitation values taken from documented sources or derived by
published standard engineering methods shall be used to estimate design
flood discharges.
In accordance with ASCE 37, use of the Rational Method, Q = CiA, shall be
restricted to estimation of runoff from small urban and developed areas.
The Rational Method shall not be used for drainage areas in excess of 160
acres.
For large drainage areas, criteria presented within SCS National Engineering
Handbook, Section 4, Hydrology, shall be used to determine runoff rates.
Regional frequency analyses shall be used on large catchments where the
period of record is long and the basins are closely related.
0270-2.2.2 Geologic, Geographic, and Topographic Factors
Design flood discharge estimates shall be based on the following:
o Variation in flood potential due to differences in geology, topography,
and moisture sources
o Surface runoff originating from rainfall, snowmelt, or both
o Topographic features that influence precipitation amounts
o Geologic formations that induce high flood discharges
o Geologic features that reduce flood potential
0270-2.2.3 Precipitation Frequency
For further guidance on precipitation frequency data, the design
professional should consult the following references:
o NOAA Atlas 2 (applicable to the mountainous regions of the 11 contiguous
states west of approximately long. 103 degrees W)
o NOAA/National Weather Service Technical Paper No. 40 (applicable to
those states not covered within the preceding reference)
Where available, local precipitation data shall be used in lieu of regional
data for site-specific hydrologic computations.
0270-2.2.4 Soil and Cover
The effects of watershed soil type and vegetative cover on runoff potential
shall be considered where precipitation and runoff data are available. If
such data are not available, comparisons with similar watersheds shall be
made. The methods used for estimating runoff from soil and cover data shall
comply with SCS National Engineering Handbook, Section 4, Hydrology.
0270-2.2.5 Runoff Distribution
Unit-hydrographs shall be used to derive flood estimates.
0270-2.3 Flood Routine
Flood routing methods shall be used to derive design flood discharge rates
at locations where drainage structures are proposed within the watershed.
Reservoir, channel, or unithydrograph routing methods shall be used where
appropriate. The use of computer programs to expedite computations is
encouraged.
0270-2.4 Hydraulics
0270-2.4.1 Storm Servers
Subsurface drainage systems shall be sized to accommodate runoff from the
25-year, 6-hour storm. Subsurface drainage systems shall be sized for a
greater storm in locations where there is substantial risk to critical
facilities and operations. Sediment transport requirements shall be
incorporated within subsurface drainage system designs. Storm sewers shall
be designed to maintain adequate scour velocities. New storm sewers shall
be sized for open channel flow. The minimum storm sewer size shall be 12
inches. The minimum culvert size shall be 15 inches. For roof drain
systems, the minimum pipe size for laterals and collectors shall be 4
inches.
0270-2.4.2 Open Channels
Open-channel stormwater conveyance systems shall be sized to accommodate the
25-year, 6-hour design flow with a minimum freeboard. Open-channel drainage
systems shall be sized for a greater storm in locations where there is
substantial risk to critical facilities and operations.
Open-channel stormwater conveyance systems shall be designed for minimal
maintenance. The potential for scour or deposition within earth-lined
channels shall be considered prior to approval by the cognizant DOE
authority. Preference for earth-lined or hard-lined channels shall be based
on a comparison of capital, maintenance and operation costs.
Inlets to open-channel stormwater conveyance systems shall be placed at
locations where erosion potential is minimal.
0270-2.5 Street Drainage
Street drainage in developed areas shall be conveyed within the roadway
cross section. Curb inlets shall be used to divert stormflows to surface
and subsurface stormwater conveyance systems. Curb inlets shall not be
located within curb returns or in areas of heavy pedestrian traffic.
Pedestrian and cyclist safety shall be considered during selection of storm
inlet grates. Curb gaps shall be used where roadside drainage swales exist.
In locations where uninterrupted vehicular access is essential to critical
operational activities, roadway cross sections shall be designed to convey
runoff from the 25-year, 6-hour storm such that one driving lane width (12
feet) is free of flowing or standing water. Stormwater management systems
shall have sufficient capacity to ensure that runoff from the 100-year,
6-hour design storm will not exceed a depth of 0.87 feet at any point within
the street right-of-way or extend more than 0.2 feet above the top of curb
in urban streets. Inverted crown roadway cross sections shall not be used
unless approved by the cognizant DOE authority.
0273 WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS
0273-1 GENERAL
Treatment and disposal of sanitary wastewater and wastewater sludges shall
comply with the CWA, the EWPCA, the SDWA, and other applicable Federal,
State, regional, and local laws and regulations. Treatment and disposal of
sanitary wastewater sludges shall also comply with the Executive Directives
(Executive Orders and Office of Management and Budget Circulars) identified
within:
o DOE 5440.1C
o DOE 5460.1B
0273-2 REGULATORY OVERVIEW
For an overview of the laws and regulations applicable to water pollution
control see DOE 5400.1.
0273-3 PLANNING FOR SANITARY WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
SYSTEMS
During initial planning efforts, the feasibility of discharging sanitary
wastewater to other POTWs shall be considered and shall be coordinated with
the operator of the POTW.
During site selection for on-site wastewater treatment and disposal
facilities the following conditions and requirements shall be considered.
o Proximity to other facilities
o Natural topographic and geologic conditions
o Location of the outfall sewer relative to the receiving stream
o Adequacy for future expansion
o Health and safety requirements
o Environmental constraints
o Prevailing wind direction
o Security and safeguard requirements
To mitigate aesthetic impacts on adjacent activities and operations,
wastewater treatment facilities shall be located as far as practicable from
inhabited and high traffic areas; however, wastewater treatment facilities
shall not be isolated to the degree that maintenance access is hindered.
Where feasible, wastewater treatment and disposal systems shall be located
above the 100-year floodplain. Where topographic or other physical
constraints preclude this, levees shall be provided for flood protection.
Treatment, storage and disposal facilities for hazardous and toxic wastes
shall be located above the 500-year floodplain. See Section 0285-2, Site
Selection, for further criteria.
0273-4 SELECTION OF SANITARY WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
METHODS
New wastewater treatment and disposal facilities shall be cost effective and
energy efficient. Processes and systems shall be optimized to reduce
maintenance requirements and to facilitate future modular expansions.
Industrial wastewater and toxic pollutants shall be excluded from sanitary
wastewater treatment and disposal systems except where pretreatment systems
suitably remove objectionable constituents cost effectively. Measures shall
also be taken to exclude stormwater runoff, surface drainage and subsurface
drainage from sanitary wastewater treatment and disposal systems. See
Section 0275, Industrial Wastewater Treatment, for further criteria.
Treatment and disposal of radioactive wastes shall comply with DOE 5480.1B.
See ANL/EES TM-264, Rev. 1, for further guidance on management of
radioactive waste.
Where mandated by Federal or State regulatory agencies, seepage detection
systems shall be implemented within new wastewater treatment facilities.
Conventional methods for treatment and disposal of domestic wastewater shall
meet NPDES discharge limits for conventional and toxic pollutants or more
stringent State, local or regional criteria. Pretreatment systems shall be
implemented where non-conventional and toxic pollutants will be discharged
to conventional wastewater treatment and disposal systems.
"Packaged" treatment processes shall not be used unless approved by the
cognizant DOE authority. Feasibility analyses and economic evaluations of
such processes shall be prepared and submitted to the cognizant DOE
authority for review. These analyses shall include an assessment of
operator skill level requirements, system reliability, availability of spare
parts, service contract arrangements and LCC.
The potential for large-scale use of anaerobic sludge treatment processes
(and associated volume reduction) for production of methane gas to be used
as an energy source shall be considered.
Disposal of domestic wastewater effluent and sludge by land application
methods shall be implemented where suitable site and soil conditions
prevail; however, precautions shall be taken to protect water and other
environmental resources where land application methods are used. Where
feasible, effluent reuse applications such as landscape irrigation or
groundwater recharge shall be implemented.
Groundwater and surface water monitoring programs shall be implemented to
detect changes in water quality from land application methods. The initial
(background) quality of surface water, and of groundwater within the
saturated zone of underlying aquifers, shall be established prior to
start-up of land application operations. Air quality monitoring shall also
be provided where aerosols are created by land application processes.
On-site wastewater treatment and disposal systems (i.e., septic tanks and
drain fields) shall be used in remote locations where wastewater
characteristics, site constraints, soil conditions are such that NPDES
discharge limits can be consistently met.
Approval of selected treatment and disposal methods shall be obtained from
the cognizant DOE authority.
The selection of sanitary wastewater treatment and disposal systems shall be
in accordance with the following:
o EPA 430/9-75-002
o EPA 625/1-77-009
o EPA Project #17090
o EPA 625/1-80-012
o EPA Project #17090
o WPCF MOP/8 CTG-77
0273-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0273-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities-General
There shall be no interconnections among storm water systems, the sanitary
waste system and radioactive or other hazardous material handling systems or
areas. Maintaining separation such as accomplished by separate trenches is
acceptable; however, all crossings, parallel runs, and separation distances
shall comply with the UPC. Installations shall be in compliance with the
UPC and ASCE 37. The sanitary waste system at each facility shall be
monitored or sampled and analyzed (e.g., alpha emitters) for radioactivity
unless the site sanitary treatment system is monitored. In addition, there
shall be no interconnections between the potable water system, the sanitary
waste system, and process systems.
0275 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT
0275-1 GENERAL
Industrial wastewater and pollutants above EPA minimal concentrations shall
be excluded from sanitary wastewater treatment and disposal systems except
where pretreatment systems suitably remove pollution constituents cost
effectively. See Section 0275-99, Special Facilities, and Section 1300-8,
Waste Management, regarding treatment and disposal of radioactive wastes.
Treatment and disposal of industrial wastewater shall be in compliance with
the CWA, the FWPCA, the SDWA, the RCRA, the TSCA, and other applicable
Federal, State, regional, and local laws and regulations. Treatment and
disposal of industrial wastewater shall also comply with the Executive
Directives (Executive Orders and Office of Management and Budget Circulars)
identified within:
o DOE 5400.1
o DOE 5440.1C
o DOE 5480.1B
o DOE 5820.2A
0275-2 REGULATORY OVERVIEW
For an overview of the laws and regulations applicable to industrial water
pollution control see ANL/EES TM-264, Rev. 1.
0275-3 PLANNING FOR INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
SYSTEMS
0275-3.1 General
Planning efforts shall consider cost-effective methods for protecting
surface water, groundwater and environmental resources.
0275-3.2 Alternative Production Flop Control Methods
Where feasible, production flow methods that conserve water shall be
implemented within new production and manufacturing facilities to reduce the
volume of industrial wastewater. Planning and production method decisions
shall be based on:
o Waste stream characteristics
o Waste treatment costs
o Manpower requirements
0275-3.3 Recycle/Recovery Systems and Alternative Waste Treatment
Techniques
Where feasible, recycle and recovery systems shall be implemented within
industrial waste streams to conserve energy and resources. Alternative
waste treatment techniques sh considered for potential cost and energy
savings. During evaluations of alternative waste treatment techniques the
following shall be considered:
o LCC
o Simplicity of facility operations
o Compatibility with other site operations
o Environment impacts
o Sludge generation and disposal methods
0275-3.4 Disposal of Solids
The need for additional treatment of solids generated during industrial
wastewater treatment shall be considered where sludge toxicity and
solubility preclude disposal at sanitary landfills.
Solids generated by industrial wastewater treatment processes shall be
disposed of in a manner that will not adversely impact surface water,
groundwater or other environmental resources.
0275-4 CONTROL OF POLLUTION FROM OTHER SOURCES
Precautions shall be taken to prevent contamination of surface water,
groundwater, soil, or other environmental resources in the vicinity of
storage or treatment tank systems for petrochemical, hazardous material and
hazardous wastes. Hazardous waste tank systems shill comply with 40 CFR
260, 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265, 40 CFR 270,
and 40 CFR 271. Petrochemical and hazardous material tank systems shall
comply with 40 CFR 280 and proposed 40 CFR 281.
Operational requirements for containment of spills and leaks are contained
in:
o 40 CFR 122, which defines the requirement for each facility to develop
and implement a SPCC plan that defines systematic methods for response
to spills, leaks, or other releases and emergency situations and cleanup
procedures
o 40 CFR 280.30 (draft), which requires personnel to be present during
transfers of material
o 40 CFR 264.193 and 264.196, which address spill response, cleanup, and
reporting requirements if a release occurs and closure requirements if
migration to groundwater or surface water cannot be prevented
Structural requirements are found in:
o 40 CFR 280.30 (draft), which details requirements for spill or overfill
prevention devices on new and existing tank systems
o 40 CFR 264.193, which details requirements for secondary containment on
new and existing hazardous waste tank systems
o 40 CFR 264.194, which also requires use of spill prevention controls
(check valves), overfill prevention controls (sensing devices, cutoffs
and bypasses), and maintaining sufficient freeboard
In 40 CFR 280.20 (draft) it is required that all new tank systems (includes
piping) for petrochemicals and hazardous chemicals be constructed of one of
the following compositions:
o Fiberglass reinforced plastic
o Cathodically protected coated steel
o Steel and fiberglass reinforced plastic composite
o Other systems approved by the State permitting agency or the EPA
In 40 CFR 280.21 (draft) it is required that all existing tanks be upgraded
to meet the same performance standards as new tanks and piping within 10
years from the effective date of the final regulations (i.e., either be
constructed out of materials to prevent corrosion, install cathodic
protection, or close the tank). In 40 CFR 264.192 it is required that, for
new hazardous waste tank systems, the written assessment of proposed tank
systems (to be performed by an independent registered engineer) shall
include design standards by which the tanks and ancillary equipment are to
be constructed, characteristics of the wastes, and other installation
considerations. Where any external metal component comes in contact with
water or soil, a list of factors affecting potential for corrosion and type
and degree of required external corrosion protection is required.
For existing tanks, 40 CFR 264.191 addresses requirements for system
integrity. An assessment of each tank system without secondary containment
must be made by 1/12/88, including an evaluation of existing corrosion
protection.
Other installation requirements for new petroleum and chemical tanks are
addressed in 40 CFR 280.20 (draft) and include:
o Damage prevention during installation
o Provision of adequate space for the tank and ancillary equipment and
placement and compaction of backfill during excavation
o Clean, washed, non-corrosive backfill material
o Proper support and anchorage of backfilled structures
o Minimization of pipeline and conduit alignment intersection
o Pipe joints cut and deburred to provide liquid tight seals
o Swing joints/flexible connectors installed at the beginning and end of
each line as well as where the line changes direction
o Cathodic protection installed according to the manufacturer's
instructions and specifications
o Tanks and piping tightness tests performed after backfill is installed
and before the system is placed in operation
o Certifications of compliance with these requirements submitted on the
notification form to the State permitting agency
Installation requirements for new hazardous waste tanks are addressed in 40
CFR 264.192. In addition to satisfying corrosion protection requirements,
these installations must include:
o Design or operational measures to protect underground components that
may be adversely affected by vehicular traffic
o Design measures to ensure tank foundations will maintain the load of a
full tank, to provide seismic protection, and to withstand effects of
frost heave
o Proper handling procedures
o Noncorrosive, porous, homogeneous backfill around the tank and
components to ensure support
o Tank and ancillary equipment tested for tightness prior to backfill,
enclosure or use
A variety of repair, inspection and reporting requirements for both
categories of tanks must also be followed.
For hazardous waste tank systems, groundwater monitoring may be required in
some instances when leaks have occurred, but will definitely be required
under 40 CFR 264.197 and 40 CFR 265.197, which contain requirements for
closure and post-closure care.
Groundwater monitoring is one method of implementing the monitoring and
release detection requirement (40 CFR 280.41, draft) for petroleum and
hazardous materials tanks. Groundwater monitoring is also a requirement for
closure and post-closure care and corrective actions for petroleum and
hazardous materials tanks per 40 CFR 280 Subparts F, G, and H.
Construction of tanks and tank systems must also meet DOE requirements and
State or EPA permitting requirements.
0275-5 SELECTION OF INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
METHODS
Approval of treatment and disposal methods must be obtained from the State
permitting agency and the EPA. Methods for treatment and disposal of
industrial wastewater shall comply with HES Recommended Standards for Sewage
Works (Ten States Standards).
0275-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0275-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities-General
0275-99.0.1 Industrial Wastes
Industrial wastes such as discharge from mop sinks, overflow from positive
pressure circulating waste systems, and process steam condensate shall be
collected and transferred to a liquid waste treatment plant or similar
treatment area. Provisions shall be made for the continuous monitoring and
recording of radioactivity, flow volume, pH, and other parameters required
for material control and proper waste treatment operations while each volume
of waste is being received by the plant. The radioactivity monitor shall
have an alarm that annunciates locally as well as in an occupied area where
corrective action can be initiated. The use of retention systems shall be
considered.
0275-99.0.2 Process Wastes
Liquid process wastes containing radioactive or other hazardous material
shall be collected and monitored near the source of generation before batch
transfer through appropriate pipelines or tank transfer to a liquid waste
treatment plant or area. These wastes shall be individually collected at
that facility in storage tanks that are equipped with stirrers or other
accepted means of mixing, sampling and volume measuring devices, and
transfer systems. Waste storage tanks and transfer lines shall be designed
and constructed so that any leakage shall be detected and contained before
it reaches the environment. Radiation, liquid level, or conductivity
detectors shall be provided in collection systems. Transfer lines shall
have inspection and collection pits at practical intervals into which
leakage can drain by gravity. Double-walled transfer pipelines or
multi-pipe encasements shall be used for high-level radioactive liquid
wastes and other equally hazardous nonradioactive liquid wastes as defined
by safety analysis. Provisions shall be made for the collection, transfer,
and disposal of infiltration into the annulus of double-walled pipelines and
for the collection, transfer, and storage (as appropriate) of leakage from
the pipe of double-walled transfer pipelines.
Nuclear criticality safety shall be considered in the design of liquid
radioactive waste processing systems.
Radioactive waste collection, transfer, and storage systems shall be such as
to avoid the dilution of radioactive waste by waste of lower level
radioactivity or other waste. This may require the provision of multiple
and parallel systems. Systems that involve the possible dilution of
radioactive waste shall only be used with the concurrence of the sponsoring
DOE program office.
0275-99.0.3 Nonradioactive Liquid Effluents
For nonradioactive effluents, the point of release shall be considered the
point at which the effluent exits the pipe, etc.
0276 CONSTRUCTION IN FLOODPLAINS OR ON WETLANDS
Executive Order 11986 and Executive Order 11990 mandate that Federal
agencies avoid development, modification or occupancy of floodplains and
wetlands where practical alternatives exist.
DOE responsibilities with respect to compliance with Executive Order 11966
and Executive Order 11990 are covered in 10 CFR 1022, which includes:
o DOE policy regarding inclusion of floodplain and wetland factors within
planning and decisionmaking
o DOE procedures for the identification of proposed actions located in
floodplain and wetlands, providing for early public review of such
actions, preparing floodplain and wetlands assessments, and issuing
statements of findings for such actions in a floodplain
To the extent possible, DOE shall accommodate the requirements of Executive
Order 11966 and Executive Order 11990 through applicable DOE 5440.1C
procedures.
DOE shall exercise leadership and take action to:
o Avoid to the extent possible the long-term and short-term adverse
impacts associated with the destruction of wetlands and the occupancy
and modification of floodplains and wetlands, and avoid direct and
indirect support of floodplain and wetlands development wherever there
is a practicable alternative
o Incorporate floodplain management goals and wetlands protection
considerations into its planning, regulatory, and decision-making
processes
o Undertake a careful consideration of the potential impacts of any DOE
action taken in a floodplain and any new construction undertaken by DOE
in wetlands not located in a floodplain
o Identify, consider, and, as appropriate, implement alternative actions
to avoid or mitigate adverse floodplain and wetlands impacts
o Provide opportunity for early public review of any plans or proposals
for actions in floodplains or new construction in wetlands
Construction in floodplains or on wetlands shall comply with the following:
o 10 CFR 1022
o NEPA and implementing regulations
0278 POWER AND LIGHTING
The design professional shall coordinate site power and lighting as follows:
o See Section 1605, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods, for cable
trenches and power wiring requirements.
o See Section 1620, Power Generation, for emergency power requirements.
o See Section 1630, Exterior Electrical Utility Service, for substations
and switching stations requirements.
o See Section 1640, Interior Electrical Systems, for underground duct and
primary power requirements.
o See Section 1650, Exterior Lighting, for exterior lighting requirements.
o See Section 1660, Special Systems, for power supply and lightning
protection requirements.
o Security lighting requirements shall comply with the DOE 5632 series.
0279 EXTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS AND ALARM SYSTEMS
The design professional shall coordinate exterior communications and alarm
systems as follows:
o See Section 1595-10, Energy Management Systems
o Intrusion alarm and fire alarm systems shall comply with the DOE 5632
series, Section 1670, Exterior Communications and Alarm Systems, NFPA
72A, NFPA 72B, NFPA 72C, NFPA 72D, NFPA 72E, NFPA 72F, NFPA 72G, and
NFPA 72H.
o Security alarm systems shall comply with Section 1671, Interior
Communications and Alarm Systems, and the DOE 5632 series.
0280 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
0280-1 FENCING
Fencing shall be limited to that required for safety, physical security, and
activity control. In each case the most economical type of fence that will
satisfy the particular functional or security requirement shall be selected.
Fencing shall be grounded around substations, fuel storage areas, and other
hazardous areas.
Chain link fabric shall be used for the security of restricted areas. Wood
fencing can be used when nonmagnetic requirements are established and to bar
vision into limited personnel access areas. Fencing should be at least 8
feet high. Solid fencing, which can increase guard requirements, shall be
used judiciously.
Woven wire fencing shall be at least 4'-6" high and should be limited to
railway and highway rights-of-way where roaming animals must be kept out.
Barbed wire fencing can be used for boundaries of open, undeveloped areas
only.
Snow fencing should be used to prevent snow from drifting in access areas.
When extreme wind and snow conditions prevail, special designs can be used
as required.
Areas under security fencing subject to water flow, such as bridges,
culverts, ditches and swales, shall be blocked with wire or steel bars with
adequate provision for the passage of flood flows, such that the area
provides a penetration delay equal to that required for the security fence.
Depressions where water flow is not a problem should be covered by
additional fencing suspended from the lower rail of the main fencing. Weed
control may justify paving the area beneath fences.
0280-2 OTHER SITE IMPROVEMENTS
Vehicular signage shall comply with ANSI D6.1.
0281 VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION
0281-1 GENERAL
Vehicular and pedestrian circulation facilities shall comply with the
following:
o UFAS
o ANSI D6.1
o AASHTO GU-2-73
o AASHTO GD-2-65
o AASHTO GDHS-84
Convenient and safe vehicular and pedestrian access shall be provided to all
site facilities. Rapid access features shall be implemented to accommodate
fire fighting equipment and emergency vehicles. See Section 0283, Physical
Protection, for vehicular and pedestrian access control. See Section 0250,
Paving and Surfacing, for sidewalk, roadway and parking area pavements.
0281-2 PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION FACILITIES
0281-2.1 General
On-site pedestrian circulation facilities such as sidewalks, bus stops,
loading zones, at-grade pedestrian crossings (crosswalks), and grade
separation pedestrian crossings shall be provided. Features such as
curb-cut and access ramps shall be provided for the physically handicapped.
Curb-cut ramps shall be located adjacent to or within marked crosswalks.
The specific location of curb cut ramps shall be adapted to site conditions.
Curb-cut ramps shall have a minimum width of 4 feet.
Pedestrian circulation facility designs should be integrated with security
and safeguard requirements at secured sites. Pedestrian circulation
facilities should be located to minimize nuisance interference with IASs and
other sensor fields.
0281-2.2 At-Grade Pedestrian Crossings
At-grade pedestrian crossings shall be located to minimize curb-to-curb
walking distance at flared intersections. At intersections that are not
flared or otherwise widened, crosswalks shall be placed in line with
approach walks.
Use of traffic control and protective devices shall be considered in heavy
pedestrian-vehicular traffic areas to facilitate pedestrian traffic
movement. The types of traffic control and protective devices that shall be
considered for such applications include the following:
o Crosswalk markings (visible by day and by night)
o Street lighting at crosswalks
o Pedestrian refuge islands
o Pedestrian signals with "Walk" and "Don't Walk" indicators
o Pedestrian-vehicular barriers between sidewalks and traffic lanes
o Median barriers, fences, or plantings along divided highways (to
discourage Pedestrians from crossing at uncontrolled locations)
The following alternatives to implementation of traffic control and
protective devices shall also be considered:
o Pedestrian subways or overcrossings
o Conversion of two-way street operation to one-way operation
o Elimination of turns
o Elimination of some crosswalks
0281-2.3 Pedestrian Grade Separation Crossings
Implementation of pedestrian grade separation crossings shall be considered
where heavy peak pedestrian movements coincide with moderate-to-heavy
vehicular traffic volume, or where abnormal hazards or inconvenience to
pedestrians would otherwise result. Pedestrian subways or overcrossing
structures shall comply with AASHTO GDHS-84.
All pedestrian subways or overcrossings shall be designed to accommodate the
physically handicapped.
0281-3 VEHICLE CIRCULATION FACILITIES
Vehicle circulation facilities shall comply with ANSI D6.1.
Vehicle circulation facility designs should be integrated with security and
safeguard requirements at secured sites. Vehicle circulation facilities
should be located to minimize nuisance interference with IASs and other
sensor fields. Particular attention shall be given to sensors actuated by
seismic or electrical field disturbances.
Vehicle circulation facilities shall be designed to provide safe and
convenient access for deliveries, collections, fire protection, emergencies,
maintenance, repair, and other essential services. Where feasible, internal
street systems shall be designed to discourage use by through-traffic.
The following shall be considered prior to design of vehicle circulation
facilities:
o Design capacity
o Design speeds
o Design vehicles
o Sight distance
o Topographic constraints
o Horizontal and vertical alignments
o Visual impacts
o Cross-section elements (e.g., pavement, cross-slope, lane widths,
shoulder treatment, medians, frontage roads, sidewalks, and curb and
gutter)
o Other geometric design elements (e.g., barriers, retaining walls,
guardrails, traffic control devices, fencing, utilities, lighting,
landscaping, drainage, erosion control, and noise and pollution control)
Speed bumps shall not be used in parking lots.
0283 PHYSICAL PROTECTION
0283-1 GENERAL
The physical protection requirements in this section are not all-inclusive.
The applicability of any or all of the physical protection systems to
site-specific safeguards and security requirements shall be identified
within the threat analysis for each site. Application of physical
protection systems to meet site safeguards and security requirements shall
be documented and justified in Headquarters-approved MSSAs. Advice and
technical assistance from the DOE Safeguards and Security Coordinator shall
be sought. Consultant input may also be incorporated within site-specific
physical protection systems.
Physical protection system designs should use a graduated approach, i.e., a
greater degree of protection shall be provided for critical assets and
operations.
0283-2 PHYSICAL PROTECTION PLANNING
Physical protection requirements shall be considered during site selection
for new facilities. Operational reliability, capital cost, and annual
operation and maintenance costs shall be considered during selection of
physical protection systems. Physical protection system designs shall
comply with the DOE 5632 series and shall be coordinated with the
responsibly security administrator or his designee. Approval of the
recommended physical protection system shall be obtained from the DOE
Safeguards and Security Coordinator. These factors shall be documented in
the SSSP or other corresponding planning documents.
Physical protection of critical assets and security interests shall be in
accordance with the DOE 5632 series. The following reports will also be
considered as guidance:
o SAND 87-1926
o SAND 87-1927
o SAND 87-1928
o NIJ Standard 0108.01
o NBS Technical Note 837
Permanent boundaries shall be used to enclose security areas except during
construction or transient activities, when temporary barriers can be
erected. Temporary barriers can be of any height and material that will
effectively impede access to the area.
Physical protection features shall be implemented at all locations where
storm sewers, drainage swales and site utilities intersect the perimeter of
secured areas. Storm drainage improvements through security fences shall be
designed to prevent debris from clogging stormwater inlet structures.
0283-3 PERMANENT SECURITY FENCING
0283-3.1 General
A security fence primarily serves as a legal and physical demarcation of a
security area and also obstructs illegal entry. Unless a security fence is
regularly patrolled, under continuous observation, or equipped with an IAS
supported by an assessment capability and a response force, the fence has
limited additional utility.
Where continuous surveillance over the boundary of the security area is not
required, a sturdy, multiple strand or chainlink fabric fence shall serve as
the physical and legal barrier. A more substantial barrier shall be
considered for security areas adjacent to heavily populated civilian areas
or public highways or where continuous surveillance is required over the
boundary of a non-nuclear restricted area.
A double security fence shall be considered around areas that contain
Category I and II special nuclear materials. The cognizant DOE Operations
Office or Operating Contractor Security and Safeguards Division shall be
consulted for further siting guidance.
The number of ECPs shall be limited so as to establish and maintain the
level of integrity required by the cognizant DOE Operations Office for
secured areas. ECPs shall be designed to provide positive security control
over vehicular and pedestrian traffic that enters the secured area. ECPs
shall be structurally hardened, as necessary, to meet site-specific
criteria.
ECP designs shall also facilitate ingress and egress of emergency vehicles
and fire protection equipment.
Where feasible, the ECP shall be placed between the IDA zone and the inner
fence. This configuration provides a continuous IDA zone across the ECP
during low traffic periods.
0283-3.2 Design Considerations
0283-3.2.1 General
Where appropriate, the following requirements shall be shown on the drawings
or specified within the contract documents:
o Materials (i.e., fence fabric, posts, concrete, fence anchor sills or
bottom rails, tension wires, barbed wire, and outriggers)
o Grading (i.e., horizontal alignment, vertical alignment, clearance from
obstructions, utility crossings, surface drainage and subsurface
drainage)
o Soil stabilization (i.e., +3 inch maximum variation in planar surface
for microwave or active infrared)
o Permanent vegetation control (i.e., herbicide along the base of fence
and within a clear zone 20 feet to each side of fence or permanent
pavement beneath a microwave or active infrared beam line)
o Electrical grounding
o Closures (i.e., gate sizes, types, clearances, hardware, motor
operators, control systems and direction of swing)
o Barriers to impede unauthorized access to security areas (effective
delay shall be documented within conceptual design report)
o IAS requirements (i.e, +3 inch maximum variation in planar surface for
microwave or active infrared)
0283-3.2.2 Location
A clear zone shall be provided along each side of security fence perimeters
to facilitate intrusion detection and assessment. Where a double fence is
provided, a minimum clear zone of 20 feet shall be considered to the inside
and to the outside of the inner and outer fence, respectively. Where
minimum distances cannot be provided, supplementary protective measures
shall be considered (i.e., greater fence height or other protective measures
as required by the cognizant DOE Security Officer). Where feasible, wider
clear zone shall be provided. See Section 0283-4, Patrol Roads and
Walkways, for further criteria.
0283-3.2.3 Construction
Permanent security fencing for DOE sites, facilities, and security areas
shall comply with the DOE 5632 series, Chapter II. However, protection
programs shall be tailored to address site-specific characteristics. These
shall be documented in the SSSPs and/or MSSAs.
Permanent security fencing for DOE sites, facilities, and security areas
shall consist of a minimum of 11 gauge, galvanized steel fabric with mesh
openings not larger than 2 inches. Fencing shall be topped by three or more
strands of barbed wire on single or double outriggers. Double outriggers
can be topped with coiled barbed wire (or with barbed tape coil where
approved for use by the cognizant DOE Security Officer). When single barbed
wire outriggers are used, they shall be angled outward, away from the
security area.
Overall fence height, excluding barbed wire or barbed tape coil topping,
shall be a minimum of 7 feet.
Wire-rope-type vehicle barriers shall be considered for installation outside
the inner fence where the secured perimeter bounds heavy vehicular traffic
areas. Guidance from SAND 67-1926 shall be considered.
Tension wires or top rail shall be considered for installation along the top
edge of the fence fabric.
Posts, bracing, and other structural members shall be located on the inside
of secured perimeters. Once in place, all fence hardware shall be peened or
spot welded to prevent easy removal. Where the galvanized finish has been
removed or damaged during installation it shall be coated with zinc-enriched
paint.
0283-3.3 Fence Grounding
Electrical grounding shall be provided for all permanent security fencing in
accordance with the NEC.
0283-4 PATROL ROADS AND WALKWAYS
All-weather patrol roads or walkways shall be provided along the inside of
the perimeter security fence surrounding security areas in cases where the
security fence will be patrolled by a security force. Turnouts shall be
considered for use at frequent intervals if roadway shoulders are not
drivable.
One of the following materials shall be considered for use in the
construction of patrol walkways:
o Compacted bank run gravel
o Stabilized soil with sand coating
o Bituminous or portland cement concrete
o Other suitable material as approved by the cognizant DOE Operations
Office
In all instances, the cognizant DOE security officer shall be consulted
prior to design of patrol roads and walkways. Roadway lighting shall comply
with the ANSI C136 series and with the IES Lighting Handbook. See Section
1650, Exterior Lighting.
0283-5 GATES, ENTRY CONTROL POINTS, VEHICLE BARRIERS
0283-5.1 Gates
0283-5.1.1 General
Points of vehicle and pedestrian access to restricted areas shall provide
the same level of physical protection as that provided at all other points
along the secured perimeter. Gate hardware for security fencing shall be
installed in a manner that will mitigate tampering.
Motorized gates shall be considered for primary access points. Motorized
gate controls shall where practicable be located within guard stations at
each access point. Motorized gates shall be designed to facilitate manual
operation during power outages.
0283-5.1.2 Gate Grounding and Bonding
Electrical continuity shall be provided across all gate openings. Operating
mechanisms for motorized gates shall be grounded in a similar manner.
0283-5.2 Entry Control Points
ECPs for surveillance and control of vehicle and pedestrian ingress and
egress are required at each security boundary access point. The number of
ECPs within each security boundary shall be minimized. ECP design features
shall comply with the DOE 5632 series and NFPA 101. See Section 0283-5.3,
Vehicle Barriers, for further criteria.
Primary and auxiliary alarm and communication systems shall be provided
between ECPs and the tactical response force communications center.
Emergency power supplies to support ECP operation and communication systems
shall comply with Section 1640-3.3, Standby or Emergency Power Systems.
A UPS shall be considered for loads that, if interrupted, would degrade the
security of the associated area. The UPS system shall comply with Section
1660-3, Uninterruptible Power Systems. UL 752 or NIJ Standard 0108.01
should be considered for facilities housing UPS systems.
0283-5.3 Vehicle Barriers
Above-grade vehicle barriers shall be considered to preclude intruder
concealment. Speed reducers shall be considered for use at entry control
points to slow approaching adversary vehicles to within vehicle barrier
design limits if needed to achieve site-specific threat/target system
response requirements consistent with the operational and protection goals
of the facility. SAND 87-1926 should be considered in designing vehicle
barriers.
0283-6 SECURITY INSPECTOR POSTS AND GUARD TOWERS
0283-6.1 Security Inspector Posts
The location and manning of fixed and mobile posts shall be determined by
considering the approved threat level, characteristics of the protected
facility, terrain and environment, and the DOE 5632 series. The security
inspector station shall when practicable be situated to provide the best
available unobstructed view of the surrounding terrain. When planning for
response times, the delay provided by physical barriers after the initial
detection of the intrusion shall be considered.
Security inspector posts, both mobile and fixed, for protected areas shall
be equipped with duress systems.
Permanent security inspector posts constructed after the date of this Order
for controlling access to areas containing weapons, nuclear test devices,
complete nuclear assemblies, or Category I or Category Il quantities of SNM
shall meet the following requirements:
o All routine and emergency duty fixed posts shall be located so that the
efficiency of routine duties is enhanced and likely routes of adversary
ingress and egress are clearly observable.
o All routine and emergency duty fixed posts shall provide adequate human
engineering so that protective personnel occupying the posts can perform
their duties efficiently. All routine-duty fixed posts shall provide
occupants with adequate protection from weather and temperature
variations.
o Exterior walls, windows, and doors shall be constructed of or reinforced
with materials which have a bullet penetration resistance equivalent to
"high-powered rifle rating" as given in UL 752.
o Weapons, ammunition, and explosives shall be stored in accordance with
the requirements of DOE 5632.7.
0283-6.2 Guard Towers
In guard towers that are intended to serve as fighting positions in alert
conditions, consideration shall be given to protected firing ports, a
minimum of 60 square feet of net floor area per person, and exterior walls
conforming with NIJ Standard 0108.01.
0283-7 LIGHTING
Protective lighting shall be coordinated with the cognizant DOE security
personnel.
Adequate protective illumination shall be provided to detect adversaries,
reveal unauthorize persons, and, at pedestrian and vehicular entrances, to
allow examination of credentials and vehicles.
Protective lighting, as part of a security system, should be used as needed
for proper physical protection of classified matter.
Lamps in which light is produced directly or indirectly by the use of gas,
such as sodium vapor and other HID lamps, are highly efficient and
economical in operation, and their use in protective lighting systems is
encouraged. However, it should be recognized that gas lights require a
relight period of approximately 3 minutes following any power interruption.
Where HID lamps are used and where continuous lighting is required, a
standby lighting system shall be considered to ensure the maintenance of
minimum protective lighting during HID lamp start-up and restrike periods.
Fixtures adjacent to each other shall when practical and appropriate be
placed on different circuits so that only a portion of the lighting is
extinguished if one circuit becomes inoperative. (See Section 1650-2,
Lighting Sources, for use of HID lamps near observatories.)
Lighting installed at security posts shall be capable of providing a minimum
illumination of 2 footcandles at ground level for at least a 30-foot
diameter circle around the security inspector post and 0.2 footcandle for
150 feet in all directions.
For facilities requiring protective lighting, consideration shall be given
to having an emergency lighting capability of the type and size required in
relation to the importance of the facility, reliability of regular power
sources, and feasibility of using portable lighting equipment.
Where protective lighting at remote perimeters is not feasible, protective
force patrols and fixed stations may be equipped with night vision devices,
although it should be recognized that adequate perimeter lighting provides
better protection and deterrence to intrusion than do night vision devices.
Night vision devices shall not be used in lieu of protective lighting at
ingress and egress points.
Light glare shall be kept to a minimum where it would impede effective
operations of protective force personnel.
Light sources on perimeters shall be so located that illumination is
directed, whenever possible, outward. There should be relative darkness
along patrol routes and at fixed posts other than pedestrian and vehicular
entrances.
0285 SOLID WASTE SYSTEMS
0285-1 REGULATORY OVERVIEW
0285-1.1 General
For an overview of the laws and regulations applicable to hazardous,
nonhazardous, and radioactive solid waste see ANL/EES TM-264, Rev. 1.
Management of nonhazardous solid waste shall comply with 40 CFR 256 and
Subtitle D of the RCRA. Management of hazardous solid waste shall comply
with 40 CFR 264 and Subtitle C of the RCRA.
0285-1.2 EPA Identification Number
In accordance with the EPA notification procedure (45 FR 12746), an
application for an EPA identification number must be filed with EPA for all
generating and all TSD facilities for hazardous, nonhazardous, and low-level
radioactive solid wastes.
0285-2 SITE SELECTION
0285-2.1 General
Site selection is the most critical step in establishing TSD facilities for
hazardous, nonhazardous, and low-level radioactive solid wastes. High-level
radioactive wastes (as defined by 40 CFR 260) shall be placed in a permanent
repository.
The following conditions and requirements shall be considered during the
selection of solid waste TSD sites:
o Existing groundwater and surface water conditions
o Soils and geologic and topographic features
o Solid waste types and quantities
o Social, geographic, and economic factors
o Aesthetic and environmental impacts
0285-2.2 Recommended Practices
0285-2.2.1 Regional Systems
Consideration shall be given to possible incorporation of hazardous,
nonhazardous, and radioactive solid waste systems within other existing
regional solid waste facilities.
0285-2.2.2 Environmentally Sensitive Areas
The following environmentally sensitive areas shall be avoided or receive
lowest siting priority for TSD of hazardous, nonhazardous, and radioactive
solid waste:
o Wetlands
o Areas within the 500-year floodplain
o Permafrost areas
o Critical habitats of endangered species
o Recharge zones of sole-source aquifers
o Watersheds for domestic water supply
0285-2.2.3 Fault Zones and Karst Terrain
When potential sites are screened for location of new solid waste TSD
facilities, seismic zones and karst (limestone formation) terrain shall be
avoided unless site-specific evaluations demonstrate minimum potential for
contamination of surface water, groundwater, and other environmental
resources.
0285-2.2.4 Cost Effectiveness
LCC analysis shall be performed during site selection for TSD facilities.
LCC analysis shall include site reclamation costs.
0285-2.2.5 Sites Traversed by Utilities
Sites traversed by buried pipe utility trenches shall not be used for TSD
facilities unless the relocation or protection of these utilities is
economically feasible. Since buried pipe utility trenches can serve as a
pathway for migration of gas, leachate, and other contaminants, provisions
shall be made for pipe maintenance and repair.
0285-2.2.6 Characteristics and Mailability of Soil Cover
The characteristics and availability of on-site soil cover shall be
considered with respect to site operation and performance requirements,
including vehicle maneuverability.
0285-2.2.7 Site Access
Sites shall be accessible to service and refuse collection vehicles by
all-weather road extensions from primary road systems.
0285-2.2.8 Effects on Other Facilities
Sites that would adversely affect operation of other facilities shall be
avoided.
The effects on other facilities from the following conditions attributable
to operation of TSD facilities shall be considered:
o Vehicular traffic
o Noise
o Litter
o Bird strike
o Vectors (i.e., insects or rodents)
o Other nuisance conditions
0285-2.2.9 Site Approval
Final site approval for TSD facilities for hazardous, nonhazardous, and
low-level radioactive wastes shall be obtained from the cognizant DOE
Operations Office.
0285-3 SITE DESIGN
0285-3.1 General
All site requirements and technological alternatives shall be considered
prior to final design. Site suitability for TSD of specific solid waste
material shall be considered.
0285-3.2 Recommended Practices
0285-3.2.1 General
TSD facilities for hazardous, nonhazardous, and low-level radioactive wastes
shall be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to minimize the
possibility of any unplanned release of hazardous wastes or the potential
for fire or explosion resulting from such wastes or waste management
operations.
0285-3.2.2 Types and Quantities of Solid Wastes
The types and quantities of all solid waste to be handled by the solid waste
system shall be determined by survey and analysis to serve as a basis for
design.
0285-3.2.3 Groundwater Resources
The following shall be considered to determine potential impacts on
groundwater resources:
o Initial (background) quality of water resources in the saturated zone
o Depth to groundwater and the direction and rate of flow (including
current and projected withdrawal rates by local groundwater users)
o Potential interactions of the solid waste system and its hydrogeology
with areal, groundwater, and surface water resources (based on
historical records and other information sources)
o Site geology (with emphasis on hydraulic conductivity and the natural
attenuative capacity of soils and subsurface geology)
0285-3.2.4 Surface Water Resources
Quality, quantity, source, and seasonal variations of surface waters in the
vicinity of the solid waste system shall be determined. These data shall
serve as the basis for design of surface water protection and monitoring
systems.
0285-3.2.5 Flood Protection
Flood protection measures (defined by the 100-year flood level or, for a
"critical action," the 500-year flood level) shall comply with procedures
described in WRC Bulletin No. 17A. If all or part of the facility lies
within the 100-year floodplain, a suitable levee shall be provided to
prevent facility inundation.
0285-3.2.6 Plans
Plans for design, construction, operation, and maintenance of new sites or
modifications to existing sites shall include:
o Evidence of compliance with applicable State and Federal regulations
o Demonstrated consistency with current recommended practices or suitable
alternative technologies
o Details of all design and operational considerations necessary to bring
site conditions to an acceptable level
o Discussion of any areas for disposal of wastes requiring special or
separate handling
o Other pertinent information, such as:
- Land use and zoning within one-quarter mile of the site, including
the location of all residences, buildings, public and private
wells, water courses, rock outcroppings, and roads
- Location of all airports within 2 miles of the site
- Location of all utilities within 500 feet of the site
- Temporary and permanent all-weather access roads
- Screening and other nuisance control measures
- Groundwater monitoring wells
- Sedimentation control plans
- Description of site development and operation procedures
- Contingency plans
- Projected use of reclaimed site
- Long-term maintenance procedures
0285-3.3 Selection of Methods
Approval of selected TSD methods shall be obtained from the cognizant DOE
Operations Office. The selected method of TSD of hazardous, nonhazardous or
radioactive solid waste shall be in compliance with the following:
o 40 CFR 122, 40 CFR 192, 40 CFR 240, 40 CFR 241, 40 CFR 256, 40 CFR 260,
40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265, and 40 CFR
267
o DOE 5620.2A
o RCRA, Subtitles C and D
0285-99 SPECIAL FACILITIES
0285-99.0 Nonreactor Nuclear Facilities-General
Design of special facilities shall include adequate provisions for the safe
collection, packaging, inventory, storage, and loading for transport of
solid waste that is contaminated with radioactive material. These
provisions shall include allocation of adequate space for sorting and safe
temporary storage of solid waste, equipment for assay of the waste, and
facilities for volume reduction appropriate to the types and quantities of
solid waste to be produced. All packages containing contaminated solid
waste shall be appropriately monitored, both before being moved to temporary
storage locations and before being loaded for transport to a disposal site.
Nuclear criticality safety shall be considered in the design of radioactive
solid waste facilities.
0290 LANDSCAPING
0290-1 GENERAL
Plantings shall be simple, functional, and economical to maintain. Plant
species proven to be hardy and tolerant of the site conditions shall be
selected. The species of trees selected and their location shall preclude
roots from damaging underground utility lines, foundations, and adjacent
surface facilities. Landscaping shall be placed so as to not interfere with
maintenance and repair activities. Tall trees should not be in locations
that will interfere with effluents from exhaust systems.
Landscaping should be used as an element in energy conservation design
solutions for buildings, including reduction of solar radiation during
cooling season, heat loss from wind, and heat loss during the heating
season.
The design professional shall determine whether the services of a landscape
architect shall be used in the landscaping design.
0290-2 SITE ANALYSIS
The following site factors shall be taken into account in a site analysis:
o Availability and accessibility of irrigation water
o Visual factors
o Climatic data, including extreme wind
o Existing vegetation
o Soils
o Microclimate
o Hydrology, including flood-flow frequency
o Geology and seismology
o Revegetation and restoration of disturbed areas
o Topography
o Vehicle and Pedestrian circulation patterns
o Noise factors
o Utilities
o Security requirements
o Maintenance requirements
o Erosion and runoff control
0290-3 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
0290-3.1 General
Particular emphasis shall be placed on using plants that are indigenous or
adaptable to the local area of the site. Plants selected shall minimize the
need for irrigation while maximizing the cooling benefits (e.g., shading
windows and condensing units). The use of pavers with voids that allow
absorption into permeable soils shall be considered for minimizing the
problems caused by the run-off of rainwater.
Erosion control and landscaping shall be coordinated with other site
development elements. Turf areas shall allow the use of conventional lawn
service equipment to maintain it. Consideration will be given to the use of
ground cover in areas of slope exceeding 2:1.
0290-3.2 Preservation
The cost of replacing existing vegetation shall be compared with the cost of
any measures taken for preservation.
0290-3.3 Trees, Shrubs, Ground Covers, and Vines
Consideration shall be given to plant transplanting methods, techniques for
moving plants, planting methods, and adaptation of plants to new locations.
0290-3.4 Turf
Climate, microclimate, and soil conditions of the site shall be considered
to identify the best suited variety of turf, the most appropriate site
preparation, and optimal maintenance requirements.
0291 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
0291-1 GENERAL
Irrigation includes the development and management of the water supply, the
conveyance system, the method of application, and the waste water disposal
for the irrigation system. The need for irrigation systems shall be
determined based on climatological data.
Consideration shall be given to the use of nonpotable water sources if cost
savings can be achieved.
0291-2 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
In designing a sprinkler system for landscape irrigation, the following
shall be considered to determine sprinkler types, sprinkler spacing
patterns, and sprinkler circuit selection, and system use:
o Water requirements of different types of grass, ground cover, shrubs,
and trees
o The terrain and the ability of various types of soil to absorb and hold
water
o Climatic conditions
0291-3 AGRICULTURAL IRRIGATION
Agricultural irrigation methods shall comply with state irrigation guides
and the appropriate chapters of Section 15 of the SCS National Engineering
Handbook.
Division 3
Concrete
0300 COVERAGE
This division covers the design and construction of plain, reinforced, or
prestressed concrete structures, whether of cast-in-place or precast
construction. The requirements of this division shall be used in
conjunction with those of Section 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
0301 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
0301-1 BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
Concrete materials, design, and construction for buildings and other
structures shall comply with ACI 318 and 40 CFR 249.
0301-2 HIGHWAY AND RAILWAY STRUCTURES
Concrete materials, design, and construction for highway structures shall
comply with the AASHTO HB-13.
Concrete materials, design, and construction for railway structures shall
comply with the AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0301-3 SANITARY ENGINEERING STRUCTURES
Concrete materials, design, and construction for sanitary engineering
structures shall comply with ACI 350R.
0310 CONCRETE FORMWORK
Formwork for concrete construction shall comply with ACI 347 and ACI SP-4.
0320 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
0320-1 MATERIALS FOR REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcement materials for buildings and other structures shall comply with
ACI 318; for highway structures, with the AASHTO HB-13; for railway
structures, with the AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties);
for special facilities, with ACI 349 (see Section 0111-99.0, Nonreactor
Nuclear Facilities-General).
0320-2 DETAILING OF REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcement details shall comply with ACI 352R and ACI SP-66 in addition
to ACI 318 for buildings and other structures, the AASHTO HB-13 for highway
structures, the AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties) for
railway structures.
0330 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
0330-1 COVERAGE
This section covers the selection of materials, proportioning of mixes,
mixing, placing, testing, and quality control of cast-in-place concrete.
0330-2 MATERIALS, TESTING, AND QUALITY CONTROL
Materials, testing, and quality control for cast-in-place concrete shall
comply with ACI 318 for buildings and other structures, with the AASHTO
HB-13 for highway structures, with the AREA Manual for Railway Engineering
(Fixed Properties) for railway structures, and with ACI 349 (see Section
0111-99, Special Facilities) for special facilities.
Tolerances for formed concrete shall be as suggested in ACI 347.
0330-3 SELECTING PROPORTIONS FOR CONCRETE MIXES
0330-3.1 Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete
The selection of proportions for concrete mixes for normal, heavyweight, and
mass concrete shall comply with ACI 211.1.
0330-3.2 Structural Lightweight Concrete
The selection of proportions for structural lightweight concrete shall
comply with ACI 211.2.
0330-4 MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING
The mixing, transporting, and placing of cast-in-place concrete shall comply
with ACI 304.
0330-5 CLIMATIC CONSIDERATIONS
0330-5.1 Hot Weather Concreting
Hot weather concreting shall comply with ACI 305R.
0330-5.2 Cold Weather Concreting
Cold weather concreting shall comply with ACI 306R.
0330-6 POST-TENSIONED CONSTRUCTION
In addition to the provisions of Section 0330-2, Materials, Testing, and
Quality Control, the PTI Post-Tensioning Manual may be used for the design
and construction of post-tensioned concrete structures.
0340 PRECAST CONCRETE
0340-1 COVERAGE
This section covers materials, design, and construction of precast, precast
and prestressed, and precast and post-tensioned concrete structures.
0340-2 GENERAL
In addition to the provisions of Section 0301, General Requirements, precast
concrete shall comply with the PCI MNL-116, PCI MNL-120 and PTI
Post-Tensioning Manual may also be used as guides for the design and
construction of precast concrete structures.
0350 CEMENTITIOUS DECKS FOR BUILDINGS
0340-1 COVERAGE
This section covers materials, design, and construction of cementitious
decks for building structures and prefabricated floor and roof systems such
as:
o Precast reinforced concrete floor systems
o Precast and prestressed concrete floor systems
o Lightweight precast reinforced concrete planks
o Lightweight precast reinforced concrete channel slabs
o Precast concrete roof units
o Reinforced gypsum planks
o Structural cement fiber roof deck systems
o Reinforced poured gypsum over formboard roof systems
0350-2 GENERAL
The materials, design, and construction of cementitious decks for buildings
shall comply with the UBC and the manufacturer's recommendations.
In the event of a conflict between the UBC and the manufacturer's
recommendations, the more stringent shall apply.
0370 REPAIR AND RESTORATION OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES
0370-1 COVERAGE
This section covers evaluation of damage or deterioration, selection of
repair methods, surface preparation, and repair and restoration of concrete
structures. The materials covered are portland cement mortars and
concretes, latex-modified portland cement mortar, epoxy mortars, epoxy
concrete, or methyl methacrylate concrete.
0370-2 GENERAL
Methods, procedures, and materials for the repair and restoration of
concrete structures shall comply with guidelines ACI 503.4, ACI 546.1R, the
AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties) and the AASHTO Manual
for Bridge Maintenance.
0380 MASS CONCRETE
0380-1 COVERAGE
This section covers the selection of materials, proportioning of mixes,
mixing, placing, and curing of mass concrete.
0380-2 GENERAL
The selection of materials, mix proportioning, and construction methods and
procedures for mass concrete shall comply with ACI 207.1R and ACI 207.4R.
Division 4
Masonry
0400 COVERAGE
This division covers the design and construction of masonry structures other
than highway and railway structures. It shall apply to unit masonry
construction, reinforced and unreinforced, using cement, clay, and stone
products, and including brick, block, and tile structures. The requirements
of this division shall be used in conjunction with those of Section 0111,
Structural Design Requirements.
0401 GENERAL
Materials, design, and construction of masonry structures shall comply with
the UBC.
The following sources may also be used as guides for the design of masonry
structures:
o ACI 531
o ACI 531.1
o NCMA TR 75B
o BIA Building Code Requirements for Engineered Brick Masonry
Masonry walls shall be insulated in compliance with Section 0721-1, Cavity
Walls.
0410 MORTAR AND GROUT
Mortar shall be designed to perform the following functions:
o Join masonry units into an integral structure
o Create tight seals between masonry units to prevent the entry of air and
moisture
o Bond with steel joint reinforcement, metal ties and anchor bolts, where
used, so that they act integrally with the masonry
o Provide a desired architectural quality to exposed masonry structures
through color contrasts or shadow lines from various joint-tooling
procedures
o Compensate for size variations in the units by providing a bed to
accommodate the tolerances of unit sizes
Grout shall be used in reinforced load-bearing masonry construction to bond
the masonry units and the reinforcing steel so that they act together to
resist the imposed loads. It may also be used in unreinforced load-bearing
masonry wall construction to give it added strength.
Requirements for materials, mixing, strength, and specifications for mortar
and grout for masonry structures shall comply with the UBC.
0420 UNIT MASONRY
Materials, design, and construction of masonry units shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Section 0401, General.
0455 REFRACTORIES
Refractories may be classified by their basic raw materials into the
following groups:
o Siliceous group, including sandstone (or firestone), mica schist and
siliceous fireclays
o Fireclay group, including plastic fireclay, flint fireclay, and kaolins
o High-alumina group, including bauxite and diaspore, sillimanite,
andalusite, kyanite, tabular alumina, and fused alumina
o Magnesium-silicate group, including olivines and serpentines
o Magnesia-lime group, including natural magnesite, magnesia, brucite and
dolomite
o Chromite group
o Carbon group, including natural and artificial graphites and various
types of coal coke and tar
Standard definition of terms relating to refractories shall comply with ASTM
C71. Materials, standards, classifications, practices, and test methods for
refractories shall be comply with the current ASTM Annual Book of ASTM
Standards, Volume 15.01.
Design and construction of refractories shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Section 0401, General.
Division 5
Metals
0500 COVERAGE
This division covers the design and construction of steel and aluminum
structures. The requirements of this division shall be used in conjunction
with those of 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
0512 STRUCTURAL STEEL
0512-1 BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
Structural steel for buildings and other structures shall comply with the
following:
o UBC
o AISC S326
o AISC M011
0512-2 LIGHT-GAUGE STEEL
Light-gauge steel shall comply with AISI Specifications for the Design of
Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
0512-3 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
Pre-engineered buildings shall comply with MBMA Metal Building Systems
Manual and Section 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
Where the use of the design loadings specified in Section 0111, Structural
Design Requirements, would prevent procurement of pre-engineered metal
buildings, consideration may be given to deviation from said loadings. Such
consideration shall be based on review of the type of occupancy and
functional requirements of the particular building and a determination as to
whether such deviation could be justified and permissible in accordance with
Section 0101-2, Criteria Deviations.
0512-4 STEEL CABLES
Steel cables shall comply with AISI Manual for Structural Applications of
Steel Cables for Buildings.
0512-5 STEEL WATER TANKS, STANDPIPES AND RESERVOIRS
Steel water tanks, standpipes and reservoirs shall comply with NEPA 22 and
AWWA D100.
0512-6 FUEL STORAGE TANKS
Fuel storage tanks shall comply with API 650.
0512-7 HIGHWAY AND RAILWAY STRUCTURES
Steel highway structures shall comply with the AASHTO HB-13.
Steel railway structures shall comply with the AREA Manual for Railway
Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0512-8 TRANSMISSION TOWERS
Transmission towers for electrical power lines shall comply with ASCE 52.
0512-9 ANTENNA TOWERS
Antenna towers shall comply with the NTIA Manual, Chapter 5. Towers not
covered in that manual shall comply with EIA-222-D.
0512-10 TRANSMISSION POLE STRUCTURES
Transmission pole structures shall comply with ASCE 1978-1.
0512-11 ANTENNA POLES AND MASTS
Antenna poles and masts shall comply with TM 11-486-5.
0514 STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM
0514-1 HIGHWAY AND RAILWAY STRUCTURES
Aluminum used structurally for highway structures shall comply with AASHTO
HB-13 and AASHTO LTS-1.
Aluminum used structurally for railway structures shall comply with the AREA
Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0514-2 USE WITH DISSIMILAR METALS OR CONCRETE
Aluminum shall be isolated in applications involving contact with dissimilar
metals or with concrete. Isolation shall be achieved by use of coatings,
paints, or separating materials.
The use of stainless steel in contact with aluminum, without isolation, is
acceptable.
0521 STEEL JOISTS
Steel joist floor and roof construction shall comply with the SJI Standard
Specifications Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist
Girders.
0531 STEEL DECKS
Steel decks for floor and roof construction shall comply with the SDI-Publ.
25 and the SDI-Publ. DDM01.
0532 METAL FASTENING
Structural connections for buildings and other structures shall comply with
the requirements of the UBC and AISC M011; for highway structures the
requirements of AASHTO LTS-1; and for railway structures the requirements of
AREA Manual for Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
Welding of structures shall comply with the AWS D1.1, AWS D1.2, AWS D1.3,
and AWS D5.2.
Division 6
Wood and Plastics
0600 COVERAGE
This division covers the design and construction of wood and plastic
structures. The requirements of this division shall be used in conjunction
with those of Section 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
0610 WOOD STRUCTURES
0610-1 BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES
Wooden buildings and other structures shall meet the requirements of the
UBC.
0610-2 HIGHWAY AND RAILWAY STRUCTURES
Wooden highway structures shall meet the requirements of the AASHTO HB-13.
Wooden railway structures shall meet the requirements of the AREA Manual for
Railway Engineering (Fixed Properties).
0650 PLASTIC STRUCTURES
Design, fabrication, and erection of plastic and reinforced plastic
structures and structural components shall comply with ASCE Manual 63.
Division 7
Thermal and Moisture Protection
0710 WATERPROOFING
0710-1 GENERAL
0710-1.1 Use
Waterproofing shall be used at walls, floors, or other building elements
that at any time are subject to hydrostatic pressure, are below the water
table, or are liable to be immersed in water.
Waterproofing shall also be used at walls, floors, and other building
elements to prevent water leakage from showers, built-in refrigerators and
freezers, areas using water wash-down containment areas, and other types of
water basins.
Where water is to be contained, waterproofing shall extend up walls to above
the expected high water level.
Where water wash-down is used, waterproofing shall extend to fully cover the
expected wall areas to be washed.
Wall, floor, slab-at-grade, and other building element waterproofing shall
meet base course and through-the-wall flashings, and shall make a bond with
these flashings; see Section 0715, Dampproofing.
0710-1.2 Materials and Construction
Concrete waterproofing shall comply with ACI Guide to the Use of
Waterproofing, Dampproofing, Protective and Decorative Barrier Systems for
Concrete.
Concrete masonry waterproofing shall comply with NCMA Waterproof Coatings
for Concrete Masonry and NCMA Waterproofing Concrete Masonry Basements and
Earth-Sheltered Structures.
Brick masonry waterproofing shall comply with BIA Dampproofing and
Waterproofing Masonry Walls.
All other waterproofing shall comply with the manufacturer's
recommendations. A single-ply elastomeric, liquid-applied elastomeric,
cementitious, bentonite clay, or fiber-reinforced fabric bituminous
waterproofing shall be continuously applied to those surfaces of building
elements to be protected from water.
Building elements at and below grade that receive waterproofing shall be
constructed of concrete with:
o A water-reducing agent
o Non-porous aggregates
o Reinforcement to control differential movement
o Reinforcement to control cracking from temperature, live loads, dead
loads, and drying shrinkage
o Expansive cement or a dampproofing admixture
Building elements above grade that receive waterproofing shall be
constructed of concrete as described above or masonry as follows:
o Type M mortar in accordance with ASTM C270
o Grade SW brick in accordance with ASTM C62
o Type I, Grade N concrete brick in accordance with ASTM C55
o Type I, Grade N concrete block in accordance with ASTM C90 for hollow
load bearing
o Type I, Grade N concrete block in accordance with ASTM C145 for solid
load bearing
Construction joints and expansion joints shall be bridged by waterstops that
shall be embedded in the materials on each side of joints.
Waterproofing at or below grade shall be chemically compatible with ground
water and soils.
0710-1.3 Protective Cover
Waterproofing on walls, except cementitious and bentonite clay panel
waterproofing, shall have a protective cover that shall be readily removable
to repair damaged waterproofing and readily replaceable.
Waterproofing on horizontal building elements to be covered with earth,
except bentonite clay panel waterproofing, shall had a protective cover.
Each slab-at-grade to be waterproofed, except those waterproofed with
bentonite clay panels, shall have a concrete subslab beneath it on which
waterproofing shall be placed.
0710-1.4 Capillary Water Barriers
Capillary water barriers such as sand, gravel, or crushed stone courses
shall be provided beneath subslabs at slabs-at-grade and over waterproofed
horizontal building elements to be covered with earth except where bentonite
clay panels are used.
Drainage matting or capillary water barriers such as sand, gravel, or
crushed stone courses shall be provided on the exterior side of all
waterproofed vertical building elements except where bentonite clay panels
are used.
0710-1.5 Penetrations
Penetrations below grade through slabs-at-grade and other horizontal
building elements shall be limited to drains and structural elements.
Penetrations through waterproofing above grade shall be limited to
structural and other essential building elements.
Penetrating structural elements shall be sealed to waterproofing.
Penetrations by building elements other than structural elements shall be
within sleeves. Sleeves shall be sealed to waterproofing, and joints
between sleeves and penetrating elements shall be waterstopped.
0710-1.6 Drainage and Drainage Piping
Positive drainage away from the facility shall be provided.
Drainage piping shall be provided at the bottom of exterior walls where the
amount and intensity of rain is significant. Drainage piping shall be
provided at the bottom of exterior walls and under the waterproofing of
slabs-at-grade where the water table at any time is at or near the level of
the waterproofing.
Drainage piping shall also be provided where any one or combination of the
following conditions occur:
o Walls extend above grade in a plane more than 30 feet
o Roof drains discharge directly at grade
o Water runs directly off the roof
o The unpaved grade does not slope sharply away from exterior walls
o Lawn sprinklers are used
0711 SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
Bituminous membrane waterproofing shall comply with NRCA Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual.
Fiber reinforced fabric bituminous waterproofing shall not be used where the
water head is greater than 3 feet.
0714 CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING
Cementitious waterproofing shall not be used on horizontal building elements
at or above grade.
0715 DAMPPROOFING
0715-1 GENERAL
0715-1.1 Use
Dampproofing shall be used at walls, floors, and other building elements
that at any time are subject to high humidity, dampness, or frequent direct
water contact, but are not subject to hydrostatic pressure, are not below
the water table, or are not immersed in water.
Dampproofing shall be used at walls, ceilings, and other building elements
on the potentially damp side of shower rooms, cold storage areas, built-in
refrigerators and freezers, areas using water wash-down, and similar areas
with high humidity, dampness, or direct water contact. Dampproofing shall
begin on these walls, ceilings, and other building elements where membrane
waterproofing ends; see Section 0710, Waterproofing.
Dampproofing shall be applied to the interior face of all exterior walls
with a furred interior finish, except cavity walls.
Dampproofing at slabs-at-grade shall meet base course and through-the-wall
flashings and shall make a bond with these flashings.
Where exterior wall, ceiling, and other building element dampproofing meets
base course, spandrel, and through-the-wall flashings there shall be a bond
between the dampproofing and the flashings.
0715-1.2 Materials and Construction
Concrete dampproofing shall comply with ACI Guide to the Use of
Waterproofing, Dampproofing, Protective and Decorative Barrier Systems for
Concrete.
Concrete masonry dampproofing shall comply with NCMA Waterproof Coatings for
Concrete Masonry and NCMA Waterproofing Concrete Masonry Basements and
Earth-Sheltered Structures.
Brick masonry dampproofing shall comply with BIA Dampproofing and
Waterproofing Masonry Walls.
All other dampproofing shall comply with manufacturers' recommendations.
A single-ply elastomeric, liquid applied elastomeric, bituminous, or
cementitious membrane or coating shall be continuously applied to the
exterior surfaces of walls, floors, and other building elements to be
dampproofed. The material shall have low permeability and a bond strength
to the substrate at least equal to the tensile strength of the substrate at
the surface where the material is applied.
Continuous dampproofing of water-impermeable plastic shall be placed beneath
concrete slabs-at-grade. A bed of fine sand not less than 1-1/2 inches
thick shall be placed between the membrane and the concrete slab to improve
concrete curing conditions and reduce shrinkage cracking.
Building elements below grade that are to be dampproofed shall be
constructed of concrete or masonry. They shall have reinforcement to
control differential movement and cracking from temperature, live loads,
dead loads, and drying shrinkage.
Construction joints and expansion joints shall be bridged by waterstops that
shall be embedded in the materials on each side of the joints.
Dampproofing at and below grade shall be chemically compatible with ground
water and soils.
0715-1.3 Capillary Water Barriers
Capillary water barriers such as sand, gravel, or crushed stone courses
shall be provided beneath membranes at slabs-at-grade and on the exterior
side of all walls below grade with dampproofing. At walls, drainage matting
can be used instead.
0715-1.4 Drainage and Drainage Piping
Drainage and drainage piping shall comply with Section 0710, Waterproofing.
0715-1.5 Base Course, Spandrel, and Through-the-Wall Flashings
Base course flashings shall be installed to provide a water-impermeable
membrane between the exterior at grade and the interior.
Water-impermeable spandrel and through-the-wall flashings shall be installed
to prevent water leakage or driving rain from entering a facility at the
following joints:
o Around openings
o Between walls and floors
o Between walls and roofs
o Between walls, floors, roofs and structural members
0719 VAPOR AND AIR RETARDERS
0719-1 VAPOR RETARDERS
Building element assemblies shall be analyzed for potential condensation
problems and the need for vapor retarders as a part of the energy
conservation analysis and the design of mechanical systems; see Section
0110-12, Energy Conservation.
Vapor retarders shall be used to resist the diffusion of water vapor through
building elements and to prevent water vapor migration and condensation in
exterior walls and roofs. Vapor retarders shall be installed where needed
between the exterior and interior at walls, roofs, and other building
elements at or below grade. Vapor retarders shall also be installed between
interior spaces with different controlled temperatures and humidities.
Vapor retarders shall be located as close as practical to the warm side of
an assembly of building elements. Under the most severe estimated in-use
conditions, the temperature at the vapor retarder shall always be above the
dew point of the actual air-vapor mixture at the vapor retarder to prevent
condensation from forming on the vapor retarder itself.
The vapor retarder shall be installed to make a continuous interior
envelope. Vapor retarder joints and terminations shall be sealed with
material of the same or better vapor permeance as the vapor retarder.
Vapor retarders shall be installed in electronic data processing facilities.
Vapor retarders at roofs shall comply with ARMA Guide to Preparing Built-up
Roofing Specifications, the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, and NRCA
Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge.
0720 INSULATION
0720-1 USE
Insulation shall comply with UBC Chapter 17.
Thermal insulation shall be installed above and below grade between the
exterior and interior of a facility where the exterior temperature differs
significantly from the required interior temperature, e.g., such as where
heated spaces are adjacent to exterior walls at slab-at-grade construction
and at floors above grade, and where heated spaces are adjacent to roofs.
Thermal insulation shall be installed between interior spaces where
significantly different temperatures are required.
Loose-fill insulation shall not be used where future remodeling, renovation,
or expansion can reasonably be expected to occur and to require removal of
portions of insulated walls.
The thermal resistance of insulation and the degradation of thermal
resistance over time shall be considered as a part of the energy
conservation analysis (see Section 0110-12, Energy Conservation) and the
design of mechanical systems (see Division 15, Mechanical).
0720-2 MATERIALS
Thermal insulation used between the exterior and interior shall be moisture
resistant.
When loose-fill thermal insulation is used, it shall be the water-repellent
type.
0721 BUILDING INSULATION
0721-1 CAVITY WALLS
A clear air space of not less than 1 inch exclusive of any cavity insulation
shall be provided in all masonry cavity walls above grade, except in masonry
cavity walls with loose-fill insulation in the cavity.
Rigid-board insulation shall be placed on the exterior surface of the
interior wythe of cavity walls. If the required thermal resistance is not
met, additional insulation shall be added to the cores of such interior
wythe materials as hollow masonry or to the interior surface of the interior
wythe only when analysis shows that the dew point does not occur in the
interior wythe.
Insulation in cavity walls shall be adhered to the exterior surface of the
interior wythe. Corrosion-resistant cavity wall anchors, joint
reinforcement, or metal ties shall be used to hold the insulation at its top
and bottom firmly against the exterior surface of the interior wythe.
Where loose-fill insulation is used, it shall completely fill the cavity of
exterior masonry or concrete cavity walls. If the required thermal
resistance is not met, loose-fill insulation shall be used to completely
fill the cores of such interior wythe materials as hollow masonry, provided
the required thermal resistance can be achieved. If the required thermal
resistance cannot be met by insulating the cavity and the cores of the
interior wythe, additional insulation shall be added on the interior face of
the wythe only when analysis shows that the dew point does not occur in the
interior wythe.
0721-2 COLD STORAGE ROOMS
Loose-fill insulation shall not be used for walls of refrigerated or cold
storage rooms.
0721-3 PROTECTION
Batt insulation, blanket insulation, and fiberboard insulation exposed to
view 8 or more feet above a finished floor, platform, mezzanine, walkway,
stair, or landing shall be covered to prevent the shedding of fibers.
All insulation that is within 8 feet of a finished floor, platform,
mezzanine, walkway, stair, or landing shall have its exposed surface covered
from view and protected from physical damage.
0721-4 WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES
The space between outside window frames and adjoining walls, and between
exterior door frames and adjoining walls, shall be insulated.
0722 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
Only insulation approved for UL Class A and FM Class I roof construction
shall be used on roofs.
All roof insulation shall comply with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual
and NRCA Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge.
0724 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Rigid expanded polystyrene insulation, external fabric or lath
reinforcement, and base and finish coats shall comply with EIMA Guideline
Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems Class PB Type A.
The following shall comply with EIMA Guideline Specification for Exterior
Insulation and Finish Systems Class PM Type A and B:
o Rigid extruded insulation
o External fabric or lath reinforcement
o Base and finish coats
o Rigid extruded insulation
o Internal reinforcement tape
o Base and finish coats
Exterior insulation and finish systems shall comply with UBC Standard No.
17-6.
0727 FIRESTOPPING
Firestopping shall comply with NEPA 101, Chapter 6.
Firestopping materials and assemblies shall be tested for their fire
resistance and listed by UL or similar nationally accredited testing
laboratories, or shall be listed for their fire resistance as approved by FM
or similar national insurance organizations. Unrated and unapproved
assemblies shall be tested and approved before being considered for use in a
DOE facility.
Where fire-rated assemblies (walls, floor-ceilings, roof-ceilings) are
either partially or fully penetrated by pipes, ducts, conduits, or other
such building elements, firestopping material shall be placed in and around
the penetrations to maintain the fire resistance rating of the assembly.
0730 ROOFING TILES
Roofing tiles shall comply with UBC Chapter 32 for roof construction and
covering, UBC Chapter 45 for marquee roof construction, and UBC Chapter 23
for roof design and wind design.
The roofing surface color shall be considered in the energy conservation
analysis; see Section 0110-12, Energy Conservation, and Division 15,
Mechanical.
Asphalt, clay tile, concrete tile, and slate roofing of steeply sloped roof
decks shall comply with NRCA Steep Roofing Manual and with ARMA Residential
Asphalt Roofing Manual.
0750 MEMBRANE ROOFING
0750-1 DESIGN
Membrane roofing shall comply with UBC Chapter 32 for roof construction and
covering, UBC Chapter 45 for marquee roof construction, and UBC Chapter 23
for roof design and wind design.
0750-2 SLOPE
Where a roof deck's slope, after considering deflection and construction
tolerances, is less than the slope required for the roofing, the slope shall
be increased the required amount by the addition of fill, or tapered
insulation in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, NRCA
Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge, and manufacturers' recommendations.
0750-3 ROOF-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Supports for equipment, such as window washing equipment, cooling towers,
solar collectors, evaporative coolers, and antennae, shall be by the use of
curbs or structural frames in compliance with NRCA Construction Details.
Clearances for roofing maintenance and repair under structural frames shall
comply with "Width of Equipment/Height of Legs" chart of NRCA Construction
Details.
The weight of roof-top piping and equipment shall not be carried on any part
of the roof assembly except the structural system.
The weight of equipment on roofs, the weight of equipment used during the
life of the building to remove, re-install, maintain, and repair
roof-mounted equipment, and the path across the roof used by that equipment
to transport roof-mounted equipment shall be taken into account when
establishing roof loads; see Section 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
Penetrations of roofs by pipes and equipment of all types, and by curbs and
legs for structural frames to support equipment, shall be minimized.
Penetrations shall comply with NRCA Construction Details. Where possible,
equipment shall be contained in equipment rooms and penthouses.
0750-4 WALKWAYS
Roof walkways shall be provided from points of roof access to penthouse
entrances and to roof-mounted and roof-accessible equipment and devices.
Walkways that are more than 30 inches above a roof or within 10 feet of a
roof edge shall have guardrails that comply with UBC Chapter 17 and UBC
Chapter 23.
0750-5 WATER RETENTION
Built-up roofs designed to pond water for the cooling of roof surfaces,
designed with retarded drainage to relieve storm sewer loadings, or
subjected to periodic water discharges from cooling towers or industrial
processes shall have the weight of the water taken into account when
establishing roof loads in Section 0111, Structural Design Requirements.
0751 BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING
Built-up bituminous membrane roofing shall comply with the ARMA Guide to
Preparing Built-up Roofing Specifications, NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing
Manual, NRCA Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge, and FM Class I.
0753 ELASTOMERIC/PLASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING
0753-1 GENERAL
Single-ply roofing shall comply with the following:
o SPRI Single Ply Roofing: A Professional's Guide to Specifications,
Parts I-IV.
o SPRI Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing Systems
o SPRI Wind Design Guide for Mechanically Attached Single Ply Roofing
Systems
o SPRI Wind Design Guide for Fully Adhered Single Ply Roofing Systems
0753-2 MODIFIED BITUMEN SHEET ROOFING
Modified bituminous roofing shall comply with ARMA Recommended Performance
Criteria for Roofing Membranes Using Polymer Modified Bituminous Products.
The roof surface color shall be considered in the energy conservation
analysis; see Section 0110-12, Energy Conservation.
0760 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
0760-1 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Sheet metal roofing shall comply with UBC Chapter 32 for roof construction
and covering, UBC Chapter 45 for marquees roof construction, and UBC Chapter
23 for roof design and wind design.
The slope of sheet metal roofing shall be as recommended by its
manufacturer, and shall take into consideration deflection and construction
tolerances.
The roof surface color shall be considered in the energy conservation
analysis; see Section 0110-12, Energy Conservation.
0760-2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
0760-2.1 Expansion Joints
Expansion joints shall be located at roof high points, and water shall drain
in opposite directions from each side of the expansion joint, or expansion
joints shall be located parallel to the flow pattern and water shall drain
parallel to the expansion joint. The expansion joint shall be elevated
above the highest expected level of water flow and shall not obstruct the
flow of water off a roof.
Roof and exterior wall expansion joints shall be coordinated with structural
system expansion joints. All roof expansion joints shall be elevated not
less than 8 inches above the roof plane.
0760-2.2 Flashing, Trim, and Accessories
Flashing, trim, and accessories, including exterior drains and gutters, and
interior drains shall have a service life at least equal to that of the
roofing and shall be compatible with the roofing and exterior wall
materials.
0760-2.3 Drains, Gutters, and Accessories
0760-2.3.1 General
Roof drains and gutters shall comply as a minimum with SMACNA Architectural
Sheet Metal Manual for a storm of 5 minutes' duration that is exceeded only
once in 10 years. Roof drainage details shall comply with NRCA Construction
Details and NRCA Steep Roofing Manual.
Overflow outlets shall be provided on all roofs with parapets or curbs. The
weight of retained water including that attributed to deflection of the roof
due to the load of water below the bottom level of the overflow outlets
shall be included as a load in structural calculations; see Section 0111,
Structural Design Requirements.
Tile roofs shall use only exterior gutters and downspouts.
0760-2.3.2 Drains and Gutters
Drains shall comply with UBC Chapter 32.
Interior roof drains or exterior roof drains and gutters shall be used in
locations where temperatures remain above freezing. Where temperatures
remain below freezing, and freezing of gutters or downspouts is a problem,
only interior roof drains shall be used, except that exterior overflow
outlets are acceptable.
Interior built-in gutters shall not be used, except with sheet metal roofing
and only in locations where temperatures remain above freezing.
No building roof with interior drains shall have fewer than two independent
drains. Each such independent drain shall be independently connected to the
storm drain.
Roof drain spacing shall not exceed 75 feet in any direction.
No roof drain shall serve a roof area greater than 10,000 square feet.
Interior roof drains shall be located only at roof low points.
Drain inlets shall be recessed below the adjacent roof level.
Drains shall have strainers.
No drain shall be less than 4 inches in diameter.
On exterior roof drains 30 feet or longer, leader heads shall be used at the
junction of drains and gutters.
Exterior roof drains that discharge onto roofs shall have splash pans
secured to the bottom of the drains.
Drains, gutters, and accessories shall have a service life at least equal to
that of the roofing, and shall be compatible with the roofing.
Exterior roof drains shall be protected from yard maintenance and building
maintenance equipment, and from vehicles at roads, parking areas, and
loading areas.
Where soil erosion can occur from the discharge of exterior roof drains at
grade, roof drains shall be connected to storm sewers or shall discharge
into stabilized drainage ditches, splash blocks, or paving.
0790 SEALANTS AND JOINTS
Sealant selection and installation for architectural aluminum shall comply
with AAMA 800.
Only non-staining sealants shall be used.
Sealants shall prevent weather damage to building elements at joints.
Joints shall be detailed to minimize the reliance on sealants for weather
protection.
Joints shall be designed to prevent any local overstressing of the sealant.
Joints shall be designed to allow for the depth of sealant contact as
required for the specific sealant system being used.
Joints to be sealed shall be sized in proportion to the amount of movement
that will occur.
Sealant material shall be physically and chemically compatible with adjacent
materials.